This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual...
your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety ...
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation Maintenance Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected, generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at: https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care P.O. Box 20850 Fountain Valley, CA 92728 800-633-5151 consumeraffairs@hmausa.com
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English). For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build. Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle. This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle. This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required. This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2019 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor America.
F4
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the same parts used by HYUNDAI Motor Company to manufacture vehicles. They are designed and tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our customers.
2. Why should you use genuine parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts is not covered under the HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any other HYUNDAI warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or used salvage part is not covered by any HYUNDAI Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine Parts Logo on the package (see below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only sold through authorized HYUNDAI Dealerships.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can assist you in many ways. To gain an overview of the contents of your Owner's Manual, use the Table of Contents in the front of the manual. The first page of each Chapter includes a detailed Table of Contents of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about your vehicle, use the Index in the back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and the page number where it can be found.
For your convenience, we have incorporated tabs on the right-hand page edges. These tabs are coded with the Chapter titles to assist you with navigating through the manual.
SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner's Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER, WARNING and CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
F6
Introduction
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine and engine components, never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for additional information.
WARNING
· Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol comprised of 15% ethanol and 85% gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.
F7
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85" may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle's engine and fuel system:
· Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
· Never use gasohol containing more than 15% ethanol.
· Never use leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
· Never use "E85" fuel.
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of "E85" fuel.
Using Fuel Additives (except Detergent Fuel Additives) Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels or fuel additives may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with detergent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System. For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com).
F8
Introduction
For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you can purchase separately may be added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is recommended (refer to the Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7).
Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
· This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty.
· If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unauthorized electronic devices.
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
· Do not race the engine.
· While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm, or revolutions per minute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
· Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
· Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
· Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
· Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
F9
Introduction
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or reproductive harm. These include: · Gasoline and its vapors · Engine exhaust · Used engine oil · Interior passenger compart-
ment components and materials · Component parts which are subject to heat and wear In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead, lead compounds and other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. For more information go to https://www.p65warnings.ca.go v/passenger-vehicle
F10
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
· How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
· Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
· How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
· How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Safety System of Your Vehicle
2
Convenient Features of Your Vehicle
3
Multimedia System
4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Driving Your Vehicle
5
What to Do in an Emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
8
Index
I
Your vehicle at a glance
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2
1
Interior Overview ...................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5
Engine Compartment .............................................1-6
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-53 2. Front lamps ................................3-132, 7-61 3. Tires and wheels ............................7-33, 8-5 4. Side view mirror ....................................3-39 5. Sunroof..................................................3-46
6. Wiper blade ..........................................7-27 7. Windows ................................................3-42 8. Parking Distance Warning system
(Reverse/Forward) ..............................3-155
OLX2019001N
1-2
Rear view
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Door ......................................................3-15 2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-66 3. Rear lamps ............................................7-64 4. Liftgate ..................................................3-54 5. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-66
6. Wiper blade ..........................................7-28 7. Parking Distance Warning
system (Reverse) ..............................3-152 8. Antenna ..................................................4-2 9. Rearview monitor ................................3-148
OLX2018002L
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1-4
1. Inside door handle ................................3-16 2. Central door lock/unlock switch ............3-17 3. Power window switches ........................3-43 4. Power window lock button/ ....................3-45
Electronic child safety lock button..........3-20 5. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-40 6. Instrument panel illumination
control switch ........................................3-71 7. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system ..................................................5-78 8. Lane Keeping assist (LKA)
system..................................................5-109 9. ESC OFF button ....................................5-35 10. Power liftgate button ............................3-56 11. EPB(Electronic Parking Brake) ............5-24 12. Hood release lever ..............................3-53 13. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-31 14. Steering wheel ....................................3-31 15. Seat........................................................2-4 16. Fuse box ..............................................7-51
OLX2019003N
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I)
Your vehicle at a glance
1. Instrument cluster......................................3-69
1
2. Driver's front air bag..................................2-59
3. Key ignition switch/......................................5-7 Engine Start/Stop button ..........................5-10
4. Hazard warning flasher switch ....................6-2
5. Audio/Video/Navigation System ..................4-4
6. Manual climate control system/ ..............3-159 Automatic climate control system............3-171
7. Automatic transmission shift button ..........5-15
8. Auto Hold ..................................................5-29
9. Drive mode knob ......................................5-55
10. DBC button..............................................5-39
11. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) button......................3-156
12. Idle stop and go (ISG) OFF button ........5-51
13. Surround view monitor ..........................3-149
14. Air ventilation seat ..................................2-27
15. Seat warmer............................................2-26
16. Heated steering wheel ............................3-32
17. Air ventilation seat (2nd row) ....................2-27
18. Seat warmer (2nd row) ............................2-26
19. Climate control system (rear)................3-164
20. Power outlet ..........................................3-197
21. AC inverter ............................................3-198
22. Passenger's front air bag ........................2-59
23. Glove box ..............................................3-192
24. Light control/Turn signals ......................3-132
25. Wiper/Washer........................................3-144
OLX2019004N 26. Steering wheel audio controls ..................4-3
27. Smart cruise controls ............................5-128
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
28. Wireless cellular phone charging system ..................................................3-201
1-5
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Gasoline 3.8 GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-18 2. Radiator cap .....................................7-19 3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-21 4. Air cleaner.........................................7-22 5. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16 6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-22 8. Fuse box ...........................................7-55 9. Battery terminal [+] ...........................7-29 10. Battery terminal [-] .........................7-29
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1-6
OLX2078002L
Safety system of your vehicle
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2 Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-45
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2
Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-45
Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-47
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-49
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint
Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3
System ...................................................................2-57
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3
Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-59
Seats ........................................................................2-4
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-63
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-67
Front Seats .........................................................................2-6
Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-68
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-13
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-73
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-21
SRS Care............................................................................2-78
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-26
Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-79
Seat Belts ..............................................................2-29
Air Bag Warning Label...................................................2-79
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-29
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-30
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-33
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-41
Care of Seat Belt.............................................................2-44
Safety system of your vehicle
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions and recommendations throughout this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of accidents. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make sure you and your passengers wear your seat belts, and wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride in your vehicle properly restrained in a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in an appropriate child restraint. Larger children should use a booster seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they can use the seat belt properly without a booster seat.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can also cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the greatest risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety should be the first concern when behind the wheel and drivers need to be aware of the wide array of potential distractions, such as drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating, personal grooming, other passengers, and using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when they take their eyes and attention off the road or their hands off the wheel to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:
· ALWAYS set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is parked or safely stopped.
2-2
· ONLY use your mobile device when allowed by laws and when conditions permit safe use. NEVER text or email while driving. Most states have laws prohibiting drivers from texting. Some states and cities also prohibit drivers from using handheld phones.
· NEVER let the use of a mobile device distract you from driving. You have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to always drive safely, with your hands on the wheel as well as your eyes and attention on the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
2
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
2-4
Front seats (1) Seat sliding forward or rearward (2) Seatback angle adjustment (3) Seat cushion angle adjustment (4) Seat height adjustment (5) Lumbar support adjustment
(Driver's seat)* (6) Seat cushion length adjustment* (7) Seat warmer* (8) Air ventilation seat* (9) Head restraint
2nd row seat (10) Seat sliding forward or rearward (11) Seatback angle adjustment /
seat folding (12) Walk-in switch (13) Head restraint (14) Head restraint (8 passengers) (15) Seat warmer* (16) Air ventilation seat* (17) Seat folding strap
3rd row seat (18) Head restraints (19) 2nd row seat remote folding switch (20) 3rd row seat remote folding/
unfolding switch* (21) Seatback angle adjustment
(for 3rd row seat)*
* : if equipped
OLX2039001N
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Air bags
· Hold the steering wheel by the
Adjusting the seats so that you are You can take steps to reduce the risk
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
sitting in a safe, comfortable position of being injured by an inflating air
and 3 o'clock positions to
plays an important role in driver and bag. Sitting too close to an air bag passenger safety together with the greatly increases the risk of injury in
minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and arms.
2
seat belts and air bags in an acci- the event the air bag inflates.
dent.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
· NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering
Administration (NHTSA) recom-
wheel and the air bag.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that reduces friction between the seat and the passenger. The
mends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
· Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the dashboard to minimize the risk of leg injuries.
passenger's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt cannot operate properly.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following precautions:
· Adjust the driver's seat as far to the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain full control of the vehicle.
· Adjust the front passenger
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit upright and be properly restrained. Infants and small children must be restrained in appropriate child restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster seat must be restrained using the
seat as far to the rear as pos- seat belts.
sible.
2-5
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat belt:
· NEVER use one seat belt for more than one occupant.
· Always position the seatback upright with the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low across the hips.
· NEVER allow children or small infants to ride on a passenger's lap.
· Do not route the seat belt across your neck, across sharp edges, or reroute the shoulder strap away from your body.
· Do not allow the seat belt to become caught or jammed.
Front Seats
WARNING
Take the following precautions when adjusting your seat:
· NEVER attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond with unexpected movement and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
· Do not place anything under the front seats. Loose objects in the driver's foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, causing an accident.
· Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position and proper locking of the seatback.
· Do not place a cigarette lighter on the floor or seat. When you operate the seat, gas may exit out of the lighter causing a fire.
· Use extreme caution when picking up small objects trapped under the seats or between the seat and the center console. Your hands might be cut or injured by the sharp edges of the seat mechanism.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
· Do not adjust your seat while wearing your seat belt. Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
· Do not allow your hands or fingers to get caught in the seat mechanisms while the seat is moving.
2-6
Safety system of your vehicle
Manual adjustment (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the levers located on the out-
side of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper
2
position so that you can easily con-
trol the steering wheel, foot pedals
and controls on the instrument
panel.
OLX2038070
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place. Move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OLX2038072
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work properly. When the seatback is reclined, the shoulder belt cannot do its job because it will not be snug against your chest. Instead, it will be in front of you. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
OLX2038071
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat cushion:
· Push down on the lever several times, to lower the seat cushion.
· Pull up on the lever several times, to raise the seat cushion.
2-8
Safety system of your vehicle
Power adjustment (if equipped) NOTICE
The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on
To prevent damage to the seats:
the outside of the seat cushion. Before · Always stop adjusting the seats driving, adjust the seat to the proper when the seat has moved as far
2
position so that you can easily control forward or rearward as possible.
the steering wheel, foot pedals and · Do not adjust the seats for
controls on the instrument panel.
longer than necessary when the
vehicle is turned off. This may
WARNING
result in unnecessary battery drain.
OLX2038003
NEVER allow children in the vehicle unattended. The power seats are operable when the vehicle is turned off.
· Do not operate two or more seats at the same time. This may result in an electrical malfunction.
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the protection of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
OLX2038004
Cushion extension (for driver's seat, if equipped)
To move the front part of cushion forward:
1. Push the front part of control switch to move the seat cushion to the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat cushion reaches the desired length.
To move the front part of cushion rearward:
1. Push the rear part of control switch to move the seat cushion to the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat cushion reaches the desired length.
OLX2038005
Seatback angle To adjust the seatback: 1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward. 2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
2-10
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
2
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined, the greater chance the passenger's hips will slide under the lap belt or the passenger's neck will strike the shoulder belt.
OLX2038006
Seat cushion tilt (1) To change the angle of the front part of the seat cushion: Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion. Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2) To change the height of the seat cushion:
OLX2038007
Lumbar support (2way) (for driver's seat)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch.
· The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch.
· Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.
Push the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position.
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Lumbar support (4way) (for driver's seat) (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support switch.
· Press the front portion of the switch (1) to increase support or the rear portion of the switch (2) to decrease support.
· To move the support position up or down, press switch (3) or (4).
Seatback pocket
OLX2038013
The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger's seatback.
WARNING
To prevent the Occupant Classification System from malfunctioning: Do not hang onto the front passenger's seatback.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the seatback pockets. In an accident they could come loose from the pocket and injure occupants.
2-12
Rear Seats Rear seat adjustment
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038074
Above picture shows a 7-seater vehicle.
Forward and rearward (2nd row seat)
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OLX2038075
Seatback angle (2nd row seat)
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
OLX2039078N
Seatback angle (3rd row seat) (Type A) To recline the seatback: 1. Pull up the seatback recline strap. 2. Hold the strap and adjust the seat-
back of the seat to the position you desire. 3. Release the strap and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The strap MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock.)
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)
OLX2039015N
Seatback angle (3rd row seat) (Type B) To recline the seatback: 1. Push the control switch to recline
the seat back. 2. Release the switch once the seat-
back reaches the desired position.
2-14
OLX2038018 OLX2038019
OLX2038020
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,
1. Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guide clip. After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up.
2. Push the walk-in switch located on top (1) of the 2nd row seat or the side (2) of the seat bottom cushion.
3. The 2nd row seatback will be folded and push the seat to the farthest forward position.
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd row seat to the farthest rearward position and pull the seatback firmly backward until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked in place.
WARNING
Never attempt to adjust while the vehicle is moving or the 2nd row seat is occupied as the seat may suddenly move and cause the passenger on the seat to be injured.
WARNING
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.
2
OLX2038021
· If the walk-in switch does not work, pull the strap (1) located on the lower left side of the seat. Then you can move the 2nd row seat forward.
(7 passenger vehicle
- Left seat : lower right side
- Right seat : lower left side 8 passenger vehicle
- Right seat : lower left side)
· Never attempt to pull the strap (1) while the 2nd row seat is occupied as the seat may suddenly move and cause the passenger on the seat to be injured. Use only the strap when the walk-in switch does not work.
WARNING
· Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving. This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in serious injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop.
· Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks. This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
To fold down the rear seatback: 1. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 2. Lower the rear head restraints to the lowest position.
2nd row seat
OLX2038018
3. Locate the seatbelt webbing in the guide before folding down the seatback to avoid the seatbelt system interfering with the seatback.
3rd row seat
OLX2038022N
OLX2039079N
4. Pull up the seatback recline lever, then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle.
2-16
2nd row seat 3rd row seat
OLX2039024N
WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it slowly. Ensure that the seatback is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could result in serious injury or death.
OLX2039096N
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold the seatback to the upright position by pulling up the recline lever.
Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the proper position.
WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit vehicle occupants in a collision causing serious injury or death.
WARNING
Make sure the vehicle is off, the
shift button is in P (Park), and the parking brake is securely applied
2
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift button is inadvertently
shifted to another position.
CAUTION
· Be careful when loading cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
· When cargo is loaded through the rear passenger seats, ensure the cargo is properly secured to prevent it from moving while driving.
· Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can cause damage to the vehicle or injury to it's occupants.
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
2nd row seat folding (from outside)
OLX2039026N
Push the 2nd row seat back folding switch (1) located on the left side of the cargo area. (L : Left seatback folding, R : Right seatback folding)
WARNING
Rear seat folding Do not fold the rear seats(2nd & 3rd row seats), if passengers, pets or luggage are on the rear seats. It may cause injury or damage to passengers, pets, luggage.
3rd row seat remote folding/unfolding (if equipped)
OLX2039030N
Push the 3rd row seat back folding switch (1) located on the left side of the cargo area. (L : Left seatback folding/unfolding, R : Right seatback folding/unfolding) You can also fold or unfold the left or right seatback of the 3rd row seat by touching the menu (All menus Setup Vehicle in the Infotainment system). For more details, refer to the separately supplied Multimedia manual with your vehicle.
The 3rd row seat that is remotely folded or unfolded, is controlled only when the shift button is in "P" with Start ON, or the shift button is in "N" and the parking brake is in "ON."
However, the seat is controlled at any condition in Start OFF state. When the vehicle moves or shifts while the seat is being controlled, the seat may stop operation.
When you press the switch once more while folding and unfolding the seat, operation stops. When you press the switch again, the operation resumes.
With the seat folded, when you press the angle adjusting switch, the seat is unfolded.
2-18
Safety system of your vehicle
CAUTION
Detection of object caught While folding or unfolding the 3rd row
WARNING
Without starting the engine, the 3rd row seat can be folded or unfolded. When this is attempt-
seat, when a consistent force is detected, the seat returns to its original position or stops operation.
Do not place any part of your body or anything in the operating area to intentionally check
2
ed more than 10 times, the bat- However, this function may not work the detection of any object
tery may discharge premature- when the detected resistance is caught.
ly.
Do not apply excessive force to the 3rd row seat while in operation. It may damage the seat.
When you operate the seat over 5 times with no rest, the electric motor may be overloaded. In this case, the seat changes to overheat prevention mode. Then you cannot operate the seat by pressing the switch. Leave the seat for over 1 minute for later operation.
below a specific level or the seat is almost folded or unfolded. When a strong impact is applied to the seat, the object detection function may be activated even if no obstacle is present.
When any object caught is detected multiple times while operating the seat once, folding and unfolding are repeated consecutively and then the operation may stop. In this case, check that any object is caught and then operate the switch again to check for abnormality.
When the object detection is enabled, the angle of the seat back may be changed. When you operate the seat once by pressing the folding button, the angle of the seat back is reset.
For safety, when folding or unfolding the 3rd row seat, make sure that there is no part of body or object. To prevent damage to the seatbelt, insert it into its holder and store it in the retractor inside a seat.
When the child restraint system (CRS) is installed on the 3rd row seat, remove the CRS and then operate the seat.
When there is any object on the cushion of the 3rd row seat, remove it and then operate the seat.
To avoid interference with a front seat, keep the backrest of the front seat straight and move it forward for smooth operation.
2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
Armrest (2nd row, 8 passengers vehicle)
OLX2039077N
The armrest is located in the center of the rear seat. Use the strap in the center of the armrest to pull it down.
Armrest (2nd row, 7 passengers vehicle)
OLX2038017
Pull the armrest down from the seatback to use it.
Rear occupant alert system (if equipped)
This function alerts the driver when exiting the vehicle to check the 2nd row seat.
If the rear doors are open prior to driving the vehicle, after driving when the vehicle is turned off, a warning message appears in the cluster to give a first warning. If the movement is detected in the 2nd row seat after you lock all doors, a second warning alerts you.
Make sure to check for passengers in the 2nd row seat before you get out.
For more details, refer to the "Rear Occupant Alert System" in chapter 3.
2-20
Safety system of your vehicle
Head Restraints
·
NOTICE
The vehicle's front and rear seats have adjustable head restraints. The head restraints provide comfort for passengers, but more importantly they are designed to help protect
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull on the head restraints.
2
CAUTION
passengers from whiplash and other neck and spinal injuries during an accident, especially in a rear impact collision.
WARNING
OLF034072N
Adjust the head restraints so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height
When there is no occupant in the rear seats, adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position. The rear seat head restraint can reduce the visibility of the rear area.
To reduce the risk of serious
as the height of the top of the
injury or death in an accident,
eyes.
take the following precautions when adjusting your head restraints:
· NEVER adjust the head restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is
· Always properly adjust the
in motion.
head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the vehicle.
· Adjust the head restraint as close to the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat
· NEVER let anyone ride in a
cushion that holds the body
seat with the head restraints
away from the seatback.
removed or reversed.
· Make sure the head restraint
locks into position after
adjusting it.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle Front seat head restraints
OLX2038097L
The vehicle's front and passenger's seats are equipped with adjustable head restraints for the passengers safety and comfort.
OLX2038010
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OLF034015
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards the front with the head restraint and seat cushion raised, the head restraint may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle.
2-22
Type A Type B
3. Press the head restraint release button (3) while pulling the head restraint up (4).
Type A
OLX2038073
Type B
2
OLX2038095
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038011L
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward using the seatback angle lever/ switch (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it can go.
OLX2038012L
To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the release button (1).
2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward using the seatback angle lever/ switch (3).
Rear seat head restraints
CAUTION
· Adjust the head restraint so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height as the height of the top of the eyes.
OLX2038098L
* : For 8 passengers vehicle
The rear seats are equipped with head restraints in all the seating positions for the passenger's safety and comfort.
· When seated on the rear seat, do not adjust the height of the head restraint to the lowest position.
2-24
Folding 3rd row headrest (except for center)
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2039014N
Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint: 1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint: 1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support. 2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OLX2039016N
Removal/Reinstallation To remove the head restraint: 1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go. 2. Press the head restraint release
button (1) while pulling the head restraint up (2).
To reinstall the head restraint: 1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the release button (1). 2. Adjust the head restraint to the appropriate height.
OLX2039103N
The headrest will fold down automatically when folding the seatback. To fold the headrest manually: - Pull the strap. To unfold the headrest manually: - Raise the headrest manually.
Always be sure the headrest has locked into position after you return the seatback.
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats
Seat warmers (if equipped)
Seat warmers are provided to warm the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS BURN, even at low temperatures and especially if used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel if the seat is becoming too warm so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the skin should use extreme caution, especially the following types of passengers: · Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital outpatients. · People with sensitive skin or who burn easily. · Fatigued individuals. · Intoxicated individuals.
· People taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat that insulates against heat when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat cushion. This may cause the seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat warmers and seats: · Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats. · Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers. · Do not change the seat cover. It may damage the seat warmer.
Front seat
Rear seat (2nd row)
OLX2038031
OLX2038076
While the engine is running, push either of the switches to warm the driver's seat or front passenger's seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.
2-26
Safety system of your vehicle
· Each time you push the switch, the temperature setting of the seat changed as shown below:
OFF
HIGH (
)
Front air ventilation seat (if equipped)
Front seat
LOW ( )
MIDDLE (
)
· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the
When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the switches in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the switch to cool the driver's seat or the
2
front passenger's seat.
· Each time you push the switch, the airflow changes as follows:
OFF
HIGH (
)
seat warmer operating, the seat
warmer will turn OFF.
LOW ( )
MIDDLE (
)
· The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the vehicle is turned on.
Rear seat (2nd row)
OLX2038028
· When pressing the switch for more than 1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat operating, the
i Information
operation will turn OFF.
With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
OLX2038029
The air ventilation seats are provided to cool the front seats by blowing air through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
· The air ventilation seat defaults to the OFF position whenever the vehicle is turned on.
i Information
· If the outside temperature is under approximately 33°F (2°C), the air ventilation seat may not operate.
· Use the air ventilation seat when the climate control system is on. Using the air ventilation seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the climate control seat performance to be reduced.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat:
· Use the air ventilation seat ONLY when the climate control system is on. Using the air ventilation seat for prolonged periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat to malfunction.
· Never use a solvent such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
· Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent holes to become blocked and not work properly.
· Do not place materials such as plastic bags or newspapers under the seats. They may block the air intake causing the air vents to not work properly.
· Do not change the seat covers. It may damage the air ventilation seat.
· If the air vents do not operate, restart the vehicle. If there is no change, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2-28
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the seat belts properly. It also describes some of the things to avoid when using seat belts.
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Always fasten your seat belt and make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting any trip. Air bags are designed to supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a substitute. Most states require all occupants of a vehicle to wear seat belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following precautions when adjusting and wearing seat belts: · ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the rear seats.
· NEVER allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them in the seat.
· NEVER allow an infant or child to be carried on an occupant's lap.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
· Do not allow children to share a seat or seat belt.
· Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back.
· Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
· Do not use the seat belt if it is twisted. A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
· Do not use a seat belt if the webbing or hardware is damaged.
· Do not latch the seat belt into the buckles of other seats.
· NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
2
loss of vehicle control result-
ing in an accident.
· Make sure there is nothing in the buckle interfering with the seat belt latch mechanism. This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely.
· No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack.
2-29
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt assemblies will not operate properly. Always replace:
· Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
· Damaged hardware · The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an accident, even if damage to webbing or assembly is not apparent
Seat Belt Warning Light Seat belt warning light
OLX2039032L
Driver's seat belt warning As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch to the ON position regardless of belt fastening. At this time, if the seat belt is not fastened a warning chime will sound for 6 seconds. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph (9 km/h), the warning light will stay illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
2-30
Safety system of your vehicle
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 6 mph
i Information
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay · Although the front passenger seat is
illuminated.
not occupied, the seat belt warning
If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 12 mph
light will blink or illuminate for 6 2
seconds.
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime Also, when the front passenger gets
will sound for approximately 100 sec- off the vehicle while the warning is
onds and the corresponding warning activating, the warning may contin-
light will blink.
ue for 6 seconds even after the pas-
OLX2039033L If you unfasten the seat belt while
senger gets off.
Front passenger's seat belt warning driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the · The front passenger's seat belt
As a reminder to the front passenger, seat belt warning light will illuminate warning light may not properly
the front passenger's seat belt warn- until the seat belt is fastened.
operate if the front passenger does
ing lights will illuminate for approxi- If you unfasten the seat belt while not sit properly in the seat.
mately 6 seconds each time you driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the · The front passenger's seat belt
place the ignition switch to the ON seat belt warning chime will sound for warning may operate when luggage,
position regardless of belt fastening. approximately 100 seconds and the electronic device, etc. are placed on
corresponding warning light will blink. the front passenger seat.
2-31
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear passenger's seat belt warning
OLX2038034 7 passengers (A)
- 2nd row : 1, 3 - 3rd row : 4, 5, 6 8 passengers (B) - 2nd row : 1, 2, 3 - 3rd row : 4, 5, 6
As a reminder to the rear passenger, the rear passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned ON, the seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened.
If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive under 12 mph (20 km/h), the corresponding warning light will continue to illuminate until you fasten the seat belt.
If you continue to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive over 12 mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 35 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.
WARNING
Riding in an improper position adversely affects the rear passenger's seat belt warning system. It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger to properly be seated as instructed in this manual.
i Information
· Although the rear passenger's seat is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds.
· The rear passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage, laptop or other electronic device is placed on the rear passenger seat.
2-32
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Belt Restraint System WARNING
Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking retractor
Improperly positioned seat belts
2
may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident. Take the fol-
lowing precautions when adjust-
ing the seat belt:
· Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.
· Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt, as shown in the illustration.
· Always position the shoulder belt anchor into the locked position at the appropriate height.
· Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle.
OHSS038102L
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend and move with you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.
2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull enough of the seat belt out from the retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the three different positions for maximum comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted so it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
OLX2038102L
To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor into position. Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position.
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
2-34
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3- To fasten your seat belt:
NOTICE
point system with convertible locking retractor
This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Convertible retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position, NEVER place any infant/child restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle.
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click" when the tab locks into the buckle. When not securing a child restraint, the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the seat belt operation changes to allow
Although the seat belt retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes, the emergency locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their seat while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt and allow the belt to fully retract.
2
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint
System" section in this chapter.
2-35
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear center seatbelt (3rd row)
OHSS038103
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
OLX2038081
To fasten your seatbelt: 1.Extract the tongue plate (A) from
the hole on the belt assembly cover.
OLX2038082
2.Insert the tongue plate (A) into the buckle (A') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
2-36
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038083
3. Pull out the tongue plate (B) from the pocket. Pull the tongue plate (B) and insert it into the buckle (B') until an audible "click" is heard, indicating the latch is locked. Make sure the belt is not twisted.
When using the rear center seat belt, the buckle with the "CENTER" mark must be used.
OLX2038084
To release your seatbelt:
1.Press the release button on the buckle (B') and remove the tongue plate (B).
OLX2038085
2. To retract the rear center seatbelt, insert the tongue plate into the web release hole (A' ). Pull up on the seat belt web and allow the webbing to retract automatically. Insert the tongue plate (A) into the hole on the belt assembly cover.
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
Stowing the rear seat belt
2nd row seat (8 passenger vehicle)
2nd row seat
3nd row seat
OTM038042
3nd row seat (if equipped)
OLX2038018
CAUTION
When using the seat belt, use it after taking it out of the guides.
If you pull the seat belt when it is stored in the guides, it may damage the guides and/or belt webbing.
OLX2038035
· The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use.
OLX2038069L
· Routing the seat belt webbing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten the belt webbing by pulling it up.
2-38
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt (Driver and front passenger)
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward
WARNING
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal or · Always wear your seat belt and
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner
sit properly in your seat.
2
will activate and pull the seat belt into · Do not use the seat belt if it is
tighter contact against the occu-
loose or twisted. A loose or
pant's body.
twisted seat belt will not pro-
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
tect you properly in an accident.
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and front passenger's Pre-tensioner Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner).
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the shoulder belts fit in tightly against the occupant's upper body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
If the system senses excessive ten-
· Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely affect the buckle and cause it to function improperly.
· Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an accident.
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
sion on the driver or passenger's seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside the retractor pre-tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt.
· NEVER inspect, service, repair or replace the pre-tensioners yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies for several minutes after they have been activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism deploys during a collision, the pre-tensioners become hot and can burn you.
OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pretensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pre-tensioner seat belts and SRS air bags as soon as possible.
2-40
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
WARNING
· A pregnant woman or a
belts may be activated in certain The seat belt should always be used frontal or side collisions or during pregnancy. The best way to
patient is more vulnerable to any imapcts on the abdomen
2
rollovers.
protect your unborn child is to protect
during an abrupt stop or acci-
· When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may appear to be smoke,
yourself by always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
dent. If you are in an accident while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
may be visible in the passenger shoulder belt across your chest, rout- · To reduce the risk of serious
compartment. These are normal ed between your breasts and away
injury or death to an unborn
operating conditions and are not from your neck. Place the lap belt line
child during an accident,
hazardous.
so that it fits snugly and as low as pos-
pregnant women should
· Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be inhaled for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
sible across the hips, not across the abdomen.
NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over the area of the abdomen where the unborn child is located.
after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated.
2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws which require children to travel in approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat belts can be used instead of child restraints differs among states, so you should be aware of the specific requirements in your state, and where you are travelling. Infant and child restraints must be properly placed and installed in a rear seat. For more information refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants and small children in a child restraint appropriate for the child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The violent forces created during an accident will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.
Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213. The restraint must be appropriate for your child's height and weight. Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to the "Child Restraint Systems" section in this chapter.
2-42
Safety system of your vehicle
Larger children
If the shoulder belt portion slightly One person per belt
Children under age 13 and who are touches the child's neck or face, try Two people (including children) should
too large for a booster seat must placing the child closer to the center never attempt to use a single seat belt.
always occupy the rear seat and use of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still This could increase the severity of the available lap/shoulder belts. A touches their face or neck they need injuries in case of an accident.
2
seat belt should lie across the upper to be returned to an appropriate
thighs and be snug across the shoul- booster seat in the rear seat. der and chest to restrain the child
Do not lie down
safely. Check belt fit periodically. Children are afforded the most safe-
WARNING
Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dan-
ty in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system and/or seat belts in the rear seat. Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
· Always make sure children are wearing their seat belts and that they are properly adjusted before driving.
· NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child's neck or face.
· Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.
gerous. Even when buckled up, the protections of your restraint system (seat belts and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve the maximum effectiveness of the restraint system, all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear seats should be in an upright
seated in the front seat, the child
position when the car is moving.
must be securely restrained by the
A seat belt cannot provide proper
available lap/shoulder belt and the Transporting an injured person
protection if the person is lying down
seat should be placed in the rear- A seat belt should be used when an in the rear seat or if the front or rear
most position.
injured person is being transported. seats are in a reclined position.
Consult a physician for specific rec-
ommendations.
2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
· NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
· Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop.
· Drivers and passengers should always sit well back in their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks upright.
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry. If belts become dirty, they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric.
2-44
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
Children under age 13 must always Child restraint systems must be prop-
ride in the rear seats and must erly placed and installed in the rear
WARNING
always be properly restrained to min- seat. You must use a commercially imize the risk of injury in an accident, available child restraint system that
Always properly restrain chil- sudden stop or sudden maneuver. meets the requirements of the Federal 2
dren in the rear seats of the According to accident statistics, chil- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
vehicle.
dren are safer when properly (FMVSS 213).
Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat. A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. Even with air bags, children can be seriously injured or killed. Children too large for a child restraint must use the seat belts provided.
Child restraint systems are generally designed to be secured in a vehicle seat by lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
or DEATH.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has first been properly secured to the rear seat of the vehicle. Read and comply with the instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child restraint can increase the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an accident. Always take the following precautions when using a child restraint system:
· NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
· Always properly secure the child restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
· Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
· Always properly restrain your child in the child restraint.
· If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child restraint system manual), the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
· Do not use an infant carrier or a child safety seat that "hooks" over a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
· After an accident, have a HYUNDAI dealer check the child restraint system, seat belts, lower anchors and upper tether anchors.
2-46
WARNING
· Be especially careful when installing a child restraint on the center seating position in the second row as it is narrower than the outboard positions. A wide child restraint installed on the center seat may cover the safety belt buckles for the other seating positions. Do not allow someone to ride in a seating position where the safety belt buckle is covered by a child restraint.
· A child restraint in the center seating position may also contact or push up against the safety belt buckles, which can damage the buckles and make them unusable or unsafe. Always check that the child restraint does not contact any of the safety belt buckles. Check the placement of the child restraint regularly to make sure that it has not shifted and come into contact with any of the safety belt buckles.
Safety system of your vehicle
Selecting a Child Restraint
Child restraint system types
System (CRS)
There are three main types of child
When selecting a CRS for your child, restraint systems: rearward-facing
always:
· Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats. They are classified according to the child's age, height and weight.
2
Standards (FMVSS 213).
· Select a child restraint based on Rearward-facing child seats
your child's height and weight. The required label or the instructions for use typically provide this information.
· Select a child restraint that fits the vehicle seating position where it will be used.
· Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the child restraint system.
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rearward-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
OLX2039036N
A rearward-facing child seat provides restraint with the seating surface against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place, and in an accident, acts to keep the child positioned in the seat and reduce the stress to the neck and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always ride in a rearward-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits for the rearward-facing position, allowing you to keep your child rearward-facing for a longer period of time.
2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
Continue to use a rearward-facing child seat for as long as your child will fit within the height and weight limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rearward-facing child restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.
WARNING
Do NOT adjust the seat when child seat is fitted. Adjusting the seat during driving can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
OLX2039002N
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides restraint for the child's body with a harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until they reach the top height or weight limit allowed by your child restraint's manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat belt system. A booster seat positions the seat belt so that it fits properly over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until they are big enough to sit in the seat without a booster and still have the seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie snug across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always ride in the rear seats and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury.
2-48
Safety system of your vehicle
Installing a Child Restraint
After selecting a proper child seat for · Secure the child in the child
System (CRS)
your child, check to make sure it fits restraint. Make sure the child is
properly in your vehicle. Follow the properly strapped in the child
WARNING
instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
restraint according to the manu-
facturer instructions.
2
Before installing your child restraint system always:
seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your vehicle:
CAUTION
· Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
· Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
· Properly secure the child restraint to the vehicle. All child restraints must be secured to the vehicle with the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt or with the LATCH system. If using the lap/shoulder belt for your child restraint, the convertible locking
A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. To prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint.
and instructions could increase
retractor should be pulled all the
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
way out to engage the "automatic
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
locking" mode. (See page 2-54.)
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a child seat (as described in the child seat system manual, the head restraint of the respective seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
· Make sure the child restraint is firmly secured. After installing a child restraint to the vehicle, push and pull the seat forward-andback and side-to-side to verify that it is securely attached to the seat. A child restraint secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to-side movement can be expected.
2-49
Safety system of your vehicle
Lower Anchors and Tether for Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the child restraint easier and reduce the possibility of improperly installing your child restraint. The LATCH system uses anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The LATCH system eliminates the need to use seat belts to secure the child restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each LATCH seating position that will accommodate a child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your vehicle, you must have a child restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the child seat with its attachments for the LATCH lower anchors.
OLX2038039
LATCH anchors have been provided in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their locations are shown in the illustration. There are no LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
WARNING
Do not attempt to install a child restraint system using LATCH anchors in the rear center seating position.There are no LATCH anchors provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchors can damage the anchors which may break or fail in a collision resulting in serious injury or death.
2-50
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system
WARNING
To install a LATCH-compatible child restraint in either of the rear outboard seating positions:
Take the following precautions when using the LATCH system:
· Read and follow all installation
2
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
instructions provided with
from the lower anchors.
your child restraint system.
OLX2038040L [1] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator, [2] : Lower Anchor
2. Move any other objects away from the anchors that could prevent a secure connection between the child restraint and the lower anchors.
· To prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts, buckle all unused rear seat belts and retract the seat belt webbing
The lower anchor position indicator symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to identify the position of the lower anchors in your vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.
behind the child. Children can be strangled if a shoulder belt becomes wrapped around their neck and the seat belt tightens.
The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and tightening the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors.
· NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break.
· Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an accident. An accident can damage the LATCH system and may not properly secure the child restraint.
2-51
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 lb (30 kg). How to determine an appropriate child restraint weight: Child weight + Child restraint weight < 65 lb (30kg)
2-52
Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system
2nd row passenger seat
3rd row passenger seat
OLX2039087N
OLX2039101N
First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors or the seat belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether strap be attached, attach and tighten the top tether strap to the top tether strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are located on the rear of the seatbacks.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when installing the tether strap: · Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your child restraint system. · NEVER attach more than one child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause the anchor or attachment to come loose or break. · Do not attach the tether strap to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not work properly if attached to something else. · Do not use the tether anchors for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
2
of a lap/shoulder belt.
OLX2039038N
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts, or route the tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions to firmly secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the child restraint is struck by an inflating air bag.
OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking mode), you must manually pull the seat belt all the way out to shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To secure a child restraint system, use the following procedure.
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
To install a child restraint system on the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child restraint, following the restraint manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted.
NOTICE
When using the rear center seat belt, you should also refer to the "Rear Seat Belt Passenger's 3point system" section in this chapter.
OLMB033045
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency.
OLMB033097
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child restraint) mode.
2-54
Safety system of your vehicle
5. Remove as much slack from the NOTICE
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while When the seat belt is allowed to
feeding the shoulder belt back into retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor.
the retractor will automatically 2
6. Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
switch from the "Automatic Locking" mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage.
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
WARNING
OLMB033098
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode. If no distinct
7. Double check that the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor. If you cannot, the retractor is in the "Automatic Locking" mode.
If the retractor is not in the "Automatic Locking" mode, the child restraint can move when your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously injured or killed if the child
sound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or recommends you to use a tether anchor with the lap/shoulder belt, refer to the previous pages for more information.
restraint is not properly anchored in the car, including manually pulling the seat belt all the way out to shift the rectractor to the "Automatic Locking" mode.
2-55
Safety system of your vehicle To remove the child restraint, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
2-56
Safety system of your vehicle
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
2
1. Driver's front air bag 2. Passenger's front air bag 3. Side air bag 4. Curtain air bag 5. Driver's knee airbag
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OLX2039041N
2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Air Bag System for the driver's seat and front passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For these air bags to provide protection, the seat belts must be worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an accident if you are not wearing a seat belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them. Also, air bags are not designed to deploy in every collision. In some accidents, the seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
2-58
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front air bags
Your vehicle is equipped with a Advanced Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are located in the center of the steering wheel, and the passenger's side front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the pad covers.
Driver's front air bag Driver's knee air bag
Passenger's front air bag
2
OLX2038044 OLX2039043N
OLX2038045
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone.
The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation within two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts. A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, the SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.
2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating front air bags, take the following precautions:
· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
· Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle.
· Never lean against the door or center console.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
· No objects (such as crash pad cover, cellular phone holder, cup holder, perfume or stickers) should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove box. Such objects could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy.
Side air bags
OLX2038048
OLX2038049L
Your vehicle is equipped with a side air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone.
2-60
Safety system of your vehicle
The side air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Hold the steering wheel at the
· Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bags.
· Do not put any objects between the side airbag label and seat cushion. It could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to
2
The side air bags are not designed to
9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
cause the air bags to deploy.
deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
tions, to minimize the risk of injuries to your hands and
· Do not cause impact to the doors when the ignition
WARNING
arms. · Do not use any accessory
switch button is in the ON position as this may cause the
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating side air bag, take the following precautions:
· Seat belts must be worn at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
seat covers. This could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such
side air bags to inflate.
· If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
· Do not place any objects between the door and the seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag inflates.
2-61
Safety system of your vehicle
Curtain air bags
OLX2038050
They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions, depending on the crash severity.
The side and curtain air bags on both sides of the vehicle may deploy if a rollover or possible rollover is detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations.
OLX2038051
Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from an inflating curtain air bag, take the following precautions: · All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep occupants positioned properly.
· Properly secure child restraints as far away from the door as possible.
· Do not place any objects over the air bag. Also, do not attach any objects around the area the air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail.
· Do not hang other objects except clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an accident, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
· Do not allow passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors, put their arms on the doors, stretch their arms out of the window, or place objects between the doors and seats.
· Do not open or repair the side curtain air bags.
2-62
How Does the Air Bag System 11. Occupant classification system
Operate?
12. Driver's knee airbag module
SRS warning light
Safety system of your vehicle
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
2
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is in the ON position to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt deployment.
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System) air bag warning light on the instrument panel displays the air bag symbol depicted in the illustration. The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The
OLX2039042N
light indicates that there is a potential malfunction with your air bag system,
The SRS consists of the following components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
which could include your side and curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/ Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10.Side pressure sensors
2-63
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death. If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning: · The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position. · The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six seconds. · The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion. · The light blinks when the engine is running. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as soon as possible if any of these conditions occur.
2-64
During a frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle's deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the driver and front passenger by responding to frontal impacts in which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide protection in the event of a side impact or rollover.
· Air bags are activated (able to inflate if necessary) only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
· Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
· Generally, air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision, its direction, etc. These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.
· The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
· In addition to inflating in certain side collisions, vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side and curtain air bags will inflate if the sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side and curtain air bags will remain inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially when used in conjunction with the seat belts.
· To help provide protection, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
Safety system of your vehicle
However, the rapid air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can
WARNING
Driver's front air bag (1)
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the To reduce the risk of serious
inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal
injury or death from an inflating air bag, take the following pre-
2
of force.
cautions:
· There are even circumstances under which contact with the air
· NEVER place a child restraint in the front passenger seat.
bag can cause fatal injuries, espe-
Always properly restrain chil-
cially if the occupant is positioned
dren under age 13 in the rear
OHM039102N
excessively close to the air bag.
seats of the vehicle.
When the SRSCM detects a suffi-
You can take steps to help reduce the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
· Adjust the front passenger's and driver's seats as far to the rear as possible while allow-
ciently severe impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air bags.
too close to the air bag. An air bag
ing you to maintain full con-
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of
trol of the vehicle.
space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
· Hold the steering wheel with hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions.
· Never place anything or any-
one between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
· Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
Driver's front air bag (2)
Driver's front air bag (3)
OHM039103N
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt, slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk of head and chest injury.
Passenger's front air bag
OHM039104N
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls.
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when the passenger's air bag inflates:
· Do not install or place any objects (drink holder, CD holder, stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
· Do not install a container of liquid air freshener near the instrument cluster or on the instrument panel surface.
2-66
Safety system of your vehicle
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates
· Always wash exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold
Noise and smoke from inflating air bag
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
water and mild soap.
When the air bags inflate, they make
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially inflated for some time after they deploy.
· Always have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be used only once.
a loud noise and may produce smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of
2
WARNING
your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing
After an air bag inflates, take the following precautions:
the smoke and powder. The powder may aggravate asthma for some people. If you experience breathing
· Open your windows and doors
problems after an air bag deploy-
as soon as possible after
ment, seek medical attention imme-
impact to reduce prolonged
diately.
exposure to the smoke and powder released by the inflating air bag.
Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
· Do not touch the air bag stor-
this is the case, wash and rinse with
age area's internal compo-
cold water immediately and seek
nents immediately after an air
medical attention if the symptoms
bag has inflated. The parts
persist.
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
2-67
Safety system of your vehicle
Occupant Classification System (OCS)
OLX2039047N
Your vehicle is equipped with an Occupant Classification System (OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
Main components of the Occupant Classification System
· A detection device located within the front passenger seat cushion.
· Electronic system to determine whether the passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
· An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words "OFF" and symbol indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
· The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect the presence of a properly-seated front passenger and determine if the passenger's front air bag should be enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, sensor can help detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and wearing the seat belt properly, should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however, if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator on the center fascia panel. This system detects the conditions 1-4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions.
2-68
Safety system of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehi- Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
cle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
Condition detected by the occupant classification system
"PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator light
SRS warning light
Front passenger air bag
2
the passenger takes actions which can affect the classification system. 1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
These include:
2. Infant *2 or child restraint
· Failing to sit in an upright position.
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
· Leaning against the door or center console.
· Sitting towards the sides of the front of the seat.
· Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
· Wearing the seat belt improperly.
· Reclining the seatback.
· Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear or hip protection wear.
3. Unoccupied 4. Malfunction in the system
On
Off
Deactivated
Off
On
Activated
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is a normal condition.
· Putting an additional thick cushion on the seat.
· Putting electrical devices (e.g. notebook, satellite radio) on the seat with inverter charging.
2-69
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger's seat when it is unoccupied by a passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· NEVER put a heavy load in the front seat or seatback pocket.
· NEVER ride with the seatback reclined when the vehicle is moving.
OLX2039104N
· NEVER place your feet on the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033103
· NEVER place your feet or legs on the dashboard.
2-70
OLMB033100
· NEVER sit with your hips shifted towards the front of the seat.
OLMB033101
OLMB033102
· NEVER lean on the door or center console or sit on one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104
Safety system of your vehicle
· Do not sit on the passenger seat wearing heavily padded clothes such as ski wear and hip protector.
ODH035900K
· Do not place electronic
devices such as laptops,
DVD player, or conductive
2
materials such as water
bottles on the passenger
seat.
· Do not use electronic OTM038054 devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which use inverter chargers.
· Do not use car seat accessories such as thick blankets and cushions which cover up the car seat surface.
ODH035901K
· If large quantity of liquid has been spilled on the passenger seat, the air bag warning light may illuminate or malfunction.
OTM038055
Therefore, make sure the seat has been completely dried before driving the vehicle.
· Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
· Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
· When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
2-71
Safety system of your vehicle
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place the Engine Start/Stop button in the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit properly (sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor). Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
WARNING
Never allow an adult passenger to ride in the front passenger seat when the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag will not inflate if the indicator is illuminated. Have your passenger reposition themself in the seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger repositions themself properly and the vehicle is restarted, have the passenger move to the rear seat because the air bag will not inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position or after the engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the OCS will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint in the Front Passenger's Seat
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is equipped with the OCS, never install a child restraint in the front passenger's seat. An inflating air bag can forcefully strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
2-72
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?
· Do not perform maintenance on or around the air bag sen-
· NEVER place a rear-facing or Air bags are not designed to inflate in
sors. If the location or angle of
front-facing child restraint in the front passenger's seat of
every collision. There are certain types of accidents in which the air bag
the sensors is altered, the air bags may deploy when they
2
the vehicle.
would not be expected to provide
should not or may not deploy
· An inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death.
· Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.
additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed impacts. Damage to the vehicle indicates a collision energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag should have inflated.
when they should.
· Do not install bumper guards or replace the bumper with a non-genuine HYUNDAI parts. This may adversely affect the collision and air bag deployment performance.
· Place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF or ACC posi-
Air bag collision sensors
tion when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent inadvertent
WARNING
air bag deployment.
· Have all air bag repairs conduct-
To reduce the risk of an air bag
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI
deploying unexpectedly and
dealer.
causing serious injury or death:
· Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
2-73
Safety system of your vehicle
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensor 4. Side impact sensor 5. Side impact sensor
2-74
OLX2039052N/OLX2038053N/OLX2039054N/OLX2038055N/OLX2038056/OLX2038057
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag inflation conditions
OLX2038058
Front air bags Front air bags and the driver's knee air bag are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the the severity of impact of the front collision.
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other types of col-
lisions if the front impact sensors 2
detect a sufficient impact. Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollover situations, but they may inflate in other collisions if the side OLX2038060 impact sensors detect a sufficient impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.
OLX2038059L
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the severity of impact resulting from a side impact collision.
2-75
Safety system of your vehicle Air bag non-inflation conditions
OLX2038061
In certain low-speed collisions the air bags may not deploy. The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts.
OLX2038062
Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not provide any additional benefit.
OLX2038063
Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because occupants move in the direction of the collision, and thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate depending on the severity of impact.
2-76
Safety system of your vehicle
2
OTM038090
In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
OLX2038064
Just before impact, drivers often brake heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to "ride" under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance. Air bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such "underride" collisions.
OTL035068
Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision.
2-77
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038065
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is in the ON position, or continuously remains on, have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such as removing, installing, repairing, or any work on the steering wheel, the front passenger's panel, front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, take the following precautions:
· Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
· Do not place objects over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or the front passenger's panel above the glove box.
· Clean the air bag pad covers with a soft cloth moistened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system.
· Always have inflated air bags replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
2-78
Safety system of your vehicle
· If components of the air bag Do not modify the front seats.
Air Bag Warning Labels
system must be discarded, or if Modification of the front seats could
the vehicle must be scrapped, interfere with the operation of the
certain safety precautions must be observed. Consult an
supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.
2
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for Do not place items under the front
the necessary information. seats. Placing items under the front
Failure to follow these precau- seats could interfere with the opera-
tions could increase the risk of tion of the supplemental restraint
personal injury.
system sensing components and
wiring harnesses.
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
Do not cause impact to the doors. Impact to the doors when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate a disability, contact the HYUNDAI Customer Connect Center at 800633-5151.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
OLX2038068L
Air bag warning labels, required by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed on your vehicle in this Owners Manual.
2-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-4 Mirrors...................................................................3-33
Remote Key.........................................................................3-4
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-33
Smart Key............................................................................3-8
Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-39
Immobilizer System.........................................................3-14
Reverse Parking Aid Function......................................3-41
Door locks .............................................................3-15
Windows ................................................................3-42
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-15
Power Windows ...............................................................3-43
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-16
Sunroof..................................................................3-46
3
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-19 Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-20
Sunroof ..............................................................................3-46 Dual wide sunroof...........................................................3-46
Electronic Child Safety Lock System .........................3-20
Sunshade ...........................................................................3-47
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) System .....................................3-21
Sunroof Opening and Closing ......................................3-48
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System ...........................3-23
Sliding the Sunroof.........................................................3-48
Theft-alarm system.............................................3-26
Tilting the Sunroof (Front) ...........................................3-49
Driver position memory system.........................3-27
Resetting the Sunroof ...................................................3-50
Storing Positions into Memory....................................3-27
Resetting the rear sunshade........................................3-51
Recalling Positions from Memory...............................3-28
Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-52
Resetting the Driver's Seat Memory System...........3-28
Exterior features .................................................3-53
Easy Access Function ....................................................3-29
Hood ...................................................................................3-53
Steering wheel......................................................3-30
Non-Powered Liftgate...................................................3-54
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-30
Power Liftgate .................................................................3-56
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering .............................3-31
Smart Liftgate ..................................................................3-62
Horn ....................................................................................3-31
Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-66
Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-32
Instrument cluster................................................3-69 Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-71 Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-71 Transmission Shift Indicator.........................................3-76 Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-76 LCD Display Messages ...................................................3-90
3 LCD Display (Cluster type A and type B).........3-96 LCD Display Control........................................................3-96 LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-97 TRIP Computer (Cluster type A and type B) ..3-110 LCD Display (Cluster type C)............................3-114 LCD Display Control......................................................3-114 View Modes....................................................................3-115 Option Menu (Cluster type C)..........................3-119 Head up display (HUD)......................................3-130 Lighting................................................................3-132 Exterior Lights ...............................................................3-132 Interior Lights ................................................................3-139 Welcome System ...........................................................3-142
Wipers and washers ..........................................3-144 Front Windshield Wipers.............................................3-144 Front Windshield Washers..........................................3-146 Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-147
Driver Assist System .........................................3-148 Rear View Monitor .......................................................3-148 Surround View Monitoring .........................................3-149 Blind-spot View Monitor system ..............................3-150 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System ........3-152 Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) System .............................................................................3-155
Manual climate control system........................3-159 Heating and Air Conditioning.....................................3-160 Rear climate control.....................................................3-164 System Operation .........................................................3-167 System Maintenance....................................................3-169
Automatic climate control system...................3-171 Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-172 Manual Temperature Control Mode .........................3-173 Rear climate control.....................................................3-179 System Operation .........................................................3-182 System Maintenance....................................................3-184
Convenient features of your vehicle
Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-186
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-201
Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with
Clock .................................................................................3-203
Automatic Temperature Control System)................3-188
Coat Hook .......................................................................3-203
Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-190
Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-204
Climate control additional features.................3-191
Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-205
Cluster ionizer................................................................3-191
Cargo Security Screen.................................................3-205
Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-191
Side Curtain ....................................................................3-207
3
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-191
Exterior features ...............................................3-209
Storage compartment........................................3-192
Roof Side Rails .............................................................3-209
Center Console Storage ..............................................3-192
Glove Box........................................................................3-192
Luggage Tray .................................................................3-193
Interior features.................................................3-194
Cup Holder ......................................................................3-194
Conversation mirror......................................................3-196
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-196
Power Outlet ..................................................................3-197
AC Inverter......................................................................3-198
USB Charger...................................................................3-200
Convenient features of your vehicle
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Remote Key (if equipped)
Type A
1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock 3. Liftgate Unlock (if equipped) 4. Panic
Type B
OLX2049414N
Locking your vehicle
To lock your vehicle:
1. Make sure all doors, the engine, hood and the liftgate are closed.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key to lock all doors.
3. If the Door Lock button (1) is pressed once more within four seconds, the horn will beep once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
OPD046001
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
3-4
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unlocking your vehicle
The Two Press Unlock feature can Liftgate unlocking (if equipped)
To unlock your vehicle :
also be enabled or disabled by press- To unlock the liftgate :
1.Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
ing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:
1.Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button (3) on the remote key for
2.The driver's door will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.
Press and hold both the Door Lock button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink.
more than one second.
2.The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate will open.
3
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver door only, or unlocking all the doors
This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the
3.Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
with one press may be adjusted in mode again.
the User Settings mode in the cluster
i Information
LCD display.
i Information
The word "HOLD" is written on the
The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to press the door unlock button once for driver door only and twice for unlock-
After unlocking the doors, the doors will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
button to inform you that you must press and hold the button for more than one second.
ing all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (4) for more than one second. The horn sounds and hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds.
User Settings Door Two Press Unlock
To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the remote key.
3-5
Convenient features of your vehicle
Start-up
For information, refer to the "Key Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote key:
· Keep the remote key away from water or any liquid and fire. Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the remote key gets damp (from liquids or moisture) or if it is heated. This can exclude the remote key from being covered under warranty.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key.
· Protect the remote key from extreme temperatures.
Mechanical key
OLX2049413N
If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key. To unfold the mechanical key, press the release button on the remote key. To return the key to its stored position, press the release button and fold the key back into the remote key.
Remote key precautions
The remote key will not work if any of the following occur:
· The key is in the ignition switch.
· You exceed the operating distance limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
· The remote key battery is weak.
· Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal.
· The weather is extremely cold.
· The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the remote key.
If the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails.
3-6
Convenient features of your vehicle
When possible, avoid placing the NOTICE
To replace the battery:
remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
Keep the remote key away from electromagnetic materials that block electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
1.Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover.
2.Using a screw driver, remove the battery cover.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of Battery replacement
3.Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
3
the FCC rules.
4.Reinstall the battery cover and key
Operation is subject to the following
cover in the reverse order of
three conditions:
removal.
1.This device may not cause harmful interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
OPD046002
If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a new one. Battery Type: CR2032
If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your remote key is not working correctly contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart Key (if equipped)
Type A
1.Door Lock 2.Door Unlock 3. Remote start 4. Liftgate Unlock (if equipped) 5. Panic
Locking your vehicle
Type B
OLX2049003N
3.Press either the button on the door handle or the Door Lock button (1) on the smart key. The chime will sound once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4.Make sure the doors are locked by checking the position of the door lock button inside the vehicle.
i Information
The door handle button will only operate when the smart key is within 28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
OLX2048001
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which you can use to lock or unlock the driver and passenger doors or the rear liftgate.
OLX2048002
To lock your vehicle using the door handle button or the Smart Key: 1.Make sure all doors, the hood and
the liftgate are closed. 2.Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the door handle button if any of the following occur:
· The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
· The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position.
· Any of the doors are open except for the liftgate.
3-8
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Unlocking your vehicle
Two Press Unlock Feature The priority for unlocking the driver
Do not leave the Smart Key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could press the Engine Start/ Stop button and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.
door only, or unlocking all the doors with one press may be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when enabled, will require the user to
3
press the door unlock button once for
driver door only and twice for unlock-
ing all the doors.
OLX2048002 Select or Deselect the Two Press
To unlock your vehicle:
1.Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
Unlock feature in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
2.Press either the button on the door User Settings Door Two Press handle or the Door Unlock button Unlock (2) on the smart key. The driver's
door will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink two times.
3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Two Press Unlock feature can also be enabled or disabled by pressing the door lock and unlock buttons simultaneously on the Key FOB:
Press and hold both the Door Lock button and the Door Unlock button simultaneously until the hazard warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two Press Unlock feature. Repeat this procedure to enable/disable the mode again.
i Information
· The door handle buttons will only operate when the smart key is within 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the outside door handle.
· Either the driver or front passenger door can be opened with the door handle button when the smart key is within this range.
· If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key in your possession, all the doors will unlock.
Remote start (if equipped) You can start the vehicle using the remote start button (4) of the smart key.
To start the vehicle remotely : - Lock the doors by pressing the
door lock button (1) within 32 ft (10 m) distance from the vehicle. - Press the remote start button for over 2 seconds within 4 seconds after locking the doors.
Press the remote start button once to turn off the vehicle. Air conditioner/heater system maintains the status before turning off the vehicle. If no further action for operating/driving the vehicle is taken, the vehicle will be turned off 10 minutes after starting the vehicle remotely.
CAUTION
· Laws in your country may restrict the use of remote start. You should check country regulations before using this remote starting system.
· It is only possible to start the vehicle remotely when shifted to P (Park).
· If the hood or the liftgate is opened, you cannot start the vehicle remotely.
· The Remote start function works the same as Blue Link remote start. For further caution information, refer to the separately supplied "Blue Link (Infotainment system) manual".
3-10
Convenient features of your vehicle
Opening the liftgate
Power liftgate
Panic button
Non-power liftgate
To unlock and open the liftgate:
Press and hold the Panic button (5)
To unlock and open the liftgate:
1.Make sure you have the smart key for more than one second. The horn
1.Make sure you have the smart key in your possession.
2.Press either the liftgate handle release switch on the vehicle for more than one second. The hazard
in your possession.
2.Press either the liftgate handle release switch on the vehicle or press and hold the Liftgate Unlock button (4) on the smart key for
sounds and hazard warning lights blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel the panic mode, press any button on the Smart Key.
Start-up
3
warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will unlock.
3.Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
more than one second. The hazard warning lights will blink two times and the liftgate latch will open.
3.Once the liftgate is opened and then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
You can start the vehicle without inserting the key.
For information, refer to the "Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 5.
i Information
The liftgate handle switch will only operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.
i Information
The liftgate handle switch will only operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate handle.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
· Keep the smart key in a cool, dry place to avoid damage or malfunction. Exposure to moisture or high temperature may cause the internal circuit of the smart key to malfunction which may not be covered under warranty.
· Avoid dropping or throwing the smart key.
· Protect the smart key from extreme temperatures.
3-11
Convenient features of your vehicle
Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the driver's door by using the mechanical key.
OPD046045
To remove the mechanical key from the smart key FOB, slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow (1) and then pull the mechanical key (2) outward. To unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key, insert the mechanical key into the key hole in the driver door (Refer to page 3-15).
To reinstall the mechanical key into the FOB, insert the key in the top of the key FOB and push inward until a click sound is heard.
Loss of a smart key A maximum of two Smart Keys can be registered to a single vehicle. If you happen to lose your smart key, you should immediately take the vehicle and remaining keys to your authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions The smart key may not work if any of the following occur:
· The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter.
· The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone.
· Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work cor-
rectly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phone's normal operational signals. This is specifically relevant when the phone is active such as making and receiving calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. When possible, avoid keeping the remote key and your mobile phone in the same location such as a pants or jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from electromagnetic materials that blocks electromagnetic waves to the key surface.
3-12
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with you when leaving the vehicle. If the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be dis-
Battery replacement
If you suspect your smart key might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
charged.
i Information
i Information
An inappropriately disposed 3
battery can be harmful to the
This device complies with Part 15 of
environment and human
the FCC rules.
health. Dispose of the battery
Operation is subject to the following
OLX2049004N
according to your local law(s)
three conditions:
If the Smart Key is not working prop-
or regulations.
1. This device may not cause harmful erly, try replacing the battery with a
interference.
new one.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1.Remove the mechanical key.
2.Use a slim tool to pry open the rear cover of the smart key.
3.Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
4.Reinstall the rear cover of the smart key.
3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
Immobilizer System (if equipped)
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly, then go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key.
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position, then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle may not recognize your remote key or smart key if another remote key or smart key device is nearby or a metal object such as a key chain is causing interference with the remote key or smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not start. Remove any metal objects or additional keys near the remote key or smart key before attempting to start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not recognize the coding of the key, it is recommended that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems could result that may make your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should be kept confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
3-14
Convenient features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
First, pull the outside door handle (1) and push the hook (2) located inside of outside door handle by using the mechanical key. And remove the cover (3) and lower the cover downward not to be damaged.
Remote key
[A] : Unlock, [B] : Lock
NOTICE
3
Be careful not to damage the cover while removing it or misplace it after removing it.
OLX2049415N
OLX2048005 OLX2049052L
After removing the cover, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle to unlock and toward the rear of the vehicle to lock.
If you lock the driver's door with a mechanical key, the driver's door will lock. If you unlock the driver's door with a mechanical key, you can open and close the driver's door only.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
To lock the doors, press the Door Lock button (1) on the remote key.
Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key, the driver's door will unlock. If you press the Door Unlock button on the remote key again within four seconds, then all the doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
3-15
Convenient features of your vehicle
Smart key
If you press the button on the front passenger's outside door, all doors will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
OLX2048002
Door Lock Door Unlock
OLX2049416N
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the Smart Key with you or press the Door Unlock button on the Smart Key, the driver's door will unlock.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.
· Two press unlock setting can be changed in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
OLX2048006
· To unlock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door lock button will be visible.
· To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the "Lock" position. If the door is locked properly, the red mark (2) on the door lock button will not be visible.
· To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
3-16
Convenient features of your vehicle
· If the inner door handle of either the driver door or passenger door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position, the button is
i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try
With the central door lock switch
Driver's door
Passenger's door
unlocked and the door will open. one or more of the following tech-
· For Key Start Vehicles
niques to exit:
(with Remote Key)
· Operate the door unlock feature
The front doors cannot be locked if the remote key is in the ignition switch and either of the front doors
repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle.
3
are open.
· Operate the other door locks and
· For Push Button Start Vehicles
handles, front and rear.
(with Smart Key)
· Lower a front window and use the
OLX2049417N
The doors cannot be locked if the smart key is inside the vehicle and
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
The driver side and front passenger
side door armrest is equipped with a
any of the doors are open.
i Information
central door lock switch. The lock button is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
When the vehicle's battery run out The unlock button is indicated by a
and you leave the vehicle, make sure ( ) symbol.
all the doors are locked. You can lock When the lock button (1) is pressed,
the driver's door with a key and the all the vehicle doors will lock.
rest of the doors with the lock button above the door inside handle.
When the unlock button (2) is pressed, all the vehicle doors will
unlock.
3-17
Convenient features of your vehicle
· For Key Start Vehicles (with Remote Key)
If the key is in the ignition switch and any door is opened, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.
· For Push Button Start Vehicles (with Smart Key)
If the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open, the doors will not lock even though the lock button (2) is pressed.
WARNING
· The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased.
· Do not pull the inner door handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot, causing death or serious injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the vehicle. Children might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases the potential risk to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while depressing the brake, press the P (Park) button, engage the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position, close all windows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.
3-18
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features
Auto UNLOCK - On key out (if equipped with remote key)
Opening a door when something is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians approaching the
Your vehicle is equipped with features that will automatically lock or unlock your vehicle based on settings you select in the cluster LCD display.
When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the ignition key is removed from the key ignition switch.
3
vehicle in the path of the door.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed Auto UNLOCK - Vehicle Off
When this feature is set in the cluster (if equipped with smart key)
WARNING
LCD display, all the doors will be When this feature is set in the LCD locked automatically when the vehi- cluster display, all the doors will be
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the
cle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift When this feature is set in the cluster LCD display, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the vehicle is off.
For more information on these features, refer to the LCD Display section later in this chapter.
outside when someone is in the locked automatically when the vehi-
vehicle.
cle is shifted out of P (Park) while the Additional Unlock Safety
engine is running.
Feature - Air Bag Deployment
Auto UNLOCK - On shift to P
When this feature is set in the LCD cluster display, all the doors will be unlocked automatically when the vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).
As an additional safety feature, all doors will be automatically unlocked when an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
3-19
Convenient features of your vehicle
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks (if equipped)
To allow a rear door to be opened Electronic Child Safety Lock from inside the vehicle, unlock the System (if equipped) child safety lock.
OLX2048008
The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the lock position as shown.
WARNING
If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out of the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
OLX2049418N
If you push the Electronic child safety lock switch and the indicator illuminates, rear passengers cannot open the rear door from inside the vehicle. To cancel the Electronic child safety lock system, push the Electronic child safety lock system switch one more time and then the indicator turns off.
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is operated when the Electronic child safety lock system is activated and the Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function is selected in the cluster. However, the Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system does not automatically activate the Electronic child safety lock system.
3-20
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Electronic child safety lock system can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the engine is turned off.
CAUTION
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) System (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
Electronic child safety lock system,
the Child-protector rear door locks
which is manually operated is not
3
provided.
If Electronic child safety lock system is activated, rear passenger cannot open or close the rear window also. For more details, refer to "Windows" in this chapter.
OTM048424L
If the Electronic child safety lock system is not operated when pushing the Electronic child safety lock switch, the message is displayed and the alarm will sound.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OTM058100
1. The Safe Exit Assist system is provided to help prevent the passengers from opening a door by warning the passengers when an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected after the vehicle stops.
2. When an approaching vehicle from the rear area is detected after the vehicle stops, the rear door does not unlock even when the driver tries to unlock the rear door using the Electronic child safety lock button. The "Check surroundings then try again" warning message appears on the cluster and a warning sounds.
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
However if you press the switch within 10 seconds after the warning message appears (the indicator on the switch will turn off), the system judges that the driver unlocked the door acknowledging the rear status and released regardless of the rear status.
3. When an approaching vehicle from the rear is detected the moment the door is opened, the "Watch for traffic" warning message appears on the cluster and a warning sounds.
· The above 2 and 3 functions are activated when you select 'Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety Safe Exit Assistance (SEA)' from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
· The Electronic child safety lock system will operate for approximately 10 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the LOCK (or OFF) position. After about 10 minutes, the indicator on the switch turns off and you cannot deactivate the Electronic child safety lock system. To deactivate the Electronic child safety lock system, press the Electronic child safety lock switch again with the ignition switch in the ON position or after starting the engine.
· When the power is supplied again after removing the battery or battery discharge while the child safety lock is in the lock position, press the child safety lock switch once again to match the state of the indicator on the child safety lock switch and actual status of the Electronic child safety lock system.
· If the airbag is activated while the child safety lock switch is ON (the indicator on the switch illuminates) it automatically switches OFF and the rear door is unlocked.
CAUTION
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system may not operate normally if there is any vehicle or obstacle at the rear area of your vehicle.
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system may not operate normally when a vehicle is coming rapidly two lanes over from your vehicle or a vehicle is approaching at a fast speed from the rear in the lane next to your vehicle.
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system may be activated later than normal or may not operate normally if a vehicle is approaching fast from the rear of your vehicle.
3-22
Convenient features of your vehicle
· The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system will not operate if
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System (if equipped)
· 2nd alert (if equipped) - After the 1st alert the 2nd alert
there is a malfunction with the The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys-
operates when any movement is
Blind-Spot Collision Warning tem is provided to help prevent exit-
detected in the vehicle after the
(BCW) system as follows:
ing the vehicle with the rear passen-
driver's door is closed and all the
- When the BCW warning message appears
ger left in the vehicle. · 1st alert
doors are locked. The horn will activate for about 25 seconds. If
the system continues to detect a 3
When the BCW sensor or the
- When you open the front door
movement the alert operates up
sensor surrounding is pol-
after opening and closing the rear
to 8 times.
luted or covered
door and turning off the engine, - Unlock the door with the remote
- When the BCW does not
the "Check rear seats" warning
key or smart key to stop the alert.
warn or warns wrongly
message appears on the cluster.
- The system detects movement in
For more details, refer to cau- · You can activate or deactivate the
the vehicle for 24 hours after the
tions and limitations in "Blind-
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) sys-
door is locked.
Spot Collision Warning (BCW)" in chapter 5.
tem from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. The option can be found under the following menu:
- The 2nd alert is activated only after the prior activation of the 1st alert.
WARNING
User Settings Convenience
· The system does not detect
Rear Occupant Alert
every obstacle approaching
the vehicle exit.
· The driver and passenger are responsible for any obstacles while exiting the vehicle.
Always check the surrounding before you exit the vehicle.
3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
· Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may activate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement (e.g. wind or bugs).
Cluster
Steering wheel
OLX2049120N
OTMA048421
· If you do not want to use the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, press OK button on the steering wheel when the 1st alert is displayed on the cluster. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd alert once. (if equipped)
CAUTION
· If boxes or objects are stacked in the vehicle, the system may not detect the obstacle. Also, the warning may generate if the box or object falls off.
· The sensor may not operate normally if the senor is obscured by foreign substances.
· The alert may activate if movement in the driver or passenger seat is detected.
· The alert may activate with the doors locked due to car wash or surrounding vibration or noise.
· Inside movement detection is stopped under remote start (if equipped) status.
3-24
WARNING
· Even if your vehicle is equipped with the Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system, always make sure you check the rear seat before you get off the vehicle.
The alert may not operate if:
- The movement does not continue for a certain period of time or the movement is small.
- The rear passenger is covered with an obstacle such as a blanket.
- Also, always be cautious of the passenger's safety as the detection function and 2nd alert may not operate according to the surrounding environment and certain conditions.
- If a child sits on a vehicle seat without a child restraint system.
3
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously if any of the following occur:
- A door is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The liftgate is opened without using the remote key or smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds (repeats 2 times unless the system is disarmed), then the system resets. To turn off the alarm, unlock the doors with the remote key or smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors and the liftgate. For the system to activate, you must lock the doors and the liftgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handle with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening any door, the liftgate, or the hood without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the liftgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.
i Information
· Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the remaining passenger leaves the vehicle when the system is armed, the alarm will be activated.
· If the vehicle is not disarmed with the remote key or smart key, open the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in the ON position (for remote key) or start the engine (for smart key) by directly pressing the ignition switch with the smart key.
· If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or the liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the system will rearm automatically.
3-26
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Storing Positions into Memory 1. Shift to P (Park) position.
Never attempt to operate the 2. Adjust the driver's seat position,
driver position memory system
side view mirror position, instru-
while the vehicle is moving.
ment panel illumination intensity
This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or property
and head-up display height/bright-
ness to positions comfortable for the driver.
3
damage.
3. Press the SET button. The system
OLX2049012N
will beep once and notify you
The Driver Position Memory System is provided to store and recall the fol-
i Information
"Press button to save settings" on the cluster LCD display.
lowing memory settings with a sim- · If the battery is disconnected, the 4. Press one of the memory buttons
ple button operation.
memory settings will be erased.
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The sys-
- Driver's seat position (Power seat)
- Side view mirror position
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head Up Display (HUD) position and brightness (if equipped)
· If the Driver Position Memory System does not operate normally, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
tem will beep twice when the memory has been successfully stored.
5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will appear on the cluster LCD display.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, use the driver position memory system while engine is running and the vehicle is in the park position.
3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recalling Positions from Memory
1. Shift to P (Park) while the ignition switch is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button (1 or 2). The system will beep once, and then the driver's seat position, side view mirror position, instrument panel illumination intensity and head-up display height/brightness will automatically adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings applied" will appear on the cluster LCD display.
i Information
· While recalling the "1" memory position, pressing the SET or 1 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 2 button recalls the "2" memory position.
· While recalling the "2" memory position, pressing the SET or 2 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 1 button recalls the "1" memory position.
3-28
· While recalling the stored positions, pressing one of the control buttons for the driver's seat, side view mirror, instrument panel illumination or head-up display will cause the movement of that component to stop and move in the direction that the control button is pressed.
Resetting the Driver's Seat Memory System
Take the following procedures to reset the driver's seat memory system, when it does not operate properly.
To reset the driver's seat memory system 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position, shift to P (Park), and open the driver's door. 2. Operate the control switch to set the driver's seat and seatback to the foremost position. 3. Simultaneously press the SET button and push forward the seat movement switch over 2 seconds.
While resetting the driver's seat memory system 1. It starts with the notification sound.
2. The driver's seat and seatback is adjusted to the rearward position with the notification sound.
3. The driver's seat and seatback is re-adjusted to the default position (central position) with the notification sound.
However, in the following cases, the resetting procedure and the notification sound may stop.
- The memory button is pressed.
- The control switch is operated.
- The driving speed exceeds 2 mph (3 km/h).
- The driver's door is closed.
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
· If the reset is failed, initialize the system once again.
Easy Access Function
The system will move the driver's seat automatically as follows: · With remote key
"Seat (upward/downward) Easy Access" function may not operate below the specific seat height for preventing injury of the passenger.
· Initialize the system after cleaning the obstacles sur-
- It will move the driver's seat rear- For more details, refer to "LCD ward and downward when the igni- Display" in this chapter.
rounding of seat. · After completing the initializa-
tion key is removed. - It will move the driver's seat for-
3
CAUTION
tion, adjust the driver position
ward and upward when the ignition
memory system again.
key is inserted.
Driver should be cautious when
NOTICE
· Reattempt to do the resetting procedure again, when the resetting procedure incompletely stops or the notification sound do not stop.
· Make sure that there is no obstacle around the driver's seat in
· With smart key
- It will move the driver's seat rearward and downward when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the OFF position.
- It will move the driver's seat forward and upward when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed to the ACC or START position.
using this function to assure no injury to passenger or child in the back seat. In case of emergency the driver has to stop movement of front seat (when easy access feature is activated) by pressing SET button or any of the driver seat control switches.
advance of resetting the driver's You can activate or deactivate the
seat memory system.
Easy Access Function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD dis-
play.
'Convenience Seat Slide Easy Access Off/Normal/Extended'.
'Convenience Seat Height Easy Access'.
3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, you may still steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked as soon as possible.
· When abnormality is detected in the electric power steering system, the steering assist function will stop. At this time, the warning light turns on or blinks on the cluster. The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate. Have your vehicle checked immediately, after moving the vehicle to a safe zone.
i Information
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
· The steering effort may be high immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics. When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will return to its normal condition.
· A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.
· Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
· When you operate the steering wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.
· When an error is detected from the EPS, the steering effort assist function will not be activated.
Instrument cluster warning lights may be on or the steering effort may be high. If these symptoms occur, drive the vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is safe to do so. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
3-30
Convenient features of your vehicle
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering
Horn
When adjusting the steering wheel to
a comfortable position, adjust the
steering wheel so that it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the instrument cluster warning lights and
3
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to be certain it is locked in position. Always adjust the position of the steering wheel before driving.
OLX2048013
To adjust the steering wheel angle and height:
OTM048408
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1). To sound the horn, press the area
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering wheel while driving. This may
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.
cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
lock the steering wheel in place.
NOTICE
NOTICE
While adjusting the steering wheel height, please do not push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged.
i Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may not engage completely. This may occur when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this occurs, pull down on the lock-release lever, readjust the steering wheel again, and then pull back up on the release lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.
3-31
Convenient features of your vehicle
Heated Steering Wheel (if equipped)
· The heated steering wheel defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is in the ON position.
i Information
The heated steering wheel will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on.
OLX2048014
When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running, press the heated steering wheel button to warm the steering wheel. The indicator on the button will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off, press the button again. The indicator on the button will turn off.
NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The cover or accessory could cause damage to the heated steering wheel system.
3-32
Convenient features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror Before driving your vehicle, check to
WARNING
Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)
see that your inside rearview mirror NEVER adjust the mirror while is properly positioned. Adjust the driving. This may cause loss of rearview mirror so that the view vehicle control resulting in an through the rear window is properly accident. centered.
3
WARNING
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a
Make sure your line of sight is paper towel or similar material
not obstructed. Do not place dampened with glass cleaner. Do
objects in the rear seat, cargo not spray glass cleaner directly on
OLX2048015L
area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with your vision through the rear window.
the mirror as this may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
[A]: Day, [B]: Night
Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day/night lever is in the day position.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.
Pull the day/night lever towards you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position.
3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electrochromatic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped)
Some vehicles come equipped with an electrochromic mirror that helps control glare while driving at night or under low light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror. The sensor detects the light level around the vehicle, and automatically adjusts to control the headlamp glare from vehicles behind you.
Whenever the shift button is placed in R (Reverse), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the driver's view behind the vehicle.
[A] : Indicator
OLX2048099L
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as that may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing.
Electrochromatic Mirror (ECM) with homelink system (if equipped)
OHD046025N
To operate the electric rearview mirror Press the I button (1) to turn the automatic- dimming function on. The mirror indicator light will illuminate. Press the O button (2) to turn the automatic- dimming function off. The mirror indicator light will turn off.
3-34
Convenient features of your vehicle
Glare detection sensor Indicator light
WARNING
Retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (i.e.,
new vehicle purchase). It is also sug-
· When programming the gested that upon the sale of the vehi-
HomeLink® Wireless Control cle, the programmed HomeLink but-
System, you may be operating tons be erased for security purposes
a garage door or gate operator. (follow step 1 in the "Programming"
Make sure that people and portion of this text). objects are out of the way of
3
Homelink buttons
OHD046305N
the moving door or gate to prevent potential harm or damage. Programming
HomeLink® Wireless Control System
Your new mirror comes with an integrated HomeLink Universal Transceiver, which allows you to program the mirror to activate your garage door(s), estate gate, home lighting, etc. The mirror actually learns the codes from your various existing transmitters.
· Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U.S. federal safety standards. (This includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener which cannot detect an object, sig-
Your vehicle may require the ignition switch to be turned to the ACC position for programming and/or operation of HomeLink. It is also recommended that a new battery be replaced in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency.
Follow these steps to train your
naling the door to stop and HomeLink mirror:
reverse, does not meet cur-
rent U.S. federal safety stan-
dards. Using a garage door
opener without these features
increases risk of serious
injury or death. For more
details, call 1-800-355-3515 or
on the internet at www.home-
link.com.
3-35
Convenient features of your vehicle
Flashing
OHD046306N
1. When programming the buttons for the first time, press and hold the left and center buttons ( , ) simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator light begins to flash. (This procedure erases the factory-set default codes. Do not perform this step to program additional hand-held transmitters.)
NOTICE
For non rolling code garage door openers, follow steps 2 - 3.
For rolling code garage door openers, follow steps 2 - 6.
For Canadian Programming, please follow the Canadian Programming section.
For help with determining whether your garage is non-rolling code or rolling code, please refer to the garage door openers owner's manual or contact HomeLink customer service at 1-800-355-3515.
Flashing
1-3inches
Transmitter
OHD046307N
2. Press and hold the button on the HomeLink system you wish to train and the button on the transmitter while the transmitter is approximately 1 to 3 inches away from the mirror. Do not release the buttons until step 3 has been completed.
3. The HomeLink indicator light will flash, first slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing light indicates successful programming of the new frequency signal.)
3-36
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
5. Press and release the "learn" or Operating HomeLink
Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace step #3 with the "cycling" procedure noted in the "Canadian Programming" section of this document.
"smart" button on the device's motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to three times. The rolling code
To operate, simply press the programmed HomeLink button. Activation will now occur for the trained product (garage door, security system, entry door lock, estate gate, or home or office lighting). For convenience, the hand-held trans-
3
equipped device should now rec- mitter of the device may also be used
Rolling code programming
ognize the HomeLink signal and at any time. The HomeLink Wireless
To train a garage door opener (or other rolling code equipped devices) with the rolling code feature, follow these instructions after completing the "Programming" portion of this text. (A second person may make the following training procedures quicker & easier.)
activate when the HomeLink button is pressed. The remaining two buttons may now be programmed if this has not previously been done. Refer to the "Programming" portion of this text.
Controls System (once programmed) or the original hand-held transmitter may be used to activate the device (e.g. garage door, entry door lock, etc.). In the event that there are still programming difficulties, contact HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet at www.homelink.com.
4. Locate the "learn" or "smart" button on the device's motor head unit. Exact location and color of the button may vary by product brand. If there is difficulty locating the "learn" or "smart" button, reference the device's owner's manual or contact HomeLink at 1-800355-3515 or on the internet at www.homelink.com.
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
Flashing
OHD046306N
Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons To erase the three programmed buttons (individual buttons cannot be erased): · Press and hold the left and center
buttons simultaneously, until the indicator light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds). Release both buttons. Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds. HomeLink is now in the train (or learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink® Wireless Control System button (note steps 2 through 3 in the Programming portion of this document) while you press and re-press ("cycle") your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the device.
3-38
Convenient features of your vehicle
Side View Mirrors
Use the inside rear view mirror or look back directly to determine the actual distance of other vehicles prior to changing lanes.
NOTICE
Do not clean the mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
3
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle con-
trol resulting in an accident.
OLX2048016
Make sure to adjust the side view mirrors to your desired position before you begin driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand side view mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch. The side view mirrors can be folded to help prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street.
The right side view mirror is convex. Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear.
NOTICE
· Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
· If the mirror is jammed with ice, do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
3-39
Convenient features of your vehicle
Side view mirror adjustment
OLX2049017N
Adjusting the side view mirrors 1. Move the lever (1) either to the L
(left side) or R (right side) to select the side view mirror you would like to adjust. 2. Use the mirror adjustment control switch (2) to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right. 3. After adjustment, move the lever (1) to the middle to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
NOTICE
· The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, because this can damage the motor.
· Do not attempt to adjust the side view mirrors by hand, because this can damage the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
OLX2048016L
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it inwards.
3-40
Reverse Parking Aid Function (if equipped)
The side view mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions if any of the following occur:
· The ignition switch is placed to either the LOCK/OFF position or the ACC position.
· The shift button is selected to any position except R (Reverse).
· The remote control side view mirror switch is not selected.
OLX2049019N
When you move the shift button to the R (Reverse) position, the side view mirror(s) will rotate downwards to aid with driving in reverse. The position of the side view mirror switch (1) determines whether or not the mirrors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left) or R (Right) switch is selected, both side view mirrors will move.
Neutral : When neither switch is selected, the side view mirrors will not move.
3
3-41
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver's door power window switch
(2) Front passenger's door power window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
3-42
OLX2049020N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Windows
i Information
Window opening and closing
The ignition switch must be in the ON · In cold and wet climates, power win-
position to be able to raise or lower dows may not work properly due to
the windows. Each door has a Power freezing conditions.
Window switch to control that door's
window. The driver has a Power · While driving with the rear win-
Window Lock switch which can block dows down or with the sunroof (if
the operation of passenger windows. equipped) opened (or partially
3
The power windows will operate for opened), your vehicle may demon-
approximately 10 minutes after the strate a wind buffeting or pulsation
ignition switch is placed in the ACC noise. This noise is normal and can
or LOCK/OFF position. However, if the front doors are opened, the
be reduced or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise
OIK047016
Power Windows will not operate even occurs with one or both of the rear To open:
within the 10 minute period.
WARNING
windows down, partially lower both front windows approximately one inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly close the sunroof.
Press the window switch down to the first detent position (5). Release the switch when you want the window to stop.
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms
To close:
or body outside the windows while driving.
Pull the window switch up to the first detent position (5). Release the win-
dow switch when you want the win-
dow to stop.
3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released. To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation, pull up or press down and release the switch.
To reset the power windows
If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature doesn't activate while resetting the power window system. Make sure body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
OTM048021
If a window senses any obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 12 inches (30 cm) to allow the object to be cleared. If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously, the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm). If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse will not operate.
3-44
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Power window lock switch
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature is only active when the "Auto Up" feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.
Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep the driver's door power window lock switch in the LOCK posi-
WARNING
tion. Serious injury or death can result from unintentional win-
3
Make sure body parts or other
dow operation by a child.
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch (4 mm) in diameter caught between the window glass and the upper window channel may not be detected by the automatic reverse window and the window will not stop and reverse direction.
OLX2049023N
The driver can disable the power window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch is pressed:
· The rear passenger control will not be able to operate the rear passenger power window
NOTICE
· To prevent possible damage to the power window system, do not open or close two windows or more at the same time. This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse.
· Never try to operate the main switch on the driver's door and the individual door window switch in opposite directions at
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on the windows.The automatic reverse feature may not operate.
· Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front passenger window, and that the driver master control can still operate all the power windows.
the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED) Sunroof (if equipped)
Dual wide sunroof (if equipped)
The sunroof can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position.
However, if the front door is opened, the sunroof cannot be operated even within 10 minutes.
OLX2048025L
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console.
The ignition switch must be in the ON position before you can open or close the sunroof.
The sunroof can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the ignition switch is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK/OFF position.
However, if the front doors are opened, the sunroof cannot be adjusted even within the 10 minutes period.
[A] : Front sunroof control lever, [B] : Rear blind control button
OLX2049409L
If your vehicle is equipped with a dual wide sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console. And you can slide your rear blind with the rear blind control button.
The ignition switch must be in the ON position before you can open or close the sunroof.
i Information
· In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
· After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it.
WARNING
· Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade while driving. This could result in loss of control and an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage.
3-46
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Make sure heads, hands, arms or any other body parts or objects are out of the way before operating the sunroof.
· Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid serious injury.
· Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury.
NOTICE
· Do not continue to move the sunroof control lever after the sunroof is fully opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to the motor or system components could occur.
· Make sure the sunroof is closed fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or snow may wet the interior of the vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is unattended may invite theft.
Sunshade
Front
Rear (if equipped)
3
OLX2048026L
· The sunroof is made of glass, subject to break in case of an accident. Passengers without the appropriate protection (e.g. seat belt, CRS, etc.) on may project out through the broken glass and may be seriously injured or even result in death.
· Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It may cause injury or vehicle damage.
OLX2048027
Front · To open the sunshade, pull the
sunroof sunshade backward.
· To close the sunshade, pull the sunroof sunshade forward.
3-47
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear (if equipped) · To open the rear blind, push the
rear blind OPEN button. · To close the rear blind, push the
rear blind CLOSE button.
i Information
Activating the control lever to the first detent requires only a very light touch.
Sunroof Opening and Closing
OLX2048028
To open: Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To close: Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position. Release the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.
Sliding the Sunroof
Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever backward or forward and release the switch.
3-48
Convenient features of your vehicle
Tilting the Sunroof (Front)
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
WARNING
Small objects that can get
caught between the sunroof
glass and the front glass chan-
nel may not be detected by the
automatic reverse system. In this case, the sunroof glass will
3
not detect the object and will
not reverse direction.
OLX2048029
Tilt the sunroof open: Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired position.
OLFC044035CN
If the sunroof senses any to an obstacle while it is closing automatically, it will reverse direction then stop to allow the object to be cleared.
To close the sunroof:
Push the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof closes.
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· Periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the sunroof guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can make a noise.
· Do not try to open the sunroof when the temperature is below freezing or when the sunroof is covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly.
Resetting the Sunroof
Front
Rear (if equipped)
OLX2048032
OLX2048098
The sunroof may need to be reset if the following conditions occur: · The battery is discharged or dis-
connected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected
· The sunroof control lever is not operating correctly
To reset the sunroof, perform the following steps:
1. Turn the engine on.
2. Push the control lever forward. The sunroof will close completely depending on the condition of the sunroof.
3. Release the control lever until the sunroof does not move.
4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds.
- When the sunroof is in the close position :
The glass will slightly move up and down.
Do not release the lever until the operation is completed.
If you release the lever during operation, try again from step 2.
3-50
Convenient features of your vehicle
5. Within 3 seconds, push the control Resetting the rear sunshade
The rear sunshade will slightly move.
lever forward until the sunroof operates as follows:
Slide Open Slide Close.
(if equipped)
The rear sunshade may need to be reset if the following conditions
Do not release the CLOSE button until the operation is completed.
If you release the CLOSE button, try
Do not release the lever until the occur:
again from step 2.
operation is completed.
- Battery is discharged or discon- 4. Within 3 seconds, push the
If you release the lever during opera- nected or the related fuse has been
tion, try again from step 2.
replaced or disconnected
CLOSE button until the rear sunshade operates as follows :
3
6. Release the sunroof control lever after all operation has completed. The sunroof system has been reset.
i Information
If you do not reset the sunroof, it may not work properly.
- The rear sunshade does not normally operate
To reset the rear sunshade, perform the following steps: 1. Turn the engine on. 2. Push the rear sunshade CLOSE
button. The rear sunshade will close completely. 3. Push the rear sunshade CLOSE button about 10 seconds.
Open Close
Do not release the CLOSE button until the operation is completed.
If you release the CLOSE button during operation, try again from step 2.
5. Release the CLOSE button after all operation has completed.
The rear sunshade system has been reset.
3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof Open Warning (if equipped)
Type A
· If the driver turns off the engine and opens the door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display until the door is closed or the sunroof is fully closed.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle.
Type B
OLX2048108
OLX2049140N
· If the driver turns off the engine when the sunroof is not fully closed, the warning chime will sound for approximately 3 seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD display.
3-52
Convenient features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Hood
Closing the hood
Opening the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in and around the engine compartment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine
room area or hood opening area - All glove, rags, or other com-
3
bustible material is removed from
OLX2048034L
the engine compartment
OLX2049033L
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the hood. The hood should pop open slightly.
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood center and lift the hood (2). After it has been raised about halfway, it will raise completely by itself.
- All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted approximately 12 inches (30 cm) from the closed position) and push down to securely lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure. If the hood can be raised slightly, it is not securely
locked. Open it again and close it
with more force.
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Before closing the hood, ensure all obstructions are removed from around the hood opening.
· Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.
· Do not move the vehicle with the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed, which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall or be damaged.
Non-Powered Liftgate (if equipped)
Opening the liftgate
Closing the liftgate
OLX2048035
Before attempting to open the liftgate, make sure the vehicle is in P (Park). To open the liftgate, perform one the following:
1. Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock button on your remote key or smart key. From outside press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
2. From outside press the liftgate handle switch and open the liftgate.
OLX2048036
Lower the liftgate lid and press down until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid is securely fastened, always check by trying to pull it up again without pressing the liftgate handle switch.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
3-54
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
WARNING
Emergency liftgate safety release
The liftgate swings upward. Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the liftgate.
3
NOTICE
Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the liftgate struts and mounting hinges if the liftgate is not closed prior to driving.
WARNING
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious illness or death may result.
OHYK047009
Do not hold on to or try to pull on the liftgate strut. Be aware that the deformation of the liftgate strut may cause vehicle damage and risk of injury.
OLX2048037
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps:
1. Push the release lever to the right by a key.
2. Push up the liftgate.
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release lever.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
Power Liftgate (if equipped) Power liftgate button
OLX2049040L
Power liftgate setting When the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift button is in P (Park), the power liftgate can be opened by using the console button on the dash. Before using the power liftgate, make sure the power liftgate option is selected in the User Setting modes in the cluster LCD display. 'User Settings Door Power Liftgate'
Also, the speed of the power liftgate can be adjusted in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display. 'User Settings Door Power Liftgate Speed Normal / Fast' - If the power liftgate function turns
off or the liftgate is not fully closed, you cannot adjust the power liftgate speed. - Initial speed of power liftgate is set as "Fast".
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
i Information
The power liftgate operates only when the automatic shift button is in P (Park).
WARNING
Never leave children unattended in your vehicle. Children might operate the power liftgate. Doing so could result in injury to themselves or others, and could damage the vehicle.
3-56
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Opening the liftgate The power liftgate will open automat-
Make sure there are no people ically by doing one of the following:
or objects around the liftgate
before operating the power lift-
gate. Wait until the liftgate is
opened fully and stopped before loading or unloading cargo or
3
passengers from the vehicle.
NOTICE
Do not close or open the power liftgate manually. This may cause damage to the power liftgate. If it is necessary to close or open the power liftgate manually when the battery is discharged or disconnected, do not apply excessive force.
OLX2048038
Smart key liftgate unlock button Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key.
OLX2048039
Power liftgate handle switch
Press the liftgate outside handle switch while having the smart key with you.
3-57
Convenient features of your vehicle
Closing the liftgate The power liftgate will close automatically by doing one of the following:
OLX2049040L
Power liftgate button Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second.
In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate button.
OLX2048038
Smart key liftgate unlock button
Press and hold the liftgate unlock button on the smart key when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.
OLX2048041
Power liftgate inner button
Press the power liftgate inner button for approximately 1 second. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.
3-58
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power liftgate non-opening conditions
CAUTION
The power liftgate does not open when the vehicle is in motion.
Operating the power liftgate more than 5 times continuously
could cause damage to the oper-
WARNING
ating motor. In this case, the
The chime will sound if you
power liftgate system enters into thermal protection mode to pre-
3
drive with the liftgate opened.
vent the motor from overheating.
OLX2049040L
Power liftgate button
Press the power liftgate button for approximately one second. In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate button.
Stop your vehicle immediately at a safe place and check if your liftgate is opened.
In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate button.
In thermal protection mode the power liftgate will not operate. If any of the power liftgate buttons are pressed to try to open the liftgate, the chime will sound 3 times but the liftgate will remain closed.
Allow the power liftgate system to cool for about 1 minute before operating the system again.
3-59
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running. However, the power liftgate operation consumes a large amount of electic power.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not operate it excessively (e.g. more than 5 times repeatedly).
· To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the power liftgate in the open position for a long time.
· Do not modify or repair any part of the power liftgate by yourself. This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· When jacking up the vehicle to change a tire or repair the vehicle, do not operate the power liftgate. This could cause the power liftgate to operate improperly.
· In cold and wet climates, the power liftgate may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
Automatic reversal
OLX2048042
During power opening and closing if the power liftgate is blocked by an object or part of the body, the power liftgate may be able to detect the resistance. If resistance is detected while opening or closing the power liftgate, the liftgate will stop and move in the opposite direction. However, in some instances the automatic reversal system may not detect the object if it is too soft or is very thin, or if the liftgate is almost fully closed near the latched position. Caution should be taken to prevent any objects from obstructing the liftgate opeining.
If the automatic reversal feature operates more than 2 times while attempting to open or close the liftgate, the power liftgate may stop at that position. If this occurs, carefully close the liftgate manually, and then try to operate the power liftgate automatically again.
WARNING
Never intentionally place any object or part of your body in the path of the power liftgate to make sure the automatic reversal operates.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the power liftgate before you operate the power liftgate feature. Additional weight may damage the operation of the system.
3-60
Convenient features of your vehicle
How to reset the power liftgate Power liftgate opening height If the battery has been discharged or user setting
WARNING
disconnected, or if the power liftgate fuse has been replaced or removed, reset the power liftgate by performing the following procedure:
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases
1. Press the P (Parking) button. 2. Press the power liftgate inner but-
containing carbon monoxide (CO) may enter the vehicle and
3
ton and the power liftgate outer
serious illness or death may
handle button simultaneously for
result.
more than 3 seconds. The chime
will sound.
3. Close the liftgate manually.
OLX2048041
WARNING
If the power liftgate does not work properly after the above procedure, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
When operating the power liftgate, the gear shift button must be in the (P) park position in order to operate normally.
Follow the instructions below to set the fully open height of the power liftgate:
1. Position the liftgate manually to the height you prefer.
2. Press the power liftgate inner button for more than 3 seconds.
3. Close the liftgate manually after hearing the buzzer sound.
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained.
The liftgate will open to the manually adjusted height that was set.
3-61
Convenient features of your vehicle
Emergency liftgate safety release
OLX2048037
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergency liftgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle. To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following steps: 1. Push the release lever to the right
by using a key. 2. Push up the liftgate.
WARNING
· Be aware of the location of the emergency liftgate safety release lever in your vehicle and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release lever.
· No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash.
· Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
OLX2048043
On vehicles equipped with a smart key, the liftgate can be opened with hands-free activation using the Smart Liftgate system.
3-62
Convenient features of your vehicle
How to use the Smart Liftgate
i Information
1. Setting
The hands-free smart liftgate system can be opened automatically when the following conditions are met:
The Smart Liftgate will NOT operate when:
To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to User Settings mode and select Smart Liftgate in the cluster LCD dis-
· The Smart Liftgate option is enabled in the User Settings in the cluster LCD display
· The Smart Liftgate is activated and ready 15 seconds after all the
· Any door is open, or all doors are closed but not locked
· The smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked
play.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
3
doors are closed and locked
· For vehicles equipped with illumi- 2. Detect and Alert
· The Smart Liftgate will open when the smart key is detected in the area behind the vehicle for 3 seconds
nated exterior front door handles, if the smart key is detected within 15 seconds from when the doors were closed and locked or if the smart key is within 60 inches (1.5 m) from the front door handles
The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 in (50100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and
· The smart key is in the vehicle.
the chime will sound to alert you that
the smart liftgate will open.
i Information
Do not approach the detecting area if you do not want the liftgate to open. If you have unintentionally entered the detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate, move away from the area behind the vehicle with the smart key. The liftgate will remain closed.
3-63
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds 6 times, the power liftgate will open.
WARNING
· Make certain that you close the liftgate before driving your vehicle.
· Make sure there are no people or objects around the liftgate before opening or closing the liftgate.
· Make sure objects in the rear cargo area do not come out when opening the liftgate, especially if the vehicle is parked on a grade or incline.
· If you keep your vehicle parked and locked on your driveway, you may want to temporarily deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. Otherwise, standing at the rear of the vehicle with the smart key may cause the liftgate to open unintentionally.
· The key should be kept out of reach of children. Children may inadvertently open the Smart Liftgate while playing around the rear area of the vehicle.
How to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function using the smart key
1. Door lock 2. Door unlock 3. Liftgate open 4. Panic 5. Remote start
OLX2048003
If you press any button on the smart key during the Detect and Alert stage, the Smart Liftgate function will be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to deactivate the Smart Liftgate function for emergency situations.
3-64
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Detecting area
i Information
· If you press the door unlock button
· The Smart Liftgate function may
(2), the Smart Liftgate function will
not operate properly if any of the
be deactivated temporarily. But, if
following instances occur:
you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the Smart Liftgate function will be activated again.
· If you press the liftgate open button
- The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere 3
with normal operation of the
(3) for more than 1 second, the lift-
transmitter.
gate opens.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
· The Smart Liftgate function will still be activated if you press the
OLX2049045N
way radio system or a cellular phone.
door lock button (1) or liftgate open button (3) on the smart key as long as the Smart Liftgate is not already in the Detect and Alert stage.
· In case you have deactivated the Smart Liftgate function by pressing the smart key button and opened a door, the Smart Liftgate function can be activated again by closing and locking all doors.
· The Smart Liftgate detecting area extends approximately 20-40 inches (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart key, the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound for about 3 seconds to alert you that the smart liftgate will open.
· The alert stops once the smart key is moved outside of the detecting
- Another vehicle's smart key is being operated close to your vehicle.
· The Smart Liftgate detecting area may change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline or slope
- One side of the vehicle is raised or lowered relative to the opposite side
area within the 3 second period.
3-65
Convenient features of your vehicle
Fuel Filler Door Opening the fuel filler door
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is latched securely.
OLX2048046
1. Turn the engine off. 2. Ensure the driver's door is unlocked. 3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3
o'clock position.
OLX2048047
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward to access the fuel tank cap.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn it counterclockwise. You may hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open because ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.
i Information
The fuel filler door will not close if the driver's door is locked. If you lock the driver's door while fueling, unlock it before closing the fuel filler door.
i Information
· Tighten the cap until it clicks once, otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator light will illuminate.
· There may be an intermittent noise near the refueling hole while the engine is idling if the fuel cap is not closed securely. This occurs normally with the OBD system.
· When refueling on unleveled ground, the fuel gauge may not point to the F position. It is not a malfunction. If you move your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel gauge will move to the full position.
3-66
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Do not get back into a vehicle
Once refueling has begun,
once you have begun refuel-
contact between your bare
Gasoline is highly flammable
ing. You can generate a build-
hand and the vehicle should
and explosive. Failure to follow
up of static electricity by
be maintained until the filling
these guidelines may result in
touching, rubbing or sliding
is complete.
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
against any item or fabric
· Use only approved portable
· Read and follow all warnings posted at the gas station.
· Before refueling, note the location of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas station.
· Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the potential build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe dis-
capable of producing static electricity. Static electricity
plastic fuel containers designed to carry and store gasoline.
3
discharge can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline source, with your bare hand.
· When refueling, always move the shift button to the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
tance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.
· Do not use cellular phones while refueling. Electric cur-
· When using an approved portable fuel container, be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling. Static electricity discharge
· Do not use matches or a lighter and do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station, especially during refueling.
rent and/or electronic interfer-
from the container can ignite
ence from cellular phones can
fuel vapors causing a fire.
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Do not over-fill or top-off your vehicle tank, which can cause gasoline spillage.
· If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
· If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can cover your clothes or skin and thus subject you to the risk of fire and burns. Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly. If the cap is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound, wait until the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
· Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.
i Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the "Fuel Requirements" suggested in the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
· Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
· If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.
3-68
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Type A
Type B
3
1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display (including Trip computer) The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
OLX2049100N/OLX2049101N
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Type C
3-70
1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display (including Trip computer) The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more information, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" in this chapter.
OLX2049126N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting instrument cluster
WARNING
Gauges and Meters Speedometer
illumination
Never adjust the instrument Type A and B
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage, serious injury, or death.
3
OLX2049049N
When the vehicle's position lights or headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.
· The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is displayed.
· If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime will sound.
For information regarding the illumination setting on your audio display, refer to the "Setup" section of your Audio or Navigation manual.
Type C
OLX2048102L
OLX2049139N
The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).
3-71
Convenient features of your vehicle
Tachometer
Type A and B
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Type A and B
Type C
OLX2048105
Type C
OLX2048106
OLX2049138N
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
3-72
OLX2049127N
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to "If the Engine Overheats" in chapter 6.
Fuel gauge
Type A and B
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could severely burn. Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir.
Type C
i Information
· The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8.
· The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
3
· On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
OLX2048107 than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
OLX2049128N
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the "E (Empty)" level.
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter.
Outside temperature gauge
Type A
Type B
Type C
OTMA048112/OLX2049109N
OLX2049129N
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperature by 1 degrees F (1 degrees C). - Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
Note that the temperature indicated on the LCD display may not change as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay before the temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User Settings mode in the cluster: - Go to User Settings Mode Other
Temperature Unit. For vehicles equipped with Automatic Climate Control, you can also: - Press the AUTO button while press-
ing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
3-74
Odometer
Type A
Type C
Range
i Information
Type B
Type A
Type B
· If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not operate correctly.
· The range may differ from the actu-
al driving distance as it is only an 3
estimate of the available driving range for the vehicle and driving conditions.
OTMA048183/OLX2049111N
Type C - Initial mode
OPDE046138R/OLX2049112N - Switch mode
· The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon (6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
· The range may vary significantly based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
OLX2049131N
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
OLX2049130N/OLX2049132N
· The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel.
· If the estimated distance is below 1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will display "----" as range.
3-75
Convenient features of your vehicle
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic transmission shift indicator
Type A
Type B
Type A
Type C
Type B OIG046112/OLX2048110
Warning and Indicator Lights
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF after starting the engine. If any light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Seat Belt Warning Light
OIK047141
This warning light informs the driver that the seat belt is not fastened. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
OLX2049133N
This indicator displays the gear position of the shift button.
3-76
OLX2049134N
Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)
The pop-up indicates the current gear position displayed in the cluster for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).
The shift indicator pop-up function can be activated or deactivated from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air Bag Warning Light
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
This warning light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates:
2. With the engine stopped, check the
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The air bag warning light illuminates for about 6 seconds and then turns off when all checks have been performed
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The parking brake light illuminates for about 3 seconds and will then turn off once the parking brake is released.
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required (For more details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in
3
chapter 7). After adding brake
fluid, check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is
found, or if the warning light
remains on, or if the brakes do not
· The air bag warning light will · Whenever the parking brake is operate properly, do not drive the
remain illuminated if there is a mal- applied.
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected
function with the Safety Restraint · Whenever the brake fluid level in
System (SRS) air bag operation.
the reservoir is low.
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking system. This means you still have braking on two wheels
even if one of the dual systems
should fail.
With only one of the dual systems working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure is required to stop the vehicle.
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates that the brake fluid level is low.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - The ABS warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then turns off. · Whenever there is a malfunction with the ABS. Note that the hydraulic braking system will still be operational even if there is a malfunction with the ABS.
Electronic Brake Force Distribution (EBD) System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving: · When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-78
WARNING
i Information - Electronic
Brake Force Distribution
Electric Power Steering (EPS) Warning Light
Electronic Brake Force
(EBD) System Warning Light
Distribution (EBD) System
When the ABS Warning Light is on or
Warning Light
both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake This warning light illuminates:
When both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the brake system will not work normally and you may experience an unexpected
Fluid Warning Lights are on, the speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light may illuminate and the steering effort may increase or decrease.
· When the ignition is moved to ON, the warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds and turns off automatically if no problem.
· When the warning light illuminates
3
and dangerous situation during If this occurs, have the vehicle inspect- while driving, it indicates that there
sudden braking.
ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- is a problem with the electric power
If this occurs, avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by
er as soon as possible.
steering system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
Convenient features of your vehicle
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. - The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off. · Whenever there is a malfunction with either the emission control system or the engine or the vehicle powertrain. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control system which could affect drivability and/or fuel economy.
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which could result in loss of engine power.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light
EPB
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light may illuminate when the Electronic Stability control (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly (This does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).
3-80
Convenient features of your vehicle
Charging System
Engine Oil Pressure
NOTICE
Warning Light
Warning Light
· If the engine does not stop
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illumi-
When this warning light illuminates This warning light illuminates:
nated, severe damage could
while the engine is running, the bat- · When the engine oil pressure is low. result.
tery is not being charged. Immediately turn OFF all electrical accessories. Try not to use electrically operated controls, such as the power windows. Keep the engine running.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
· If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case:
3
Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
2. Turn the engine off and check the engine oil level (For more details, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check the oil level. If the oil level is low, fill the engine oil to the proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after the engine is started, turn the
engine off immediately. If this
occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low Fuel Level Warning Light
Master Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning light on or with the fuel level below "E" can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.
Washer Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: · When the washer fluid level in the
reservoir is nearly empty. If washer fluid warning light illuminates, refill the washer fluid reservoir in the engine room when possible.
This warning light illuminates:
· When there is a malfunction in operation in any of the following systems:
- LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.
3-82
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
This warning light remains ON after blinking for approximately 60 seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON and OFF in 3 second intervals:
All Wheel Drive (AWD) Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
· When there is a malfunction with the TPMS.
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- The All Wheel Drive warning light illuminates for about 3 seconds
3
· When one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated. (The location of the underinflated tires
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
and then goes off.
· Whenever there is a malfunction with the AWD system.
are displayed on the LCD display.) For more details, refer to "Tire
WARNING
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized
Pressure Monitoring System Safe Stopping
HYUNDAI dealer.
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
· The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire dam-
age caused by external fac-
tors.
· If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) System Warning Light
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System Indicator Light
LED Headlight Warning Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When there is a malfunction with the FCA.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
· [Green] When the system operating conditions are satisfied.
· [White] The system operating conditions are not satisfied.
· [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
This warning light illuminates: · When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. · When there is a malfunction with the LED headlight. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light blinks: When there is a malfunction with a LED headlight related part. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED Headlight Warning Light on or blinking can reduce LED headlight life.
3-84
Convenient features of your vehicle
Icy Road Warning Light (if equipped)
AUTO STOP Indicator Light
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Indicator Light
This warning light is to warn the driver This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
the road may be icy.
· When the engine enters the Idle · When you set the ignition switch or
When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approxi-
Stop mode of the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system.
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
3
mately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy
- The Electronic Stability Control
Road Warning Light and Outside Temperature Gauge blinks and then illuminates. Also, the warning chime sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy
This indicator light blinks:
· When the automatic starting occurs, the AUTO STOP indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds.
indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then goes off.
· Whenever there is a malfunction with the ESC system.
Road Warning function from the User For more details, refer to the "ISG
Settings mode in the cluster LCD dis- (Idle Stop and Go) system" in
play.
chapter 5.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
If the icy road warning light appears while driving, you should drive more attentively and safely refraining from over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
i Information
When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low battery voltage. It does not mean the system has malfunctioned.
This indicator light blinks:
· While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF Indicator Light
Immobilizer Indicator Light (without smart key)(if equipped)
Immobilizer Indicator Light (with smart key (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you set the ignition switch or the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
· When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to "Electronic Stability Control (ESC)" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
· When the vehicle detects the immobilizer in the key with the ignition switch in the ON position.
- At this time, you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
· When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates for up to 30 seconds: · When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON position. - Once the smart key is detected,
you can start the engine. - The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few seconds: · When the smart key is not in the
vehicle. - If the smart key is not detected,
you cannot start the engine.
3-86
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for Turn Signal Indicator
High Beam Indicator
2 seconds and goes off:
Light
Light
· If the smart key is in the vehicle
and the Engine Start/Stop button is
ON, but the vehicle cannot detect the smart key.
This indicator light blinks:
This indicator light illuminates:
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
· When you operate the turn signal indicator stalk.
· When the headlights are on and in the high beam position
3
HYUNDAI dealer.
· When the turn signal lever is pulled
If any of the following occur, there may into the Flash-to-Pass position.
This indicator light blinks:
· When there is a malfunction with the immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
be a malfunction with the turn signal system.
- The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does not illuminate at all
Light ON Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
If any of these conditions occur, have
your vehicle inspected by an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-87
Convenient features of your vehicle
High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates :
· When the high-beam is on with the light switch in the AUTO light position.
· If your vehicle detects oncoming or preceding vehicles, the High Beam Assist (HBA) system will switch the high beam to low beam automatically.
For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this chapter.
AUTO HOLD Indicator Light
AUTO HOLD
This indicator light illuminates:
· [White] When you activate the Auto Hold system by pressing the AUTO HOLD button.
· [Green] When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal with the Auto Hold system activated.
· [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the Auto Hold system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Auto Hold" in chapter 5.
Cruise Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates: · When the cruise control system is
enabled. For more details, refer to "Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.
SPORT Mode Indicator Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: · When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode. For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System" in chapter 5.
3-88
SMART Mode Indicator
Light (if equipped)
60$57
All Wheel Drive LOCK Indicator Light (if equipped)
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) Indicator Light (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates:
· When you select ''SMART" mode This indicator light illuminates:
This indicator light illuminates:
as drive mode.
· When you set the ignition switch or · When you set the ignition switch or
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System''
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
the Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position.
3
in chapter 5.
- The AWD LOCK indicator light - The Downhill Brake Control
illuminates for about 3 seconds
Indicator Light illuminates for about
and then goes off.
3 seconds and then goes off.
· When you select AWD Lock mode · When you activate the system by by pressing the AWD LOCK but- pressing the DBC button. ton.
- The AWD LOCK mode is to transfer a portion of the drive torque to the rear wheels for increased traction on wet pavement, snow covered roads or when driving off road.
This indicator light blinks: · When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates yellow:
CAUTION
· When there is a malfunction with the DBC system.
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use the AWD lock mode on dry paved roads. Doing so can cause abnormal noise or vibration, and may damage the AWD system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Downhill Brake Control (DBC) System" in chapter 5.
3-89
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Messages
Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if you try to start the engine with the shift button not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.
i Information
You can start the engine with the shift button in the N (Neutral) position. But, for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift button in the P (Park) position.
Low key battery (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
Press brake pedal to start engine (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the Engine Start/Stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal and then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle (for smart key system) This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you press the Engine Start/ Stop button.
When attempting to start the vehicle, always have the smart key with you.
Key not detected (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the smart key is not detected when you press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Press START button again (for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you were unable to start the vehicle when the Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button again.
If the warning message appears each time you press the Engine Start/Stop button, have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-90
Convenient features of your vehicle
Press START button with key (for smart key system)
Battery discharging due to external electrical devices
Door, Hood, Liftgate open indicator
This warning message is displayed if This message is displayed if the bat-
you press the Engine Start/Stop but- tery voltage is weak due to any non-
ton while the warning message "Key factory electrical accessories (ex.
not detected" is displayed.
dashboard camera) while parking.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator Be careful that the battery is not dis-
light blinks.
charged.
3
If the warning message appears
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system)
after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
This warning message is displayed if HYUNDAI dealer. the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
OLX2048113
You need to replace the fuse with a new one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine
This warning is displayed if any door or the hood or the liftgate is left open. The warning will indicate which door is open in the display.
Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you should confirm that the door/ hood/liftgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door/ hood/liftgate open warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster.
3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof open indicator (if equipped)
Type A and B
Window open indicator (if equipped)
Type A and B
Low Pressure
Type A and B
Type C
OLX2048108
Type C
OLX2048114 Type C
OLX2048116L
OLX2049140N
This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when the sunroof is open. Close the sunroof securely before leaving your vehicle.
3-92
OLX2049141N
This warning is displayed if you turn off the engine when any window is open.
OLX2049135N
This warning message is displayed if the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lights Mode
Wiper
Front
Rear
Low washer fluid
This warning message is displayed if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
3
This warning message is displayed if
the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
OIK047145L
This indicator displays which exterior light is selected using the lighting control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
OIK047146L/OTMA048119
This indicator displays which wiper speed is selected using the wiper control.
You can activate or deactivate Wiper/Lights Display function from the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
When this message is displayed, the low fuel level warning light in the cluster will come on. It is recommended to look for the nearest fueling station and refuel as soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Engine overheated
Heated Steering Wheel turned off (if equipped)
This message is displayed if you turn off the heated steering wheel.
For more details, refer to "Heated Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
This warning message is displayed when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This means that the engine is overheated and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check headlight (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the headlights are not operating properly. A headlight bulb may need to be replaced.
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check turn signal (if equipped) This warning message is displayed if the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be replaced.
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out bulb with a new one of the same wattage rating.
Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the High Beam Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA) system" in chapter 3.
Check headlight LED (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the LED headlight. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the BlindSpot Collision Warning system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW)/ Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" or "Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/ Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA)" System in chapter 5.
3-94
Check Smart Cruise Control System (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Smart Cruise Control system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go" in chapter 5.
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if there is a problem with the Driver Attention Warning (DAW). Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
3
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY (CLUSTER TYPE A AND TYPE B) LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
(1) : MODE button for changing modes
(2) , : MOVE switch for changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item
3-96
OTMA048414
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD Display Modes
Modes
Symbol
Trip Computer
Turn By Turn (TBT) (if equipped)
Explanation
The Trip Computer mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc. For details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
3
Assist
The Driver Assist mode displays the status of the following features: - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system - Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system - Tire pressure - Traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels For more information, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go)", "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system", "Traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels" in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
User Settings
The User Settings mode provides user options for a variety of settings including door lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.
Master Warning
The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or more systems is not operating normally.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-97
Convenient features of your vehicle
Trip computer mode
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
Assist mode
OIK047124N
The trip computer mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy, tripmeter information and vehicle speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
OIK047147N
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
OLX2049119N
SCC/LKA/DAW This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) and Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
For more details, refer to each system information in chapter 5.
3-98
Convenient features of your vehicle
Master warning mode
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
- LED headlamp malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction
3
(if equipped)
OLX2048120L
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
OLX2048121
Driving force distribution (AWD) This mode displays information related to AWD driving force.
For more details, refer to the "All Wheel Drive" in the chapter 5.
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go radar blocked (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) malfunction
3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above warning situations occur. At this time, the LCD Modes Icon will change from ( ) to ( ). If the warning situation is solved, the master warning light will be turned off and the LCD Modes Icon will be changed back to its previous icon ( ).
3-100
User settings mode
OIK047148L
In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Head-up display 2. Driver Assistance 3. Door 4. Lights 5. Sound 6. Convenience 7. Service interval 8. Other 9. Language 10. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
OOSEV048172L
Shift to P to edit settings This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving. For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
Quick guide help This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode. Select an item, press and hold the OK button.
For more details, about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
1. Head-Up Display
Items Enable Head-Up Display
Explanation To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content Selection
To select the content to be displayed. - Turn by Turn - Traffic Information - Cruise control - Lane keeping assist - Blind-spot Collision Warning
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed. - Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed. - White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3
3-101
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items SCC Reaction
Driving assist
Warning Timing Warning Volume Driver Attention Warning
Explanation · Fast / Normal / Slow To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5.
· Leading vehicle departure alert To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert. For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter 5. · Lane Following Assist To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Lane Following Assist (LFA) System" in chapter 5. · Highway Driving Assist To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Highway Driving Assist (HDA) System" in chapter 5.
· Normal / Later To select when to provide a warning for all driver assistance.
· High / Medium / Low To adjust the warning sound volume of all driver assistance.
To activate or deactivate the Driver Attention Warning (DAW). For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
3-102
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items Forward Safety Lane Safety
Blind-Spot Safety
Explanation
· Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a colli-
sion is detected.
· Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected.
· Off: Deactivates the system.
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system" in chapter 5.
3
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) function. - Lane Keeping Assist - Lane Departure Warning - Off
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
· Blind-Spot View To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot View" in this chapter.
· SEA(Safe Exit Assistance) To activate or deactivate the Safe Exit Assistance.
For more details, refer to the "Safe Exit Assistance" in chapter 5.
· Active assist · Warning only · Off For more details, refer to "Blind-spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" in chapter 5.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-103
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items
Parking Safety
3. Door
Items
Automatically Lock
Automatically Unlock
Explanation · Rear Cross-Traffic Safety To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function. For more details, refer to the "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Crosstraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 5.
Explanation
· Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
· Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
· Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. · On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the
key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key). · Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key) · On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted
to the P (Park) position.
3-104
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Door
Items
Two Press Unlock
Horn Feedback
Explanation
· Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
· On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
3
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
Power Liftgate
To activate or deactivate the Power Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
Power Liftgate Speed
· Fast / Normal To select the speed of the power liftgate opening and closing
For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
Smart Liftgate
To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-105
Convenient features of your vehicle
4. Lights
Items
Explanation
One Touch Turn Signal
· Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. · 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
Headlight Delay
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
Items
Welcome Sound
Explanation To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
6. Convenience
Items
Seat Slide Easy Access
Explanation
· Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated. · Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rear-
ward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably. For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
3-106
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Convenience
Items Seat Height Easy Access Rear Occupant Alert
Welcome Light
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Seat Height Easy Access. For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert
For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system" in this chapter.
3
· On driver approach: The welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
Wireless Charging System Traffic Information Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate traffic information display function. When activated, traffic information, such as speed limits, etc. are displayed in the cluster LCD display.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
Icy Road Warning
To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
7. Service interval
Items Service Interval
Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
3-108
Convenient features of your vehicle
8. Other
Items
Fuel Economy Reset
Fuel Economy Unit
Temperature Unit
Tire Pressure Unit
9. Language
Items
Explanation
· Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
· After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
· After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
3
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
· US gallon / UK gallon To select the fuel economy unit.
· °C / °F To select the temperature unit.
· psi / kPa / bar To select the tire pressure unit.
Explanation
Language
To select language.
10. Reset
Items
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
TRIP COMPUTER (CLUSTER TYPE A AND TYPE B)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving.
Trip modes
Fuel Economy · Average Fuel Economy
i Information
· Instant Fuel Economy
Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is disconnected.
Accumulated Info · Tripmeter · Fuel Economy
· Timer
Drive Info
· Tripmeter · Fuel Economy · Timer
Auto Stop (if equipped) Digital Speedometer
3-110
Smart Shift
OTMA048414
To change the trip mode, toggle the " , " switch on the steering wheel.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Average fuel economy/ Instant fuel economy
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy manually, press the OK button on the steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy is displayed.
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
· The instantaneous fuel economy is displayed according to the bar graph in the LCD display while driving.
Automatic reset
3
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between "After
Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the
User Settings mode in the cluster
OIK047124N LCD display.
- After ignition: When the engine has
Average Fuel Economy (1)
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
· The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance
average fuel economy will reset automatically.
and fuel consumption since the last - After refueling: The average fuel
average fuel economy reset.
economy will reset automatically
· The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automatically.
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accumulated Info display
The accumulated driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Drive Info display
OIK047174N
This display shows the accumulated trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.
To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Accumulated driving info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalculated.
OIK047176N
This display shows the trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each ignition cycle. However, when the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset the details, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
3-112
Convenient features of your vehicle
The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Digital speedometer
Smart shift
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the
3
last ignition key cycle before the average
fuel economy will be recalculated.
OIK047151N
This digital speedometer display shows the speed of the vehicle.
OIK047179N
This mode displays the currently selected drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive Mode Integrated Control System'' in chapter 5.
3-113
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY (CLUSTER TYPE C) (IF EQUIPPED) LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.
(1) : MODE button for changing modes
(2) , : MOVE switch for changing items
(3) OK - Tab: SELECT/RESET button for setting the selected item - Tab and hold: SELECT/RESET button for retrieving assist information or resetting the selected item
3-114
OTMA048414
View Modes
Modes Utility
Explanation
The Trip Computer mode displays driving information such as the trip distance, fuel economy and etc. For details, refer to "Trip Computer" In this chapter.
Driving Assist
The Driving Assist mode displays the driving status.
3
Turn By Turn (TBT) (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Parking Assist
The Parking Assist mode displays the parking status.
Driving Info.
Display for 4 seconds when the vehicle mode changes from IGN ON to OFF
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
3-115
Convenient features of your vehicle
Utility View Mode The utility view mode displays information related to vehicle driving parameters including fuel economy and trip distance information.
Utility Items The utility items appear as well in trip computer mode, driving assist mode and turn by turn mode. The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
· Fuel Economy Information The average fuel economy and instant fuel economy are displayed.
- Manual reset: Press and hold OK button to initialize set up
- Automatic reset: Automatically reset the average fuel economy when the set-up conditions are satisfied in User Settings menu.
· Driving Information
The trip distance for each ignition cycle, fuel economy (undisplayed item in fuel economy: driving speed), trip time are shown. Press and hold OK button to initialize set up. When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy will reset automatically.
· Information after Refueling
The vehicle information such as trip distance, fuel economy (undisplayed item in fuel economy: driving speed) and trip time is displayed after refueling. Press and hold OK button to initialize set up.
· Accumulated Information
The vehicle information such as trip distance, fuel economy (undisplayed item in fuel economy: driving speed) and trip time is displayed after manual initialization.
· Digital Speed Display It shows current vehicle speed.
· AUTO STOP The cumulative time is show when the engine is off. Press and hold OK button to initialize set up.
· Driver Attention Warning Display the status of the Driver Attention Warning system. When the engine is off or the vehicle comes to a stop, the system is reset. Press and hold OK button to initialize set up.
· Smart Shift
· Tire Pressure
· Digital RPM
3-116
Convenient features of your vehicle
Driving Assist View Mode
TBT (Turn By Turn) Mode
Parking Assist View Mode
3
OLX2059118N
SCC/LKA/HAD/FCA This mode displays the state of the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) and Lane Keeping Assist (LKA). For more details, refer to system information in chapter 5.
OLX2059119N
It shows the information by interworking with the navigation.
OLX2049145N
It displays the information related to the parking assist system movement.
3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle Other Information Display
OLX2059120N
Driving information summary (1)
The current operation conditions of the Cruise Control mode, Smart Cruise Control and high speed driving assist modes. It does not show such information while driving assist mode is working.
OLX2059121N
Driving information summary (2)
· It shows the weather and fine dust concentration. (If equipped)
· While interworking with the navigation, it displays the distance to the destinations or stops, the time to destinations or stops and the estimated time of arrival.
· Assist messages appear while set up.
3-118
OPTION MENU (CLUSTER TYPE C)
WARNING
While driving, please do not change the setting mode. It may distract your attention and cause the accident.
NOTICE
Displayed items of user's setting may differ from the content in this owner's manual since the contents vary 3
with the vehicle's technical specifications.
List Service Interval Head-up Display
Warning Timing
Set-up messages
Check the service message
To activate or deactivate head-up display Set up the height, rotation and brightness (if equipped) Normal/Later To select when to provide a warning for all driver assistance
Convenient features of your vehicle
3-119
Convenient features of your vehicle
User settings mode In this mode, you can change the settings of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, etc. 1. Head-up display 2. Driver Assistance 3. Door 4. Lights 5. Sound 6. Convenience 7. Service interval 8. Other 9. Language 10. Reset The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if you try to adjust the User Settings while driving.
For your safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
Quick guide help
This mode provides quick guides for the systems in the User Settings mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK button.
For more details, about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
3-120
1. Head-Up Display
Items Enable Head-Up Display
Explanation To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content Selection
To select the content to be displayed. - Turn by Turn - Traffic Information - Cruise control - Lane keeping assist - Blind-spot Collision Warning
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed. - Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed. - White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items SCC Reaction
Driving assist
Warning Timing Warning Volume Driver Attention Warning
Explanation · Fast / Normal / Slow To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system. For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5.
· Leading vehicle departure alert To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert. For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter 5. · Lane Following Assist To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Lane Following Assist (LFA) System" in chapter 5. · Highway Driving Assist To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Highway Driving Assist (HDA) System" in chapter 5.
· Normal / Later To select when to provide a warning for all driver assistance.
· High / Medium / Low To adjust the warning sound volume of all driver assistance.
To activate or deactivate the Driver Attention Warning (DAW). For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
3-122
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items Forward Safety Lane Safety
Blind-Spot Safety
Explanation
· Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a colli-
sion is detected.
· Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected.
· Off: Deactivates the system.
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system" in chapter 5.
3
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) function. - Lane Keeping Assist - Lane Departure Warning - Off
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
· Blind-Spot View To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot View" in this chapter.
· SEA(Safe Exit Assistance) To activate or deactivate the Safe Exit Assistance.
For more details, refer to the "Safe Exit Assistance" in chapter 5.
· Active assist · Warning only · Off For more details, refer to "Blind-spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" in chapter 5.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-123
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Driver Assistance
Items
Parking Safety
3. Door
Items
Automatically Lock
Automatically Unlock
Explanation · Rear Cross-Traffic Safety To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function. For more details, refer to the "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Crosstraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 5.
Explanation
· Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15 km/h).
· Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
· Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. · On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the
key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key). · Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key) · On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted
to the P (Park) position.
3-124
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Door
Items
Two Press Unlock
Horn Feedback Power Liftgate Power Liftgate Speed Smart Liftgate
Explanation
· Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
· On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
3
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback. If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
To activate or deactivate the Power Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
· Fast / Normal To select the speed of the power liftgate opening and closing For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate system. For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-125
Convenient features of your vehicle
4. Lights
Items
Explanation
One Touch Turn Signal
· Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. · 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
Headlight Delay
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function. For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
Items
Welcome Sound
Explanation To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
6. Convenience
Items
Seat Slide Easy Access
Explanation
· Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated. · Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rear-
ward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably. For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
3-126
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Convenience
Items Seat Height Easy Access Rear Occupant Alert
Welcome Light
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Seat Height Easy Access. For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert
For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system" in this chapter.
3
· On driver approach: The welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
Wireless Charging System Traffic Information Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate traffic information display function. When activated, traffic information, such as speed limits, etc. are displayed in the cluster LCD display.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode. When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change the mode.
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up. When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
Icy Road Warning
To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
7. Service interval
Items Service Interval
Explanation To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following situations each time the vehicle is turned on. - Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service. - Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnected. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.
3-128
Convenient features of your vehicle
8. Other
Items
Fuel Economy Reset
Fuel Economy Unit
Temperature Unit
Tire Pressure Unit
9. Language
Items
Explanation
· Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
· After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
· After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
3
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
· US gallon / UK gallon To select the fuel economy unit.
· °C / °F To select the temperature unit.
· psi / kPa / bar To select the tire pressure unit.
Explanation
Language
To select language.
10. Reset
Items
Explanation
Reset
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-129
Convenient features of your vehicle
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Precautions while using the head up display
It may sometimes be difficult to read information on the head up display in the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned in the driver's seat.
- The driver wears polarizing-filter sunglasses.
OLX2049051N
The Head-Up Display is an optional feature that allows the driver to view information projected onto a transparent screen while still keeping your eyes safely on the road ahead while driving.
- An object is located above the head up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is installed inside the vehicle, or there is incoming light from outside of the vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head up display information, adjust the head up display angle or the head up display brightness level in the User Settings mode. For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
WARNING
· Do not tint the front windshield glass or add other types of metallic coating. Otherwise, the head up display image may be invisible.
· Do not place any accessories on the crash pad or attach any objects on the windshield glass.
· The Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system warnings on the head up display are supplemental. Do not solely depend on them to change lanes. Always take a look around before changing lanes.
NOTICE
When replacing the front windshield glass of the vehicle equipped with the head up display, replace it with a windshield glass designed for the head up display operation. Otherwise, duplicated images may be displayed on the windshield glass.
3-130
Convenient features of your vehicle
Head-up display ON/OFF
Head-up display information
i Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as HUD contents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed in the instrument cluster LCD display.
3
Head-up display setting
OIK047152N
OLX2049419N
On the LCD display, you can change the head up display settings as follows.
To activate the head up display, select 'Head-UP Display' on the User Settings mode on the instrument cluster LCD display.
If you do not select 'Head-Up Display', the head up display will be deactivated.
1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information (if equipped)
2. Speed limit signs (if equipped)
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed (if equipped)
5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) information (if equipped)
6. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system information (if equipped)
7. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system information (if equipped)
· Enable Head-up display · Display Height · Rotation · Brightness · Content Selection · Speed Size · Speed Color
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
8. Warning lights (Low fuel, etc.)
9. Audio/Video information
3-131
Convenient features of your vehicle
LIGHTING Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the day, especially after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when : · The headlamps are ON. · The parking lamps are ON. · The vehicle is turned off. · The parking brake is engaged.
OTMA048477
OOS047404N
1. OFF position 2. AUTO headlamp position 3. Parking lamp position 4. Headlamp position
OLX2048065
AUTO headlamp position
The parking lamp and headlamp will be turned ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of daylight as measured by the ambient light sensor (1) on the center dash.
3-132
Convenient features of your vehicle
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended to manually turn ON the headlamps when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter dark areas, such as tunnels and parking facilities.
3
NOTICE
· Do not cover or spill anything on the sensor (1) located in front of the instrument panel.
· Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
· If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the AUTO headlamp system may not work properly.
OOS047405N
Parking lamp position ( )
The parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
OOS047406N
Headlamp position ( ) The headlamp, parking lamp, license plate lamp and instrument panel lamp are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlamp.
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle High beam operation
High Beam Assist (HBA) (if equipped)
OOS047407N
To turn on the high beam headlamp, push the lever away from you. The lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when the headlamp high beams are switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you. The low beams will turn on.
OOS047408N
To flash the high beam headlamp, pull the lever towards you, then release the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you.
OOS047409N
The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a system that automatically adjusts the headlamp range (switches between high beam and low beam) according to the brightness of other vehicles and road conditions.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are other vehicles approaching you. Using high beam could obstruct the other driver's vision.
3-134
Operating condition
1. Place the headlamp switch in the AUTO position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you.
· If the headlamp switch is placed to the headlamp ON position, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off and the low beam will be on continuously.
Convenient features of your vehicle
The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )
indicator will illuminate.
3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn on when vehicle speed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the high beam switches to low beam if any of the following conditions occur :
3
OIK047132N
· If the headlamp switch is pushed away when the High Beam Assist (HBA) is operating, the High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn off
- When the headlamp of an on-coming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front is detected.
Warning light and message
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is not working properly, the Check High Beam Assist warning message will
and the high beam will be on con- - When the headlamp or tail lamp of come on for a few second. After the
tinuously.
a motorcycle or a bicycle is detect- message disappears, the master
· If the headlamp switch is pulled ed.
warning light ( ) will illuminate.
towards you when the high beam - When the surrounding ambient Take your vehicle to an authorized
is off, the high beam will turn on light is bright enough that high HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys-
without the High Beam Assist beams are not required.
tem checked.
(HBA) canceled. When you let go of the light switch, the lever will move to the middle and the high beam will turn off.
· If the headlamp switch is pulled towards you when the high beam is on by the High Beam Assist (HBA), the low beam will be on and the High Beam Assist (HBA)
- When streetlights or other lights are detected.
- When the headlamp switch is not in the AUTO position.
- When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is off.
- When vehicle speed is below 15 mph (24 km/h).
will turn off.
3-135
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The system may not operate normally if any of the following conditions should occur:
1) When the illumination from an on-coming vehicle or a vehicle in front is dim. Such examples may include:
· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or the tail lamps of a vehicle in front is covered with dust, snow, or water.
· When the headlamps on an oncoming vehicle are OFF, but the fog lamps are ON.
2) When the High Beam Assist camera is adversely affected by an external condition. Such examples may include:
· When the vehicle's headlamps have been damaged or not repaired properly.
· When the vehicle headlamps are not aimed properly.
· When the vehicle is driven on a narrow curved road or rough road.
· When the vehicle is driven on an uphill road or downhill road.
· When only part of the vehicle in front is visible on a crossroad or curved road.
· When there is a traffic light, reflecting sign, flashing sign or mirror.
· When the road conditions are bad such as being wet or covered with snow.
· When a vehicle suddenly appears from a curve.
· When the vehicle is tilted from a flat tire or being towed.
· When the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning light illuminates.
· When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not detected because of exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
· When the front window is covered with foreign matters such as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
3) When the forward visibility is poor. Such examples may include:
· When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or a vehicle in front is not detected due to poor outside visibility (smog, smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain, snow, etc.).
· When the windshield visibility is poor.
3-136
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· Do not attempt to disassemble the front view camera without the assistance of an authorized HYUNDAI dealer technician. If camera is removed for any reason, the system may need to be re-calibrated. Have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the windshield of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the front view camera will need to be re-calibrated. If this occurs, have your vehicle inspected and have the system re-calibrated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Be careful that water doesn't get into the High Beam Assist (HBA) unit and do not remove or damage related parts of the High Beam Assist (HBA) system.
· Do not place objects on the crash pad that reflect light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
Turn signals and lane change signals
· At times, the High Beam Assist (HBA) may not work properly. The system is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe driving practices and always check the road conditions for your safety.
3
OOS047410N
· When the system does not operate normally, change the headlamp position manually between the high beam and low beam.
To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.
3-137
Convenient features of your vehicle
One-touch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn Signal function, push the turn signal lever up or down to position (B) and then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
Battery saver function
The purpose of this feature is to help prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically turns off the parking lamp when the driver turns the vehicle off and opens the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when the vehicle is turned off, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and ON again using the headlamp switch on the steering column.
Headlamp delay function
If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC position or the LOCK/OFF position with the headlamps ON, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlights are turned off after 15 seconds. Also, with the engine off if the driver's door is opened and closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15 seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking lamps) can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the remote key or smart key twice or turning the headlamp switch to the OFF or AUTO position.
You can activate or deactivate the Headlamp Delay function from the User Settings mode in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD Display" section in this chapter.
3-138
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Interior Lights
Front lamps
If the driver exits the vehicle through another door besides the
WARNING
driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the headlamp delay function does not turn OFF automatically.
Do not use the interior lights when driving in the dark. The interior lights may obscure your view and cause an accident.
3
This may cause the battery to dis-
charge. To avoid battery dis-
charge, turn OFF the headlamps NOTICE
manually from the headlamp switch before exiting the vehicle.
Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will
Front Room Lamp (1) (
OLX2048066
) :
discharge.
Press the button to turn the front and
rear room lamps on or off.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors are closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.
3-139
Convenient features of your vehicle
Front Door Lamp (2) (
) :
The front or rear room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the front and rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front and rear room lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds when the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the ON position or all doors are locked, the front and rear lamps will turn off. If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC position or the OFF position, the front and rear lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
Front Map Lamp (3) :
Press either or switches (
) to
turn the map lamp on or off. This light
produces a spot beam for convenient
use as a map lamp at night or as a
personal lamp for the driver and the
front passenger.
Rear lamp
OLX2048067
Rear Room Lamp (
):
Press either buttons to turn the room lamp on or off.
Luggage compartment lamp
OLX2049070N
· ON ( ) : The luggage compartment lamp stays on at all times.
· DOOR ( ) : The luggage compartment lamp comes on when the liftgate is opened.
· OFF ( ) : The luggage compartment lamp is off.
3-140
Convenient features of your vehicle
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped) Glove box lamp (if equipped)
Puddle lamp (if equipped)
3
ODH043356
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will automatically turn on the mirror light.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the vanity mirror cover after using the mirror.
OLX2048068
The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened. If the glove box is not closed, the lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the glove box securely after using the glove box.
OLX2048071
Welcome light When all doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp will come on for 15 seconds if the door is unlocked by the remote key or smart key or outside door handle button.
For more details, refer to "Welcome System" in this chapter.
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
Escort light
When the vehicle is turned OFF and the driver's door is opened, the puddle lamp will come on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed within the 30 seconds, the puddle lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If the driver's door is closed and locked, the puddle lamp will turn off immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will turn on only the first time the driver's door is opened after the engine is turned off.
Welcome System (if equipped) Welcome light
OLX2048064
Puddle lamp (if equipped) and door handle lamp (if equipped) When all the doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the puddle lamp and door handle lamp will come on for about 15 seconds if any of the below is performed. · When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or smart key. · When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession.
· If 'Convenience Welcome Light On driver approach' is selected in the User Settings mode in the cluster LCD display, the lamps will turn on when the vehicle is approached with the smart key in possession.
Headlamp and parking lamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in the headlamp or AUTO position) is on and all doors (and liftgate) are locked and closed, the parking lamp and headlamp will come on for 15 seconds when the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button, the parking lamp and headlamp will turn off immediately.
3-142
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in the DOOR position and all doors (and liftgate) are closed and locked, the room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.
· When the door unlock button is pressed on the remote key or smart key.
· When the button of the outside door handle is pressed with the smart key in possession.
At this time, if you press the door lock or unlock button on the smart key the room lamp will turn off immediately.
3
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Front windshield wiper/washer
Rear window wiper/washer
OPD047454L
B : Intermittent control wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes (pull lever towards you)
D : Rear wiper/washer control · HI High wiper speed · LO Low wiper speed · OFF Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear) (push lever away from you)
* : if equipped
OTLA045318
A : Wiper speed control · MIST Single wipe · OFF Off · INT Intermittent wipe AUTO* Auto control wipe · LO Low wiper speed · HI High wiper speed
3-144
Front Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push the lever upward and release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals. To vary the speed setting, move the speed control lever. The top most setting will run the wipers most frequently (for more rain). The bottom setting will run the wipers the least frequently (for less rain).
AUTO : The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval. The more it rains, the faster the wiper operates. When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the speed setting, turn the speed control knob (B).
Convenient features of your vehicle
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed. AUTO (Automatic) control HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed. (if equipped)
WARNING
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes, or until the snow and/or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation.
The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be automatically controlled depends on rainfall.
To avoid personal injury from the windshield wipers, when the engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
· Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor.
3
If you do not remove the snow and/or When the rain stops, the wiper stops. · Do not wipe the upper end of
ice before using the wiper and washer, To vary the sensitivity setting, turn
the windshield glass with a
it may damage the wiper and washer the sensitivity control knob (1).
damp or wet cloth.
system.
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO · Do not put pressure on the
mode when the ignition switch is in
windshield glass.
the ON position, the wiper will oper-
ate once to perform a self-check of
the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
3-145
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
· When washing the vehicle, set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode while washing the vehicle.
· Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the passenger side windshield glass. Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
· Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction could occur according to sudden ambient light change made by stone and dust while driving.
Front Windshield Washers
OTLE045164
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. If the washer does not work, you may need to add washer fluid to the washer fluid reservoir.
WARNING
When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to help prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and obscuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.
3-146
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
· To prevent possible damage to the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty.
· To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
3
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
· To prevent damage to the wiper
OTLE045166
arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers
OTLE045165 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the
manually.
· To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather.
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI High wiper speed
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
Auto rear wiper The rear wiper will operate while the
LO Low wiper speed
vehicle is in reverse with the front
OFF Off
wiper ON by selecting the function on the LCD display.
Go to 'User Settings Convenience Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.
3-147
Convenient features of your vehicle
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
Rear View Monitor (if equipped)
This is a supplemental system that helps provide a view of the area behind the vehicle through the infotainment system screen while the vehicle is in the R (Reverse) position.
WARNING
OLX2048056
The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.
WARNING
· Never rely solely on the Rear view monitor when backingup.
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
OLX2048057L
The Rear View Monitor will activate when the engine is running and the shift button is in the R (Reverse) position.
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with dirt, water or snow.
3-148
Convenient features of your vehicle
Surround View Monitoring
The system is activated when:
· When the vehicle is backing up, the
(if equipped)
· The engine is ON
system will turn ON regardless of
· The shift button is in D (Drive), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)
vehicle speed or button status. However, if vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h) when driving for-
· Vehicle speed is under 10 mph (15 ward, the SVM system will turn off.
km/h)
· A warning appears on the system
when:
3
The system is deactivated when:
- The liftgate is opened
· You press the button (1) again
- The driver's door is opened
· Vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h)
OLX2048060
- The passenger's door is opened - The outer side view mirror is folded
The Surround View Monitoring sys- i Information
· If the system is not operating normally, the system should be checked by
tem can assist in parking by allowing the driver to see around the vehicle.
Push the button (1, indicator ON) to operate the system. To cancel the system, push the button again (1,
· When vehicle speed is over 10 mph (15 km/h), the system will turn off. The system will not automatically turn on again, even though vehicle speed gets below 10 mph (15 km/h).
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to the separately supplied manual with your vehicle.
indicator OFF).
Push the button (1, indicator ON)
again, to turn on the system.
3-149
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
(1) Front camera (2) Left/Right cam-
era (3) Rear camera
Blind-spot View Monitor system (if equipped)
Type B
Type C - Passenger-side
ODH047435
Surround View Monitor system only serves to assist the driver in parking. ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle.
Type C - Driver-side
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
OLX2049062N
OLX2049144N
BVM (Blind-spot View Monitor) system displays the driver-side or passenger-side rear areas in the cluster when the system is activated.
To turn on BVM system: Under condition BVM system is enabled in the settings
1. The ignition switch is turned to the ON position.
2. The turn signal is activated
OLX2049136N
3-150
Convenient features of your vehicle
To turn off BVM system
System setting
1. The ignition switch is turned to the With the engine ON, the Blind-spot
CAUTION
OFF position.
2. The turn signal is deactivated
3. Other warning screen pops up and takes priority over the BVM system.
View Monitor system turns on and
gets ready to be activated when the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-spot safety Blind-spot view' is selected on the cluster. The
system stops operation when the set-
· Like all assistance systems, BVM system has limitations. Over-reliance on the system may result in a collision.
· Always look around your vehi-
3
ting is deactivated.
cle to make sure there are no
objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a colli-
sion.
· Objects are closer than they appear. Failure to visually confirm that is safe to change the lane before doing so may result in crash and serious injury or death.
· Always keep the camera lens clean. The camera may not work normally if the lens is covered with foreign material.
3-151
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System (if equipped)
OLX2048053L [B] : Sensor
The optional Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system assists the driver during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within approximately 50 in (120 cm) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.
WARNING
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are not any objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
· Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Operation of the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system
Operating condition
· This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch in the ON position. However, if the vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h), the system may not detect objects.
· If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h), the system will not warn you even though objects are detected.
· When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
3-152
Convenient features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound and indicator NOTICE
To Turn OFF the Parking
Types of warning sound Indicator
Distance Warning (Reverse) · The indicator may differ from the system
illustration as objects or sensors
When an object is 24 to 47 in
status. If the indicator blinks,
(60 to 120 cm) from the rear
have your vehicle checked by an
bumper, the warning sound
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
beeps intermittently.
· If the audible warning does not
3
When an object is 12 to 24 in
sound or if the buzzer sounds
(30 to 60 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound
intermittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indi-
beeps more frequently.
cate a malfunction with the
Parking Distance Warning
When an object is within 12 in (30 cm) from the rear bumper, the warning sound beeps continuously.
(Reverse) system. If this occurs, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
OLX2049096N
Push the button to turn OFF the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)
system. The indicator light on the
button will turn on.
3-153
Convenient features of your vehicle
Conditions Where the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system May Not Operate
The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may not operate normally when any of the following occur:
· The sensor is covered with dirt or debris such as snow or ice, or the sensor cover is blocked.
The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may experience a malfunction when the following occurs:
· Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
· Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
· Heavy rain or water spray is present.
· Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sensor.
· The sensor is covered with snow. · Any non-factory equipment or
accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease when: · Outside air temperature is extreme-
ly hot or cold. · Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than 6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: · Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles. · Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system Precautions
· The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may not operate consistently in some circumstances depending on the speed of the vehicle and the shapes of the objects detected.
· The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
· The sensor may not recognize objects less than 12 in. (30 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
· When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rear parking assist system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor.
3-154
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
· Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Doing so may cause the sensors to fail to operate normally.
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System (if equipped)
WARNING
The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system assists the driver during movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within the distance of 39 inches (100 cm) in front and 47 inches (120 cm) behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental sys- 3
tem that senses objects within the range and location of the sensors, it cannot detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed.
Extreme caution should always be taken to avoid accidents or vehicle injuries. Do not solely rely on the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system. Always drive safely and cautiously, especially when backing up in reverse.
OLX2049055N
OLX2048053L [A] : Front Sensor, [B] : Rear Sensor
3-155
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
· ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
· Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
· Be aware that some objects may not be visible on the screen or be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Operation of the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) System
· When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
· If you push R (Reverse) position button on shift button with the engine running and the Parking Distance Warning system off, the system will operate automatically.
OLX2049096N
Operating condition
· This system will activate when the Parking Distance Warning system button is pressed with the engine running.
· Sensing distance when backing up is approximately 47 in (120 cm) when you are driving less than 6 mph (10 km/h).
· Sensing distance when moving forward is approximately 39 in (100 cm) when you are driving less than 6 mph (10 km/h).
3-156
Convenient features of your vehicle
Types of warning sound and indicator
Distance
Warning indicator
Non-operational conditions of Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system
from object
When driving
Inches (cm)
forward
When driving rearward
Warning sound
The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may not
24 ~ 39 (61 ~ 100)
Front
24 ~ 47 (61 ~ 120)
Rear
-
-
Buzzer beeps
operate normally when any of the
intermittently Buzzer beeps
following occur: · Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
3
intermittently
· Sensor is covered with foreign mat-
Front 12 ~ 24
Buzzer beeps frequently
ter, such as snow or water, or the sensor cover is blocked.
(31 ~ 60)
Rear
-
Buzzer beeps frequently
The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may
Front 12
Buzzer sounds continuously
experience a malfunction when the following occurs:
(30)
Rear
-
Buzzer sounds continuously
· Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient.
i Information
· Objects generating excessive noise
· The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
· If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently · Heavy rain or water spray is present.
when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction with · Wireless transmitters or mobile
the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system. If this occurs, have phones are present near the sensor.
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. · The sensor is covered with snow.
3-157
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease when: · Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold. · Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than 6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: · Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles. · Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system precautions
· The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may not operate consistently in some circumstances depending on the speed of the vehicle and the shapes of the objects detected.
· The Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged. Any non-factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor performance.
· The sensor may not recognize objects less than 15 inches. (40 cm) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance. Use caution.
· When the sensor is blocked with snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts, or the debris is removed. Use a soft cloth to wipe debris away from the sensor.
· Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
· Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Doing so may cause the sensors to fail to operate normally.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system.
Always drive safely and cautiously.
3-158
Convenient features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
3
Front 1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. Air conditioning button 4. Mode selection button 5. Front windshield defroster button 6. Rear window defroster button 7. Air intake control button 8. Rear climate control button
OLX2048325L
3-159
Convenient features of your vehicle
Heating and Air Conditioning
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode or Recirculation mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
Mode selection
3-160
OLX2049410N
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, FloorDefrost and Defrost air position.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Face-Level (B, D)
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper Most of the air flow is directed to the
body and face. Additionally, each floor and the windshield with a small
outlet can be controlled to direct the amount directed to the side window
air discharged from the outlet.
defrosters.
3
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
OLX2048326L
MAX A/C-Level (B, D)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster. Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face.
In this mode, the A/C button and the Recirculation mode button will be automatically selected. Turn the fan speed mode to adjust.
After the interior cabin has cooled sufficiently, move the temperature knob away from the MAX A/C setting and adjust the knob to the desired position.
If you wish to continue using A/C ON, make sure the A/C button LED is illuminated.
3-161
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument panel vents
OLX2049306L
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever. The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the vent control lever. If you move the vent control lever to the left end, the outlet vents can be closed.
Temperature control (2) The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right. The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.
Air intake control The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
i Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
3-162
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Fan speed control (1)
Rear climate control button
Turn the knob to the right to increase
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode for a pro-
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob to the left to decrease fan speed and airflow.
longed period of time may Setting the fan speed control knob to
cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This
the "0" position turns off the fan.
3
may lead to loss of vehicle NOTICE
control which may lead to an accident.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity to increase inside the cabin.
Operating the fan speed when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan speed when the engine is running.
OLX2048327L
If you press the rear climate control button, rear passengers can control the rear climate system.
This may cause condensation Air conditioning (3)
to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
Push the A/C button to turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate)
· Do not sleep in your vehicle or and off.
remain parked in your vehicle
with the windows up and
either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for pro-
longed periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
3-163
Convenient features of your vehicle Rear climate control
2nd row air conditioning control · Type A
· Type B
· Type C
3-164
1. OFF button 2. Mode selection button 3. Temperature control button 4. Fan speed control button If you press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system, rear passengers can control the rear climate system by using the rear climate control system.
OLX2048328L/OLX2048329L/OLX2049337N
Convenient features of your vehicle
Fan speed control
Temperature control
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
3
OLX2048327L
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
OLX2048330L
2. The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pushing the fan speed control button. The higher the fan speed is, the more air is delivered.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
OLX2048331L
2. To turn off the 3rd row air conditioning control system, press the 3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF button once more located on the front climate control panel or set the fan speed to the OFF position with the 3rd row fan speed switch (indicator light on the ON/OFF button is not illuminated).
3-165
Convenient features of your vehicle
OFF mode
Mode selection
OLX2048332L
Push the OFF button to turn the rear climate control system off.
OLX2048313
You can select the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
You can adjust the front climate control system for heating or cooling to passengers on 2nd row seats. The air flow is directed from the floor.
: Air flow is directed toward the upper body from the rear headliner.
: Air flow is directed toward the upper body and the floor.
: Air flow is directed toward the floor.
3-166
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear vents on the headliner
System Operation
The rear passengers can adjust the Cooling / Ventilation
direction of air flow from the rear 1. Select the Face Level
mode.
vents on the headliner.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
If you operate the rear climate con-
mode.
trol with rear vents closed, a noise may sound. When operating the rear climate control, open two or more
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
3
rear vents.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OLX2048314
Heating
No
Diffusion
Direction
lever (A) thumbwheel (B)
Description
1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh
Open
1
()
Close
The air is delivered widely toward the surroundings of rear passengers. However, the fan speed may be decreased.
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
Open
The air is delivered widely toward the rear
desired speed.
2
()
Open
passengers and surrounding of rear passengers.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control
Close
3
()
Open
The air is only delivered toward the rear passengers.
knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
3-167
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to recirculation mode. Return the control to fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to the desired temperature.
Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
3-168
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips System Maintenance
Have the cabin air filter replaced by
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
Cabin air filter
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the maintenance sched-
ule. If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads and/or if transporting
pets or occupants smoke inside the
vehicle, then more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are
3
required.
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air con-
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ditioning system with the windows
OIK047401L
and sunroof closed.
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
· Use the air conditioning system [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
every month only for a few minutes [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause
The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
the outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility.
In this case, set the mode selection
knob or button to the position
and fan speed control to the lower
speed.
3-169
Convenient features of your vehicle
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.
WARNING
Because the refrigerant is at very high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used, otherwise damage to the vehicle and personal injury may occur.
The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
Example
ODH044365R
The actual Air Conditioning refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below : 1. Classification of refrigerant 2. Amount of refrigerant 3. Classification of Compressor
lubricant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrigerant label.
3-170
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Front
1. Driver's temperature control knob
2. Passenger's temperature control knob
3
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. SYNC button
5. OFF button
6. Front windshield defroster button
7. Air conditioning button
8. Fan speed control button
9. Mode selection button
10. Rear climate control button
11. Rear window defroster button
12.Air intake control button
13. Climate control information screen
OLX2048300L
3-171
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Automatic Temperature Control Mode
The Automatic Climate Control System is controlled by setting the desired temperature.
For your convenience and to improve the efficiency of the climate control, use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 72°F (22°C).
1. Press the AUTO button (3).
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select.
Driver side
Passenger side
OLX2048301
2. To select a different set point, turn the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher temperature set point whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off, select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
3-172
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual Temperature Control Mode
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on.
The heating and cooling system can 7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
be controlled manually by pushing
full automatic control of the system.
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of buttons selected.
3
OLX2048072
NOTICE
Never place anything near the ambient light/solar sensor to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
When pressing any button except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
3-173
Convenient features of your vehicle Mode selection (9)
The air flow outlet direction is cycled as follows:
Face-Level (B, D) Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E) Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.
OLX2048304
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
3-174
Convenient features of your vehicle
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Instrument panel vents
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters.
Temperature control
Driver side
Passenger side
3
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (6) (A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters.
OLX2049306L
The instrument panel vent air flow can be directed up/down or left/right using the vent adjustment lever.
The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the vent control lever. If you move the vent control lever to the left end, the outlet vents can be closed.
OLX2048301
Turn the knob to the right to increase the temperature. Turn the knob to the left to decrease temperature.
The temperature will increase or decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
3-175
Convenient features of your vehicle
OLX2048307
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally
· Press the "SYNC" button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature equally.
The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side temperature.
· Turn the driver side temperature control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be adjusted equally.
Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually Press the "SYNC" button again to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually. The button indicator will turn off.
Temperature conversion If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, the temperature mode display will reset to Fahrenheit. To change the temperature unit from °F to °C or °C to °F: - On the instrument cluster, go to
User Settings Other Temperature Unit. - Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate control unit for 3 seconds.
The temperature unit on both the cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
Air intake control (12) The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode When Recirculation mode is selected, air from the passenger compartment will be recirculated through the system and heated or cooled according to the function selected.
Fresh mode When Fresh mode is selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
3-176
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Operating the system primarily in Fresh mode is recommended. Use Recirculation mode temporarily only
WARNING
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in
Fan speed control (8)
The fan speed can be set as desired by pushing the fan speed control button.
when needed.
Recirculation mode for a pro- More air is delivered with higher fan
Prolonged operation of the heater in
longed period of time may speeds.
Recirculation mode and without the A/C ON can cause fogging of the wind-
cause drowsiness to the occupants in the cabin. This
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
3
shield.
may lead to loss of vehicle
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C ON in Recirculation mode may result in excessively dry, dehumidified air in the cabin and may promote formation of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
control which may lead to an accident.
· Continued use of the climate control system operation in Recirculation mode with the A/C OFF may allow humidity
i Information
For better sound quality, fan speed may automatically slow down for a couple of minutes when you activate voice recognition or hands free.
to increase inside the cabin.
This may cause condensation NOTICE
to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
· Do not sleep in your vehicle or
Operating the fan when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to dis-
remain parked in your vehicle charge. Operate the fan when the
with the windows up and engine is running.
either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for pro-
longed periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
3-177
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning (7)
Push the A/C button to manually turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
Rear climate control button
OFF mode (5)
Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. You can still operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position.
OLX2048311
If you press the rear climate control button, rear passengers can control the rear climate system.
3-178
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear climate control
2nd row air conditioning control
1. AUTO button
2. Temperature control button
3
3. Mode selection button
4. Fan speed control button
5. OFF button
6. Climate control information screen
OLX2048318
If you press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system, rear passengers can control the rear climate system by using the rear climate control system.
When you want to use the rear climate control (heating and air conditioning)
1. Press the air conditioning button of the front climate control. 2. Adjust the rear climate control (temperature, air direction and fan speed). 3. Check that "Lock Control" is not selected in the infotainment system. If "Lock Control" is selected, the rear
climate control is not adjusted in the rear climate control panel.
3-179
Convenient features of your vehicle Fan speed control
Temperature control
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
OLX2048311
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
OLX2048323
2. The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by pushing the fan speed control button. The higher the fan speed is, the more air is delivered. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
OLX2048324
2. The temperature of delivered air can be set to the desired temperature by pushing the temperature control button.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
3-180
AUTO mode
Mode selection
OLX2048334L
The rear automatic climate control system is controlled by setting the desired temperature. 1. Press the AUTO button. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature setting you select. 2. Press the temperature control button to the desired temperature.
OFF mode Push the OFF button (5) to turn the rear climate control system off.
OLX2048313
OLX2048319
You can select the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. You can adjust the front climate control system for heating or cooling to passengers on 2nd row seats. The air flow is directed from the floor.
: Air flow is directed toward the upper body from the rear headliner. : Air flow is directed toward the upper body and the floor.
: Air flow is directed toward the 3
floor.
3-181
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear vents on the headliner
The rear passengers can adjust the direction of air flow from the rear vents on the headliner.
If you operate the rear climate control with rear vents closed, a noise may sound. When operating the rear climate control, open two or more rear vents.
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation 1. Select the Face Level mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
OLX2048314
Heating
No
Diffusion
Direction
lever (A) thumbwheel (B)
Description
1. Select the Floor Level mode. 2. Set the air intake control to fresh
Open
1
()
Close
The air is delivered widely toward the surroundings of rear passengers. However, the fan speed may be decreased.
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the desired position.
Open
The air is delivered widely toward the rear
4. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed.
2
()
Open
passengers and surrounding of rear passengers.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning ON with the temperature control
Close
3
()
Open
The air is only delivered toward the rear passengers.
knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost mode.
3-182
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
Air conditioning
NOTICE
· To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Return the control to the to fresh mode when the unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
· To help prevent the inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake control to fresh mode and the fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level mode.
4. Set the air intake control to Recirculation mode temporarily to allow the cabin to cool quickly. When the desired temperature in the cabin is reached, change the air intake control back to Fresh mode.
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures. Air conditioning system operation when climbing a steep grade or in high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan, but turn the air conditioning system off if the engine temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
3
system, and adjust the temperature 5. Adjust the fan speed control and
control to the desired temperature.
temperature control to maintain maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set the temperature control to the MAX A/C position, then set the fan speed control to the highest setting.
Air conditioning system operation tips
· If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather, open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
· After sufficient cooling has been achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
3-183
Convenient features of your vehicle
· To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
· Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance.
· If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the
position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
System Maintenance Cabin air filter
OIK047401L [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind the glove box. It filters the dust or other pollutants that enter the vehicle through the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads and/or if transporting pets or occupants smoke inside the vehicle, then more frequent cabin air filter inspections and changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-184
Convenient features of your vehicle
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
WARNING
Because the refriger-
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
Example
When the amount of refrigerant is
ant is at very high
low, the performance of the air con-
pressure, the air con-
ditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
ditioning system
reduces the performance of the air conditioning system.
should only be serviced by trained and certified
3
Therefore, if abnormal operation is technicians. It is important that
found, have the system inspected by the correct type and amount of
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
oil and refrigerant is used, oth-
erwise damage to the vehicle
ODH044365R
NOTICE
and personal injury may occur.
The actual Air Conditioning refriger-
It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur.
The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
Each symbols and specification on air conditioning refrigerant label means as below :
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of Compressor lubricant
Refer to chapter 8 for more detail location of the air conditioning refrigerant label.
3-185
Convenient features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
Do not use the or posi-
tion during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temper-
ature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the wind-
shield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an acci-
dent resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
· For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control knob to the highest temperature setting (rotated all the way to the right) and the fan speed control to the highest setting.
· If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
· Before driving, clear all snow and ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side windows.
· Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief engine warm up period may be required for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.
Manual Climate Control System
OLX2048335L
To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except "0"
position. 2. Select the desired temperature. 3. Select the or position. 4. Fresh mode will be selected auto-
matically. Additionally, the air conditioning will automatically operate if the mode is selected to the position. Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If the A/C ON LED is not illuminated, press the A/C button once to turn the air conditioner ON.
3-186
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).
Automatic Temperature Control System (if equipped)
3
OLX2048336L
To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest
setting (knob rotated all the way to the right). 2. Set the temperature control to the highest temperature setting. 3. Select the position. 4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF) and A/C ON will automatically be selected.
OLX2048320
To defog inside windshield 1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake control is in Fresh mode. If the air intake control LED is illuminated, press the button once to enable Fresh mode (LED OFF).
If the position is selected, the fan speed is automatically increased.
OLX2048321
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will be selected automatically.
If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed.
3-187
Convenient features of your vehicle
Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield, the air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to certain conditions such as or positions. To cancel or reset the defogging logic, do the following.
Manual climate control system 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. 2. Press the defroster button ( ). 3. Press the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds. The LED indicator on the air intake button will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled. Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
Automatic climate control system 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button ( ).
3. While pressing the air conditioning button (A/C), press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The Automatic Climate Control information screen will blink 3 times to indicate that the defogging logic has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable the defogging logic.
If the battery has been discharged or disconnected, it resets to the defog logic status.
Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with Automatic Temperature Control System) (if equipped)
OLX2049322N
Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture on inside the windshield. The auto defogging system operates when the heater or air conditioning is on.
i Information
The auto defogging system may not operate normally, when the outside temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
3-188
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the Auto Defogging To cancel or reset the System operates, the indi- Auto Defogging System
i Information
cator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is detected in the vehicle, the Auto Defogging System will be enabled. The following steps will be performed automatically: Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON. Step 2) The air intake control will
change to Fresh mode.
Press the front windshield defroster button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the Auto Defogging System is canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be displayed on the climate control information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink 6 times without a signal.
· When the air conditioning is turned on by Auto defogging system, if you try to turn off the air conditioning, the indicator will blink 3 times and the air conditioning will not be turned off.
· To maintain the effectiveness and efficiency of the Auto Defogging System, do not select Recirculation mode while the system is operating.
· When the Auto Defogging System is operating, the fan speed adjustment
3
Step 3) The mode will be changed to
button, the temperature adjustment
defrost to direct airflow to the
knob, and the air intake control but-
windshield.
ton are all disabled.
Step 4) The fan speed will be set to MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is ON, the Auto Defogging System Indicator will blink 3 times to signal that the manual operation has been canceled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
3-189
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear Window Defroster
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the rear window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to the "Windshield Defrosting and Defogging" section in this chapter.
The defroster heats the window to remove frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window, while the engine is running.
· To activate the rear window defroster, press the rear window defroster button located in the center control panel. The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
· To turn off the defroster, press the rear window defroster button again.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the side view mirror defrosters, they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster.
i Information
· If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
· The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.
3-190
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Cluster ionizer (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off automatically, when the ignition switch is in the OFF position.
Automatic Ventilation (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ON position or when the engine is running and temperature is below 59°F (15°C) with the recirculation mode selected more than three to five minutes, the air intake position will automatically change to fresh mode.
To cancel or reset the Automatic Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is on, select Face Level mode and press the recirculation mode button five times within three seconds while pressing A/C button.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is enabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 6 times.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is disabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 3 times.
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation (if equipped)
When the heater or air conditioning system is on with the sunroof opened, the fresh mode will be automatically selected. If you press the recirculation mode button with the sunroof open, recirculation mode activate but will only remain enabled for 3 minutes. After 3 minutes the air intake control will revert back to Fresh mode.
When the sunroof is closed, the air intake position will return to the original position that was selected.
3
3-191
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Never store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
Center Console Storage
Glove Box
WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside your vehicle are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compartment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments.
OLX2049073L
To open : Grab and hold the latch (1) on the arm rest then lift the lid.
To open: Pull the lever (1).
OLX2048075L
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after use. An open glove box door can cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger is wearing a seat belt.
3-192
Luggage Tray (if equipped)
OLX2048076
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in the box for easy access. · Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
3
3-193
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES Cup Holder
Front
Push the button and the cover opens. Push the buttons and the cup supporter protrudes from the front console. Push in the cup supporter securely after use.
Rear (2nd row, 3rd row)
Rear (2nd row)
OLX2048077
CAUTION
Do not place thin objects (coin, card etc.) on the cover. These may fall into the inside when the cover is operated.
Rear (3rd row)
OLX2048079
OLX2048078
Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.
3-194
OLX2048080
Cups or small beverages cups may be placed in the cup holders.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Rear (2nd row, 8 passengers vehicle)
· Do not place uncovered or
NOTICE
unsecured cups, bottles, · Keep your drinks sealed while
cans, etc., in the cup holder
driving to prevent spilling your
containing hot liquid while the
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
into the vehicle's electrical/elec-
may result in the event of a
tronic system and damage elec-
sudden stop or collision. · Only use soft cups in the cup
trical/electronic parts. · When cleaning spilled liquids do
3
holders. Hard objects can
not use hot air to blow out or dry
injure you in an accident.
the cup holder. This may dam-
age the interior.
OLX2048097
Pull the armrest down to use the cup holders.
WARNING
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a hot vehicle. It may explode.
· Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is in use to prevent spilling your drink. If hot liquid spills, you could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
3-195
Convenient features of your vehicle
Conversation mirror
Sunvisor
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor.
OLX2048074L
You can see widely the rear view through the conversation mirror. To open: Press the cover and the holder will slowly open. To close: Push back into position.
ODH047359
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side towards the window (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed. Use the ticket holder (5) to hold tickets.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket holder at one time. This could cause damage to the ticket holder.
3-196
Power Outlet
Front
Rear (2nd row)
Center console storage
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
3
OLX2048081 OLX2048082
Rear (3rd row, left side)
OLX2049411L
OLX2049083N
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180 W with the engine running.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the Power Outlets :
· Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
· Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W in electric capacity.
· Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet.
· Close the cover when not in use.
3-197
Convenient features of your vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
· Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle's power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle.
· Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat and the fuse may open.
· Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reverse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause system malfunction.
AC Inverter (if equipped)
OLX2049088N
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W electric power to operate electric accessories or equipments.
OUMA046410
i Information
· Rated voltage : AC 115V · Maximum electric power : 150W · In order to avoid an electrical sys-
tem failure, electric shock, etc., be sure to read owner's manual before use. · Be sure to close the cover except the time of use.
3-198
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
NOTICE
· Do not use two or more electric accessories or equipments at
To reduce a risk of serious or fatal injuries:
· To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not use the AC inverter while the engine is not
the same time. It may cause damage to the electrical systems of the vehicle.
· Do not use a heated electric
running.
· When the input voltage is lower,
device such as a coffeepot, · When not using the AC inverter, outlet LED will blink and the AC
toaster, heater, iron, etc.
make sure to close the AC invert- inverter will turn off automatical- 3
· Do not insert foreign objects
er cover.
ly. If the input voltage goes up to
into the outlet and do not · After using an electric accessory normal, the AC inverter will turn
touch the outlet as you may
or equipment, pull the plug out. on again.
get shocked.
Leaving the accessory or equip-
· Do not let children touch the
ment plugged in for a long time
AC inverter.
may cause battery discharge.
· Do not use an electric accessory or equipment the power consumption of which is greater than 150W (115V).
· Some electric accessories or equipments can cause electronic interference. It may cause excessive audio noise and malfunctions in other electric systems or devices in the vehicle.
· Do not use broken electric accessories or equipments, which may damage the AC inverter and electrical systems of the vehicle.
3-199
Convenient features of your vehicle
USB Charger (if equipped)
Front
Center console storage
Rear (3rd row, right side)
Rear (2nd row)
OLX2048084
Rear (3rd row, left side)
OLX2049412L
OLX2048087L
The battery charging state may be monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use.
OLX2049085N
OLX2048086L
The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged when the ignition switch is ON.
Insert the USB charger into the USB port, and re-charge a smart phone or a tablet PC.
3-200
Convenient features of your vehicle
· A smart phone or a tablet PC may Wireless Cellular Phone
To charge a cellular phone
get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging system.
Charging System (if equipped)
The wireless cellular phone charging system charges only the Qi-enabled cellular phones ( ). Read the label on the cellular phone accessory
· A smart phone or a tablet PC,
cover or visit your cellular phone
which adopts a different re-charg-
manufacturer's website to check
ing method, may not be properly
whether your cellular phone supports 3
re-charged. In this case, use an
the Qi technology.
exclusive charger of your device.
The wireless charging process starts
· The charging terminal is only to
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
recharge a device. Do not use the
phone on the wireless charging unit.
charging terminal either to turn ON
OLX2048089L
an audio or to play media.
1. Remove other items, including the
[A]: Indicator light, [B]: Charging pad
smart key, from the wireless charg-
On certain models, the vehicle comes equipped with a wireless cellular phone charger.
The system is available when all doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is ON.
ing unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone on the center of the charging pad ( ).
2. The indicator light is orange when the cellular phone is charging. The indicator light turns green when
phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user settings mode on the instrument cluster. For further information, refer to the "LCD Display Modes" in this chapter.
3-201
Convenient features of your vehicle
If your cellular phone is not charging: - Slightly change the position of the
cellular phone on the charging pad. - Make sure the indicator light is orange. The indicator light will blink orange for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system. In this case, temporarily stop the charging process, and re-attempt to charge your cellular phone again. The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless charging unit after the engine is turned OFF and the front door is opened.
i Information
For some manufacturers' cellular phones, the system may not warn you even though the cellular phone is left on the wireless charging unit. This is due to the particular characteristic of the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
3-202
NOTICE
· The wireless cellular phone charging system may not support certain cellular phones, which are not verified for the Qi specification ( ).
· When placing your cellular phone on the charging mat, position the phone in the middle of the mat for optimal charging performance. If your cell phone is off to the side, the charging rate may be less and in some cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction.
· In some cases, the wireless charging may stop temporarily when the Remote Key or Smart Key is used, either when starting the vehicle or locking/unlocking the doors, etc.
· When charging certain cellular phones, the charging indicator may not change to green when the cell phone is fully charged.
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases inside the wireless cellular phone charging system. Stop the charging cellular phone and wait until temperature falls to a certain level.
· The wireless charging process may temporarily stop when there is any metallic item, such as a coin, between the wireless cellular phone charging system and the cellular phone.
· When charging some cellular phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed may decrease and the wireless charging may stop.
· If the cellular phone has a thick cover, the wireless charging may not be possible.
· If the cell phone is not completely contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate properly.
· Some magnetic items like credit cards, phone cards or rail tickets may be damaged if left with the cellular phone during the charging process.
Convenient features of your vehicle
· When any cellular phone without a Clock
Coat Hook
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the charging pad, a small noise may
WARNING
sound. This small sound is due to Do not attempt to adjust the
the vehicle discerning compatibil- clock while driving. Doing so
ity of the object placed on the may result in distracted driving
charging pad. It does not affect your vehicle or the cellular phone
which may lead to an accident involving personal injury or
3
in any way.
death.
i Information
If the ignition switch is in the OFF position, the charging also stops.
i Information
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and 2. This device must accept any inter-
ference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
You can set the time through infotainment system.
OTM048095
These hangers are not designed to hold large or heavy items.
3-203
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
OTM048096
Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothes pockets. In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to attach the floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats or liners over the floor mats. If using All Weather mats, remove the carpeted floor mats before installing them. Only use floor mats designed to connect to the anchors.
WARNING
The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
· Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle.
· Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
· Do not stack floor mats on top of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single floor mat should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was manufactured with driver's side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.
3-204
Convenient features of your vehicle
Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)
To keep items from shifting in the luggage compartment, you can use the 4 holders located in the luggage board to attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the luggage board.
Cargo Security Screen (if equipped)
To use the cargo security screen
3
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net's recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.
Use the luggage net to keep only light items from shifting in the luggage compartment.
OLX2048402L
Use the cargo security screen to cover items stored in the cargo area.
OLX2048403L
1. Pull the cargo security screen towards the rear of the vehicle by the handle (1).
2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the guide (3).
i Information
Pull out the cargo security screen with the handle in the center to prevent the guide pin from falling out of the guide.
3-205
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the cargo security screen is not in use: 1. Pull the cargo security screen
backward and up to release it from the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will automatically slide back in.
i Information
The cargo security screen may not automatically slide back in if the cargo security screen is not fully pulled out. Pull the cargo screen out all the way and then slowly allow the screen to retract back into the mechanism.
To remove the cargo security screen
1. Push one side of the cargo screen inward to compress the spring mechanism and release the screen from the vehicle.
2. While the mechanism is compressed, pull out the cargo security screen.
3. Open the luggage tray and keep the cargo security screen in the tray.
To remove the cargo security screen from the luggage tray
OTLE055152
1. Pull up the screen board.
3-206
OTLE055153
2. Push in the guide pin.
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Side Curtain (if equipped)
· Do not place objects on the
cargo security screen. Such
objects may be thrown about
inside the vehicle and possi-
bly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or when
3
braking.
OTLE055154
3. While pushing the guide pin, pull out the cargo security screen.
NOTICE
Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed, do not put luggage on it when it is used.
· Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.
· Maintain the balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as forward as possible.
OLX2048090
To use the side curtain: 1. Lift the curtain by the curtain knob
(1). 2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
3-207
Convenient features of your vehicle
CAUTION
· Always hang both sides of the curtain on the hook. This could cause damage to the side curtain if only one side of the curtain is hooked.
· Do not let any foreign material get in between the vehicle and side curtain. The side curtain may not be lifted up.
· Do not hang other objects except the side curtain.
· When using the side curtain and turning it back into place, pulling the curtain or applying force may cause damage to the side curtain. When lowering the curtain, be sure to place the curtain knob downward in that state and slowly return it to the position.
3-208
Convenient features of your vehicle
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof Side Rails (if equipped)
NOTICE
· The vehicle center of gravity will
· When carrying cargo on the roof
be higher when items are
rack, take the necessary precau-
loaded onto the roof rack.
tions to make sure the cargo
Avoid sudden starts, braking,
does not damage the roof of the
sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers
vehicle.
or high speeds that may result
· When carrying large objects on the roof rack, make sure they do
in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
3
not exceed the overall roof · Always drive slowly and turn
length or width.
corners carefully when carry-
ing items on the roof rack.
OLX2048091
Severe wind updrafts, caused
If your vehicle comes equipped with roof side rails, then roof rack crossbars can be installed on top of your vehicle.
The roof rack crossbars are an accessory and are available at your local HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
· The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack. Distribute the load as evenly as possible onto the roof rack and secure the load firmly.
by passing vehicles or natural causes, can cause sudden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack. This is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as wood panels or mattresses. This could cause the items to
NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation.
Loading cargo or luggage in excess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage your vehicle.
ROOF RACK
220 lbs. (100kg) EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you.
· To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.
3-209
Multimedia System
Infotainment System..............................................4-2 USB Port ..............................................................................4-2 Antenna ...............................................................................4-2 Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ..................................4-4 Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-4
4
Multimedia System
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
· If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp, your vehicle's audio and electronic devices may not function properly.
· Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration.
USB port
OLX2048093L
You can use a USB port to plug in a USB device.
i Information
When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet, noise may occur during playback. If this happens, use the portable audio device's power source.
Antenna Pole antenna (if equipped)
OLX2048404L
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals. This antenna pole is removable. To remove the roof antenna pole, turn it counterclockwise. To install the roof antenna pole, turn it clockwise.
NOTICE Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash, remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the antenna may be damaged.
4-2
Multimedia System
· When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception.
· When cargo is loaded on the roof
Steering Wheel Audio Control
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is pressed up or down and held for 0.8 second or more, it will function in the following modes:
rack, do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button. It will SEEK until you
Shark fin antenna (if equipped)
release the button.
4
OTM048402 MEDIA mode
NOTICE
It will function as the FF/RW button.
Do not operate multiple audio If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
remote control buttons simultane- pressed up or down, it will function
ously.
in the following modes:
OLX2048092
The shark fin antenna will receive the AM, FM broadcast signals and transmit data.
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
· Press the VOLUME (+) switch up to increase volume.
· Press the VOLUME (-) switch down to decrease volume.
RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.
MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN button. MODE (3) Press the MODE button to select Radio and Media.
4-3
Multimedia System
MUTE ( ) (4)
· Press the MUTE button to mute the sound.
· Press the MUTE button again to activate the sound.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
i Information
Detailed information for audio control buttons are described in the separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
(1) Call / Answer button (2) Call end button (3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth hands-free is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
OTM048404
Audio (Display Audio) / Video / Navigation System (if equipped)
Detailed information for the Audio/AVN system is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
OLX2049094L
4-4
Driving your vehicle
Before Driving ........................................................5-5 All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-43
Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-5
AWD Operation ................................................................5-44
Before Starting ..................................................................5-5
LCD display message......................................................5-47
Ignition Switch........................................................5-7
Emergency Precautions.................................................5-48
Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-7
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system...........................5-50
Engine Start/Stop Button .............................................5-10
To Activate the ISG System ..........................................5-50
Automatic Transmission ......................................5-15
To Deactivate the ISG System......................................5-53
Automatic transmission operation ..............................5-15
ISG System Malfunction................................................5-53
Parking ...............................................................................5-18
Battery Sensor Deactivation ........................................5-54
LCD display message......................................................5-19
Drive Mode Integrated Control system
Good driving practices ...................................................5-20
(2WD).....................................................................5-55
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) ..........................5-22
Drive Mode .......................................................................5-55
Braking system.....................................................5-23 Drive Mode Integrated Control system
5
Power Brakes ...................................................................5-23
(AWD) ....................................................................5-59
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-24
Drive Mode .......................................................................5-59
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-24
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-29
system....................................................................5-63
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-33
System Setting and Operation.....................................5-63
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-35
FCA Warning Message and Brake Control ...............5-66
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-38
FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front Camera).................5-68
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-39
System Malfunction .......................................................5-70
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ......................................5-39
Limitations of the System.............................................5-72
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA).........................................5-42
Good Braking Practices.................................................5-42
Blind-Spot Collision Warning/
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist .............5-78
System Description .........................................................5-78
System Setting and Operation.....................................5-79
Warning and System Control .......................................5-82
Detecting Sensor (Camera and Radar) ......................5-84
Limitations of the System.............................................5-87
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
(RCCA) ...................................................................5-92
System Description .........................................................5-92
System Setting and Operation.....................................5-93
5
Warning and System Control .......................................5-95
Detecting Sensor.............................................................5-98
Limitations of the System.............................................5-99
Lane Following Assist (LFA) system ...............5-103
LFA Setting and Operation .........................................5-104
Warning Message .........................................................5-105
Limitations of the System...........................................5-107
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system .................5-109
LKA System Operation.................................................5-110
Warning Light and Message ......................................5-112
Limitations of the System...........................................5-114
LKA System Function Change ...................................5-116
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system .......5-117 System Setting and Operation...................................5-117 Resetting the System...................................................5-118 System Standby.............................................................5-119 System Malfunction .....................................................5-119
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system............5-121 System Setting and Operation...................................5-121 Warning Message .........................................................5-124
Smart Cruise Control With Stop & Go System ...........................................................5-128
Smart Cruise Control Switch ......................................5-129 Adjusting the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control .............................................................................5-129 To Convert to Cruise Control Mode .........................5-130 Smart Cruise Control Speed .......................................5-131 Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance ...........................................................................5-135 Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead ................................................................5-138 Limitations of the System...........................................5-140
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert .....................5-146 System Setting and Operation...................................5-146
Special Driving Conditions ................................5-148
Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-148
Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-148
Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-149
Driving at Night .............................................................5-149
Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-149
Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-150
Highway Driving ............................................................5-150
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ...............................5-151
Winter Driving ....................................................5-152
Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-152
Winter Precautions.......................................................5-154
Trailer Towing.....................................................5-156
5
If you decide to pull a trailer.....................................5-156
Trailer towing equipment ............................................5-158
Driving with a trailer ....................................................5-159
Maintenance when trailer towing ...........................5-162
Vehicle Load Limit..............................................5-164
Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-165
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
5-4
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING
Before Entering the Vehicle
Before Starting
· Be sure all windows, outside mir- · Make sure the hood, the liftgate,
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
ror(s), and outside lights are clean and unobstructed.
and the doors are securely closed and locked.
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components including components found in the interior furnishings in a
· Remove frost, snow, or ice.
· Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage.
· Check under the vehicle for any
· Adjust the position of the seat and steering wheel.
· Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors.
vehicle, contain or emit harmful
sign of leaks.
· Verify all the lights work.
chemicals known to the State of · Be sure there are no obstacles · Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
California to cause cancer and
behind you if you intend to back up. passengers have fastened their
birth defects and reproductive
seatbelts.
harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth
· Check the gauges and indicators in 5
the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
defects or other reproductive
· Check that any items you are car-
harm.
rying are stored properly or fas-
For more information go to
tened down securely.
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
v/passenger-vehicle
Driving your vehicle
5-5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
· Always drive defensively. Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and make mistakes.
· Stay focused on the task of driving. Driver distraction can cause accidents.
· Leave plenty of space between you and the vehicle in front of you.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result in an accident and SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don't drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.
5-6
IGNITION SWITCH Key Ignition Switch
ACC
ON START
WARNING
WARNING
NEVER turn the ignition switch
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
LOCK
to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning
· NEVER allow children or any
off and loss of power assist for
person who is unfamiliar with
the steering and brake systems.
the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
· NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch, or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a
OAE056172
Whenever the front door is opened, the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position. The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on or go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. (if equipped)
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and turn ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement
5
loss of vehicle control result-
may occur if these precautions
ing in an accident.
are not followed.
Driving your vehicle
5-7
Driving your vehicle
Key ignition switch positions
Switch Position
Action
LOCK
To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, put the key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position.
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position.
Notice
ACC Some of the electrical accessories are usable.
ON START
This is the normal key position when the engine has Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when
started.
the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery
All features and accessories are usable.
from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignition switch from ACC to ON.
To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START The engine will crank until you release the key. position. The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.
5-8
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· Do not hold the ignition key in the START position for more than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before trying again.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
your ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
i Information
Turning off the engine
· It is best to maintain a moderate engine speed until the vehicle engine comes up to normal operating temperature. Avoid harsh or abrupt
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
5
acceleration or deceleration while 3. Turn the ignition switch to the off
the engine is still cold.
position and apply the parking
· Whether the engine is cold or warm,
brake.
always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while start-
ing the vehicle. Do not rev the
engine while warming it up.
Driving your vehicle
5-9
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop Button
OLX2058074
Whenever the front door is opened, the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds after the door is closed.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury or death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the Engine Start/Stop button or related parts. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency: Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than two seconds OR rapidly press and release the Engine Start/ Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the gear in the N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
· NEVER press the Engine Start/ Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake, press the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
· NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the Engine Start/Stop button or any other control while the vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
5-10
Engine Start/Stop button positions
Button Position
Action
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the Engine Start/Stop button with the gear in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the gear in P (Park), the Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.
Notice
ACC
5
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
button is in the OFF position without depress- ACC position with the gear in P (Park) for more
ing the brake pedal.
than one hour, the battery power will turn off
Some of the electrical accessories are automatically to prevent the battery from dis-
usable.
charging.
Driving your vehicle
5-11
Driving your vehicle
Button Position ON
Action
Notice
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in
in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position when the engine is not run-
brake pedal.
ning to prevent the battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.
START
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal If you press the Engine Start/Stop button with-
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with out depressing the brake pedal, the engine
the gear in the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral) does not start and the Engine Start/Stop but-
position.
ton changes as follows:
For your safety, start the engine with the gear OFF ACC ON OFF
in the P (Park) position.
However, the engine may start if you depress
the brake pedal within 0.5 second after press-
ing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF
position.
5-12
Starting the engine
i Information
1. Always carry the smart key with you.
WARNING
· Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere
· The engine will start by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button, only when the smart key is in the vehicle.
· Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver, the engine may not start.
· When the Engine Start/Stop button
2. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
with your ability to use the
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
brake and accelerator pedals.
door is open, the system checks for i Information
· Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident.
· Wait until the engine rpm is normal. The vehicle may sud-
the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the " " indicator will blink and the warning "Key not in vehicle" will come on and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using
· Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be avoided.)
5
denly move if the brake pedal
the ACC position or if the vehicle · Always start the vehicle with your
is released when the rpm is
engine is ON.
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
high.
depress the accelerator while start-
ing the vehicle. Do not rev the
engine while warming it up.
Driving your vehicle
5-13
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
· If the engine stalls while you are in motion, do not attempt to shift the gear to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the gear in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving and press the Engine Start/Stop button in an attempt to restart the engine.
· Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is blown, you can't start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds with the Engine Start/ Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp switch fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine.
OLX2058001
i Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly, you can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the picture above.
Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the off position and apply the parking brake.
5-14
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has eight forward speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
5
OLX2058003
5-15
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the gear position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
· ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
· Before leaving the driver's seat, always make sure the gear is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed.
· Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must depress firmly on the brake pedal and make sure your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
The gear must be in P (Park) before turning the engine off.
WARNING
· Shifting into P (Park) while the vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle.
· After the vehicle has stopped, always make sure the gear is in P (Park), apply the parking brake, and turn the engine off.
· Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking brake.
R (Reverse) Use this position to drive the vehicle backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in motion.
When the vehicle is stopped in R (Reverse) position, if you open the driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear is shifted to P (Park) position automatically.
However when the vehicle moves in R (Reverse) position, if you open the driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear may be not shifted to P (Park) position automatically for protecting the automatic transmission.
5-16
N (Neutral)
D (Drive)
Shift-lock system
The wheels and transmission are not This is the normal driving position. For your safety, the automatic trans-
engaged.
The transmission will automatically mission has a shift-lock system
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) if you need to leave your
shift through a 8-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and power.
To start the vehicle forward, push the
which prevents shifting the gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the brake pedal is depressed.
vehicle for any reason.
D (Drive) button by depressing the To shift the gear from P (Park) or N
Always depress the brake pedal brake pedal with the engine ON. (Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive):
when you are shifting from N Then depress the accelerator pedal 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
(Neutral) to another gear.
smoothly.
2. Start the engine or place the igni-
For extra power when passing anoth-
tion switch in the ON position.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when
er vehicle or driving uphill, depress the accelerator fully. The transmission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
3. Depress the brake pedal and push the R (Reverse) or D (Drive) button.
5
the engine is running at high When the vehicle is stopped in D
speed can cause the vehicle to (Drive) position, if you open the dri-
move very rapidly. You could ver's door with the seat belt unfas-
lose control of the vehicle and tened, the gear is shifted to P (Park)
hit people or objects.
position automatically.
However when the vehicle moves in D (Drive) position, if you open the driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear may not shift to P (Park) position automatically to protect the automatic transmission.
Driving your vehicle
5-17
Driving your vehicle
When the battery is discharged:
You cannot shift the gear when the battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to move the shift button to N (Neutral) on a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from another vehicle or from a another battery to the jump-starting terminals inside the engine compartment.
For more information refer to "Jump Starting" in chapter 6.
2. Release the parking brake with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N(Neutral) position. Refer to the "Stay in Neutral when vehicle is Off" in this chapter.
Parking
Always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Press the P button, apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.
· The gear is shifted to P (Park) position automatically for safety under the following conditions.
- When the driver unfastens the seat belt and opens the driver's door.
- When the engine is turned off with the gear shifted to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The engine or exhaust system may overheat and start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep away from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry grass, paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.
5-18
LCD display message
PARK engaged
Vehicle will stay in (N). Change
Shifting conditions not met
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when engine RPM is too high, or when driving speed is too fast to shift the gear.
We recommend you decrease the engine speed or slow down before shifting the gear.
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when the gear is shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle is moving. Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park).
Press and hold OK button to stay in Neutral when vehicle is
gear to cancel
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when pushing the "OK" button on the steering wheel after the message ("Press and hold OK button to stay in Neutral when vehicle is Off") appears on the cluster LCD display. The gear stays in N(Neutral) position after turning off the engine.
Press brake pedal to change
Off
gear
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when the brake pedal is not depressed while shifting the gear.
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when pushing the N(Neutral) button. If you want to stay N(Neutral) after turning off the engine, press and hold the "OK" button on the steering wheel more than
NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the LCD display, when the N (Neutral) position is engaged.
5
We recommend you to depress the 1 second. brake pedal and then shift the gear.
Gear already selected
The message appears on the LCD
Shift to P after stopping
display, when pushing the current shift button again.
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the gear is
shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle
is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P (Park).
Driving your vehicle
5-19
Driving your vehicle
Shift button held down
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when the shift button is pressed continuously or the shift button does not properly operate. Clean the surroundings of gear shift button.
If this message appears again, we recommend you to have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Shifter system malfunction
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when the transmission or the shift button does not properly operate in the P (Park) position.
In this case, we recommend you to immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check shift controls
The warning message appears on the LCD display, when there is a malfunction with transmission shift button.
In this case, we recommend you to immediately have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Good driving practices
· Never shift the gear from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed.
· Never shift the gear into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
· Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident because of a loss of engine braking and the transmission could be damaged.
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure.
· When driving in sports mode, slow down before shifting to a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.
5-20
· Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.
· Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
· ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant.
· In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes.
· HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
drive wheels to lose traction and · Avoid high speeds when cor-
may cause loss of vehicle control
nering or turning.
resulting in an accident · Optimum vehicle performance and
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as
5
economy is obtained by smoothly
sharp lane changes or fast,
depressing and releasing the
sharp turns.
accelerator.
· The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
· Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway.
Driving your vehicle
5-21
Driving your vehicle
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)
OLX2058002
The paddle shifter is available when the gear is in the D (Drive) position.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear and the system changes from automatic shift mode to manual shift mode.
To change back to the automatic shift mode from manual shift mode, do one of the following:
· Gently depress the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds.
· Drive the vehicle under 6 mph (10 km/h).
· Pull and hold the right side paddle shifter.
i Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur.
5-22
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted
WARNING
· Wet brakes may impair the vehicle's ability to safely slow
brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work. You can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied. Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted.
Take the following precautions:
· Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad wear, and increased stopping distances.
· When descending down a long or steep hill, use the paddle shifter and manually downshift to a lower gear in order to control your speed without using the brake pedal excessively. Applying the brakes continuously will
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fash-
ion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, light-
ly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintain-
ing a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to
5
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes func-
tion correctly.
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a tempo-
rary loss of braking perform-
ance.
Driving your vehicle
5-23
Driving your vehicle
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal. Note that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply (or lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not continue to drive with worn brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Applying the parking brake
OLX2058082
To apply the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Warning Light comes on.
Brake
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the brake system and lead to an accident.
5-24
Releasing the parking brake
i Information
· For your safety, you can engage the EPB even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
· For your safety, depress the brake pedal and release the parking brake manually with the EPB switch when you drive downhill or when backing up the vehicle.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be automatically applied when:
· Requested by other systems
· The driver turns the engine off while Auto Hold is operating.
OLX2059083L
NOTICE
To release the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
· If the parking brake warning light is still on even though the
5
· Place the ignition switch in the ON EPB has been released, have the
position.
system checked by an author-
· Depress and hold the brake pedal. ized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Press the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning Light goes off.
· Do not drive your vehicle with the EPB applied. It may cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear.
Driving your vehicle
5-25
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
OTMA058132
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt, close door, hood and liftgate · If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a message will appear. · If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the engine hood or liftgate is opened, a warning will sound and a message will appear. · If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a message may appear. If the situation occurs, depress the brake pedal and release EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
WARNING
· Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the gear into the P (Park) position, press the EPB switch, and set the ignition switch to the OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park) with the parking brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
· NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the EPB switch. If the EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
· Only release the EPB when you are seated inside the vehicle with your foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
· Do not apply the accelerator pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the accelerator pedal with the EPB engaged, a warning will sound and a message will appear. Damage to the parking brake may occur.
· Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear or damage to brake parts. Make sure the EPB is released and the Parking Brake Warning Light is off before driving.
5-26
i Information
· A clicking sound may be heard while operating or releasing the EPB. These conditions are normal and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
· When leaving your keys with a parking attendant or assistant, make sure to inform him/her how to operate the EPB.
OIK057079N
OIK057077N
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal
Parking brake automatically engaged
When the conversion from Auto Hold If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a is activated, a warning will sound and
5
warning will sound and a message a message will appear.
will appear.
Driving your vehicle
5-27
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
OLX2058075
This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is set to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally. If the EPB malfunction indicator remains on, comes on while driving, or does not come on when the ignition switch is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned. If this occurs, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may illuminate when the ESC indicator comes on to indicate that the ESC is not working properly, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
· If the EPB warning light is still on, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even though the EPB switch was pulled up, the EPB may not be applied.
· If the parking brake warning light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch, and then pull it up. Repeat this one more time. If the EPB warning does not go off, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking brake warning light
Check the Parking Brake Warning Light by placing the ignition switch to the ON position (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light remains on after the parking brake is released while engine is running, there may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location.
5-28
Emergency braking
NOTICE
Auto Hold
If there is a problem with the brake pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and holding the EPB switch. Braking is possible only while you are holding the EPB switch. However, braking
If you continuously notice a noise or burning smell when the EPB is used for emergency braking, have system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a standstill even though the brake pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete stop by depressing the brake pedal.
distance will be longer than normal. When the EPB (Electronic Parking To apply :
WARNING
Brake) does not release If the EPB does not release normal-
Do not operate the parking ly, we recommend that you contact
brake while the vehicle is mov- an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by
ing except in an emergency situation. It could damage the
loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and have the system checked.
5
brake system and lead to a
severe accident.
i Information
During emergency braking, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is operating.
OLX2058013
1. With the driver's door and engine hood closed, depress the brake pedal and then press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD indicator will come on and the system will be in the standby position.
Driving your vehicle
5-29
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059014L
2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the brake pressure to hold the vehicle stationary. The indicator changes from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released.
To release :
· If you press the accelerator pedal with the gear in D (Drive) or Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
· If the vehicle is restarted using the cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise control is operating, the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
WARNING
When the AUTO HOLD is automatically released by depressing the accelerator pedal, always take a look around your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal for a smooth start.
To cancel :
OLX2058015
1.Depress the brake pedal. 2.Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your foot on the brake pedal to cancel the Auto Hold before you: - Drive downhill. - Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse). - Park the vehicle.
5-30
i Information
· The Auto Hold does not operate when: - The driver's door is opened - The engine hood is opened - The gear is in P (Park) or R (Reverse)
In these cases, the parking brake warning light comes on, the AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white, and a warning sound and a message will appear to inform you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again, press foot brake pedal, check the surrounding area near your vehicle
WARNING
· Depress the accelerator pedal slowly when you start the vehicle.
· For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold when you drive downhill, back up the vehicle
- The EPB is applied
and release parking brake manually
or park the vehicle.
· For your safety, the Auto Hold auto- with the EPB switch.
matically switches to EPB when:
· While operating Auto Hold, you may NOTICE
- The driver's door is opened with hear mechanical noise. However, it is
the gear in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
normal operating noise.
If there is a malfunction with the driver's door or engine hood open
5
- The engine hood is opened with the gear in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The vehicle stops for more than 10 minutes
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working properly. Contact
detection system, the Auto Hold may not work properly.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The vehicle stands on a steep slope an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The vehicle moves several times
Driving your vehicle
5-31
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
Type A
Type B
OIK057077N/OIK057075N
Parking brake automatically engaged When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
OIK057079N
AUTO HOLD turning Off! Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold to EPB is not working properly a warning will sound and a message will appear.
When this message is displayed, the Auto Hold and EPB may not operate. For your safety, depress the brake pedal.
OIK057080L
Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when you release the Auto Hold by pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will sound and a message will appear.
5-32
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
· Tire chains are installed on
WARNING
your vehicle. The safety features of an ABS
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or an Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous driving
or ESC equipped vehicle should not be tested by high speed driving or cornering. This could endanger the safety of yourself or others.
maneuvers. Even though vehi-
OTM058159L cle control is improved during
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
emergency braking, always ABS is an electronic braking system
Close door and hood.
maintain a safe distance that helps prevent a braking skid.
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] switch, if the driver's door and engine
between you and objects ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should
ABS allows the driver to steer and brake at the same time.
5
hood are not closed, a warning will always be reduced during
sound and a message will appear on extreme road conditions. The
the cluster LCD display.
braking distance for cars
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after closing the driver's door and hood.
equipped with ABS or ESC may be longer than for those without these systems in the following
road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds during the following conditions:
· Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
· On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different surface height.
Driving your vehicle
5-33
Driving your vehicle
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results from sudden changes in direction, such as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed for the road and weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause your vehicle to veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position. During that time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible
WARNING
If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
5-34
NOTICE
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
When you drive on a road having
WARNING
poor traction, such as an icy road,
Never drive too fast for the road
and apply your brakes continu-
conditions or too quickly when
ously, the ABS will be active con-
cornering. The ESC system will
tinuously and the ABS warning
not prevent accidents.
light ( ) may illuminate. Pull
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
your car over to a safe place and
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
turn the engine off.
on wet surfaces can result in
Restart the engine. If the ABS
severe accidents.
warning light is off, then your ABS
system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a prob-
OLX2059016L ESC operation
lem with your ABS system. The Electronic Stability Control ESC ON condition
5
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI (ESC) system helps to stabilize the When the ignition switch is in the ON
dealer as soon as possible.
vehicle during cornering maneuvers. position, the ESC and the ESC OFF
ESC checks where you are steering indicator lights illuminate for approxi-
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery, the ABS warning light ( ) may turn on at the same time. This happens because of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle.
and where the vehicle is actually going. ESC applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle's brakes and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver with keeping the vehicle on the intended path. It is not a substitute for safe driving practices. Always adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.
mately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
Driving your vehicle
5-35
Driving your vehicle
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light blinks:
· When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your ESC is active.
· When the ESC activates, the engine may not respond to the accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
· If the Cruise Control was in use when the ESC activates, the Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control System" later in this chapter. (if equipped)
· When moving out of the mud or driving on a slippery road, the engine RPM (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and does not indicate a problem.
5-36
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation :
· State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction Control disabled" will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates.
· State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light and message "Traction and Stability Control disabled" illuminates and a warning chime sounds. In this state, both the traction control function of ESC (engine management) and the brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.
If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again.
Indicator lights
ESC indicator light (blinks)
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the ignition switch is placed to the ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating. If ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off while the ESC indicator light is blinking or you may lose control of the vehicle resulting in an accident.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in snow or mud by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC to maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface.
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system operation.
NOTICE
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC
To prevent damage to the transmission:
5
system to malfunction. Before · Do not allow wheel(s) of one
replacing tires, make sure all four axle to spin excessively while
tires and wheels are the same the ESC, ABS, and parking brake
size. Never drive the vehicle with warning lights are displayed.
different sized wheels and tires The repairs would not be cov-
installed.
ered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) excessive-
ly while these lights are dis-
played.
· When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer, make sure the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).
Driving your vehicle
5-37
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) is a function of the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough roads where traction over the four tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Vehicle Stability Management (VSM): · ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
· Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad weather, slippery and uneven roads can result in severe accidents.
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
· The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) is on.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 13 mph (22 km/h) on curve roads.
· Vehicle speed is approximately above 6 mph (10 km/h) when the vehicle is braking on a two surface road.
The two surface road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces.
When operating When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
i Information
The VSM does not operate when: · Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline. · Driving rearward. · ESC OFF indicator light is on. · EPS (Electric Power Steering) warn-
ing light ( ) is on or blinks.
5-38
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing tires, make sure all four tires and wheels are the same size. Never drive the vehicle with different sized tires and wheels installed.
WARNING
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards when starting a vehicle from a stop on a hill. The system operates the brakes automatically for approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) (if equipped)
If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS warning light ( ) stays on
WARNING
or blinks, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Always be ready to depress the
OLX2058017
accelerator pedal when starting off on an incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2 seconds.
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC) feature assists the driver to descend down a steep hill without having to depress the brake pedal.
5
The system automatically applies the
NOTICE
brakes to maintain the vehicle speed
· The HAC does not operate when the vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or N (Neutral)
· The HAC activates even though the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
below a certain speed and allows the driver to concentrate on steering the vehicle down hill.
The DBC defaults to the off position whenever the ignition switch is placed to the ON position. Press the button to activate the system and press the button again to deactivate.
Driving your vehicle
5-39
Driving your vehicle
DBC operation
Mode
Indicator light
Description
Standby
Green light turns on
Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under 37 mph (60 km/h). The DBC system will turn on and enter the standby mode.
The system does not turn on if the vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
Activated
Green light blinks
In the standby mode, the DBC will activate under the following conditions:
· The hill is steep enough.
· The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
· The vehicle speed is within 2~25 mph (4~40 km/h) range (within 1.5~5 mph (2.5~8 km/h) when reversing).
Within the activation speed range 2~25 mph (4~40 km/h), the driver can control the vehicle speed by depressing the brake/accelerator pedal.
-
Green light turns off
The DBC will turn off under the following conditions: · The DBC button is pressed again. · The vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
Deactivated
The DBC will be deactivated but maintain the standby mode under the following conditions:
· The hill is not steep enough.
Green light turns on · The vehicle speed is between 25~37 mph (40~60 km/h).
(maintains standby mode)
System malfunction
5-40
Yellow light turns on
The yellow warning light illuminates when the system may have malfunctioned or may not work properly during the activation. In this case, the DBC system is deactivated. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
NOTICE
Always turn off the DBC on normal roads. The DBC might activate inadvertently from the standby mode when driving through speed bumps or making sharp curves.
· The DBC may not deactivate on steep inclines even though the brake or accelerator pedal is depressed.
· The DBC system may not always maintain the vehicle speed at a certain speed.
· The DBC does not operate when:
OTMA048167 i Information
- The gear is in P (Park).
Downhill Brake Control disabled. Control vehicle speed
· Noise or vibration may occur from the brakes when the DBC is activat-
- The ESC is activated.
When the DBC system is not working properly this warning message will appear on the LCD display and you will hear a warning sound. If this
ed.
· The rear stop light comes on when DBC is activated.
5
occurs, control the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
5-41
Driving your vehicle
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA)
Trailer Stability Assist system helps stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer sways or oscillates. There are various reasons making the vehicle sway and oscillate.
Factors of swaying are such as: - High speed - Strong crosswinds - Improper overloading - Sudden controlling of steering
wheel - Uneven road
Trailer Stability Assist system continuously analyzes the vehicle and trailer instability. When the Trailer Stability Assist system detects some sway, the brakes are applied automatically to stabilize the vehicle on the front wheel. However, if it is not enough to stabilize, the brakes are applied on all wheels automatically and engine power is properly reduced. When the vehicle is stable from swaying, trailer stability assist system does not operate.
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to depress the brake pedal. Shift the gear to P (Park), then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply the parking brake before exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to normal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down. When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped to prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
5-42
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system delivers engine torque to both the front and rear wheels for extra traction. AWD is useful when maximum traction is required on slippery,
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
NOTICE
· Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads. · Do not drive in conditions that · Check your brake condition
Occasional off-road use such as established unpaved roads and trails are OK. It is always important that the driver carefully reduces the
exceed the vehicles intended design such as challenging off-road conditions.
· Avoid high speeds when cor-
once you are out of mud or water. Depress the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking
speed to a level that does not exceed
nering or turning.
return.
the safe operating speed for those conditions.
· Do not make quick steering wheel movements, such as
· Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in off-
sharp lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
road conditions such as sand, mud or water (see "Maintenance
5
· The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose con-
Under Severe Usage Conditions" in chapter 7).
trol of your vehicle at highway · Always wash your vehicle thor-
speeds.
oughly after off road use, espe-
· Loss of control often occurs if
cially the bottom of the vehicle.
two or more wheels drop off · Be sure to equip the vehicle with
the roadway and the driver
four tires of the same size and
over steers to reenter the
type.
roadway.
· Make sure that a full time AWD
· In the event your vehicle
vehicle is towed by a flat bed
leaves the roadway, do not
tow truck.
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
Driving your vehicle
5-43
Driving your vehicle
AWD Operation All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection
Transfer mode
Selection mode
Description
AWD AUTO (Normal driving)
In the AWD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions, the vehicle operates
similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If the system determines there is a need for four
wheel drive, the engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automatically.
-
Use this mode when driving on normal roads.
If you select the "Driving force distribution" in the cluster, Driving force distribution (AWD) state is displayed.
SNOW
In this mode, the vehicle can start stably by properly distributing the driving force of the vehicle on slippery roads such as snowy roads. And you can drive safely by suppressing wheel slip.
AWD LOCK
· The main goal of AWD Lock mode is toallow a driver to maximize the vehicle's traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads, and muddy roads.
· AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 25 mph (40 km/h) or less. When travelling at 25 mph (40 km/h) or faster, the mode will switch to AWD Auto. When travelling at 20 mph (30 km/h) or less, the mode will switch back to AWD Lock.
· Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto.
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.
5-44
For safe AWD operation Before driving
Driving in sand or mud · Maintain slow and constant speed.
CAUTION
· Make sure all passengers are · Use tire chains driving in mud if When the vehicle is stuck in
wearing seat belts.
necessary.
snow, sand or mud, place a non-
· Sit upright and closer to the steer- · Keep sufficient distance between slip material under the drive
ing wheel than usual. Adjust the your vehicle and the vehicle in front wheels to provide traction OR
steering wheel to a position com- of you.
Slowly spin the wheels in for-
fortable for you to drive.
· Reduce vehicle speed and always check the road condition.
ward and reverse directions which causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
Driving on snow-covered or icy
· Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, However, avoid running the
roads
sudden brake applications, and engine continuously at high
· Start off slowly by applying the sharp turns to prevent getting rpm, doing so may damage the
accelerator pedal gently.
stuck.
AWD system.
5
· Use snow tires or tire chains.
· Keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
· Apply engine braking during deceleration by using the paddle shifter and manually selecting a lower gear.
· Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns to prevent skids.
Driving your vehicle
5-45
Driving your vehicle
OLMB053017
Driving up or down hills · Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
· Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving downhill. Select gear before driving downhill.
- Drive slowly using engine braking while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when driving up or down steep hills. The vehicle may flip over depending on the grade, the terrain, and the trail conditions.
WARNING
OLMB053018
Do not drive across the contour of steep hills. A slight change in the wheel angle can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle stops its forward motion. Your vehicle may roll over and lead to a serious injury or death.
Driving through water · Try to avoid driving in deep stand-
ing water. It may stall your engine and clog your exhaust system.
· If you need to drive in water, stop your vehicle, set the vehicle in AWD LOCK mode and drive under 5 mph (8 km/h).
· Do not change gear while driving in water.
CAUTION
Always drive slowly in water. If you drive too fast, water may get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to suddenly stop.
5-46
Additional driving conditions
· Become familiar with the off-road conditions before driving.
· Always pay attention when driving off-road and avoid dangerous areas.
WARNING
Do not grab the inside of the steering wheel when you are driving off-road. You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering
LCD display message
Transmission hot! Park with engine On
· Drive slowly when driving in heavy wind.
· Reduce vehicle speed when cornering. The center of gravity of AWD vehicles is higher than conventional 2WD vehicles, making
maneuver or from steering wheel rebound due to an impact with objects on the ground.You could lose control of the steering wheel which may lead to serious injury or death.
them more likely to roll over when you rapidly turn corners.
OJS058137L/OJS058138L
5
· Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving offroad.
· Under certain conditions, such as repeated stop-and-go launches on steep grades, sudden take off or
acceleration, or other harsh driving
conditions (mud or sand road), the
transmission temperatures will
increase excessively. Finally the
transmission could be overheated.
Driving your vehicle
5-47
Driving your vehicle
· If the vehicle continues to be driven and the automatic transmission temperatures reach the maximum temperature limit, the "Transmission hot! Park with engine On" warning will be displayed. When this occurs the automatic transmission is disabled until the automatic transmission cools to normal temperatures.
· The warning will display a time to wait for the transmission to cool.
· If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool.
· When the message "Transmission cooled down. Resume driving" appears you can continue to drive your vehicle.
· When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly.
Emergency Precautions
Tires
Do not use a tire and wheel package with a different size and type from the one originally installed on your vehicle. It can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could lead to steering failure or rollover causing serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size, type, tread, brand and load-carrying capacity. If you equip your vehicle with any tire/wheel combination not recommended by HYUNDAI for off-road driving, you should not use these tires for highway driving.
WARNING
Never start or run the engine while a full-time AWD vehicle is raised on a jack. The vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby.
Towing AWD vehicles must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground. For more details, refer to "Towing" in chapter 6.
Dynamometer testing A full-time AWD vehicle must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer.
5-48
Temporary Free Roller
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
OLX2058010
A full-time AWD vehicle should not be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD roll tester must be used, perform the following procedure:
1.Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2.Place the front wheels on the roll tester for a speedometer test as shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the illustration.
CAUTION
· Never engage the parking brake while performing the test.
· When the vehicle is lifted up, do not operate the front and rear wheel separately. All four wheels should be operated.
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer. The vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death.
5
5-49
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system automatically and temporarily shuts down the engine when the vehicle is stopped and idling to improve fuel efficiency and reduce exhaust gas emissions. (i.e. red stop light, stop sign, and traffic jam).
The engine is automatically started upon satisfying the starting conditions.
The ISG system is always active, when the engine is running.
i Information
When the engine is automatically started by the ISG system, some warning lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS, and parking brake warning light) may illuminate for a few seconds due to the low battery voltage. However, it does not indicate a malfunction with the ISG system.
To Activate the ISG System
Prerequisite for activation
The ISG system operates in the following situations.
- The driver's seatbelt is fastened.
- The driver's door and the hood are closed.
- The brake vacuum pressure is adequate.
- The battery is sufficiently charged.
- The outside temperature is between 14 °F and 95 °F (-10 °C and 35 °C).
- The engine coolant temperature is not too low.
- The system is not in the diagnostic mode.
- The incline is gradual.
- Steering wheel is turned less than 180 degrees
- Shift lever is in DRIVE or NEUTRAL
i Information
·
The ISG system is
not activated, when
the prerequisites to
activate the ISG sys-
tem are unsatisfied.
In this case, the ISG
OFF button indicator illuminates,
and the auto stop indicator ( )
illuminates in yellow on the instru-
ment cluster.
· When the above indicator remains illuminated on the instrument cluster, we recommend that you have the IGS system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-50
Auto stop
When the system is deactivated:
To stop the engine in idle stop mode
1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0 mph.
2. Depress the brake pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neutral).
The auto stop indicator ( ) illuminates in green on the instrument cluster, when the engine stops.
OIK057173N
OLX2058018 If the message "Auto Stop is Off.
i Information
Start vehicle manually", appears on
The driving speed must reach at least 3 mph (5 km/h) after an idle stop to stop the engine in idle stop mode again.
The ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
the LCD display with a beep sound, restart the vehicle manually by depressing the brake pedal with the vehicle shifted to P (Park) or N (Neutral). For your safety, restart the
5
vehicle in the P (Park) position.
In auto stop mode, when the driver
opens the hood, the ISG system will
be deactivated.
Driving your vehicle
5-51
Driving your vehicle
Auto start
To restart the engine in the auto stop mode
Release the brake pedal.
- When Auto Hold is activated, if you release the brake pedal, the engine will be in the auto stop state. However, if you depress the accelerator pedal, the engine will start again.
The auto stop indicator ( ) goes OFF on the instrument cluster, when the engine is restarted.
The engine is automatically restarted in the following situations.
· The fans speed of the manual climate control system is set above the 3rd position, with the air condition ON.
· The fan speed of the automatic climate control system is set above the 6th position, with the air condition ON.
· A certain period of time has elapsed with the air condition ON.
· The defroster is activated.
· The brake vacuum pressure is low.
· The battery is weak.
· The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or R (Reverse) when the brake pedal is depressed or the Auto Hold is activated.
· The door is opened or seat belt is unfastened when the brake pedal is depressed or Auto Hold is activated.
· The EPB is pressed when the Auto Hold is activated.
The auto stop indicator ( ) blinks in green for 5 seconds on the instrument cluster.
OIK057086N
The auto start is temporarily deactivated in the following situations.
When the gear is shifted from N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or Manual shift mode without the brake pedal depressed. A message "Press brake pedal for Auto Start" will appear on the LCD display. To activate auto start, depress the brake pedal.
5-52
To Deactivate the ISG System ISG System Malfunction
i Information
· Press the ISG OFF button to deactivate the ISG system. Then, the ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
The ISG system may not operate:
When there is a malfunction with the ISG sensors or the ISG system.
· When you cannot turn OFF the ISG OFF button indicator by pressing the ISG OFF button, or when the malfunction with the ISG system per-
· Press the ISG OFF button again to reactivate the ISG system. Then, the ISG OFF button indicator turns OFF.
The followings occur, when there is a malfunction with the ISG system:
· The auto stop indicator ( ) will blink in yellow on the instrument cluster.
sists, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· You can turn off the ISG OFF button indicator by driving over 50 mph (80 km/h) for up to 2 hours with the fan speed below the 2nd
· The light on the ISG OFF button position. If the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
indicator remains ON, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5
WARNING
When the engine is in auto stop mode, the engine may restart. Before leaving the vehicle or checking the engine compartment, stop the engine placing the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position or remove the ignition key.
Driving your vehicle
5-53
Driving your vehicle
Battery Sensor Deactivation
Battery sensor
OLX2058019
The battery sensor is deactivated, when the battery is disconnected from the negative pole for maintenance purpose. In this case, the ISG system is limitedly operated due to the battery sensor deactivation. Thus, the driver needs to take the following procedures to reactivate the battery sensor after disconnecting the battery.
Prerequisites to reactivate the battery sensor
Switch "ON" and "OFF" the ignition one time. Park the vehicle for a minimum of 4 hours with the hood and all doors closed.
Pay extreme caution not to connect any accessories (i.e. navigation and black box) to the vehicle with the engine in the OFF status. If not, the battery sensor may not be reactivated.
i Information
The ISG system may not operate in the following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
· Use only a genuine HYUNDAI Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery for replacement. If not, the ISG system may not operate normally.
· Do not recharge the Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery with a general battery charger. It may damage or explode the Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) battery.
· Do not remove the battery cap. The battery electrolyte, which is harmful to the human body, may leak out.
5-54
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (2WD)
Drive Mode
SMART mode
The mode changes whenever the
SMART mode selects the
DRIVE MODE selection knob is SMART proper driving mode
rotated.
among ECO, COMFORT,
· SMART mode :
and SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (i.e.
SMART mode automatically Economical or Aggressive) from the
adjusts the driving mode (ECO brake pedal depression or the steer-
COMFORT SPORT) in accor- ing wheel operation.
OLX2058092
dance with the driver's driving habits.
· Rotate the DRIVE MODE selection knob to activate SMART mode.
The drive mode may be selected · SPORT mode :
When SMART mode is activated,
according to the driver's preference SPORT mode provides sporty but the indicator illuminates on the
or road condition.
firm riding.
instrument cluster.
5
· ECO mode :
· The vehicle starts in SMART
ECO mode helps improve fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode.
· COMFORT mode :
COMFORT mode provides smooth driving and comfortable riding.
· SMART mode automatically controls gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
Driving your vehicle
5-55
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e. upward/downward slope, vehicle deceleration/acceleration).
· When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply turning the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode
· The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently depress the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be economical.).
· The driving mode automatically changes from SMART ECO mode to SMART COMFORT mode after a certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively depress the accelerator pedal.
· The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle enters a leveled road.
· The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT, when you abruptly accelerate the vehicle or repetitively operate the steering wheel (Your driving is categorized to be aggressive.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt accelerating/decelerating and increases the engine brake performance.
· You may still sense the engine braking performance, even when you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains in lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it is a normal driving situation, not indicating any malfunction.
· The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be either in SMART ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT mode.
5-56
Limitation of SMART mode
SPORT
ECO mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
SPORT mode manages
When the drive mode is
following situations. (The OFF indica- SPORT the driving dynamics by
tor illuminates in those situations.)
automatically adjusting
ECO set to ECO mode, the engine and transmission
· The driver uses the paddle shifter
the steering effort, and
control logic are changed
(manual shift mode) :
the engine and transmission control
to maximize fuel efficien-
It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle drives, as the driver manu-
logic for enhanced driver performance.
cy. · When ECO mode is selected by
ally changes gear with the paddle · When SPORT mode is selected by rotating the DRIVE MODE selec-
shifter.
rotating the DRIVE MODE selec- tion knob, the ECO indicator will
· The cruise control is activated :
The cruise control system may deactivate the SMART mode when the vehicle is controlled by the set speed of the smart cruise control system. (SMART mode is not
tion knob, the SPORT indicator will illuminate.
· Whenever the engine is restarted, the drive mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode.
illuminate. · The vehicle starts in ECO mode,
when the engine was turned OFF in ECO mode.
i Information
5
deactivated just by activating the · When SPORT mode is activated: Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
cruise control system.)
- The engine rpm will tend to driving habit and road condition.
· The transmission oil temperature is
remain a little higher for a brief
either extremely low or extremely
time even after releasing the
high :
accelerator. This is typical when
The SMART mode can be active in
the SPORT mode is activated.
most of the normal driving situa- - Upshifts are delayed when accel-
tions. However, an extremely high/
erating
low transmission oil temperature
may temporarily deactivate the i Information
SMART mode, because the transmission condition is out of normal operation condition.
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
Driving your vehicle
5-57
Driving your vehicle
When ECO mode is activated: · The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is depressed moderately.
· The air conditioner performance may be limited.
· The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change.
· The engine noise may be louder at some automatic transmission shifts as down-shift requires pressing down more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is activated to help improve fuel efficiency.
· When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal.
· When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because engine torque is restricted.
· When driving the vehicle in manual shift mode using the paddle shifter.
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while ECO mode is operating, the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator.
5-58
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (AWD) Drive Mode
The mode changes whenever the DRIVE MODE selection knob is rotated.
Type A
Type B
OLX2059021N
The drive mode may be selected according to the driver's preference or road condition.
OLX2059025N/OLX2059024N
OLX2059112N/OLX2059111N
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059023N/OLX2059022N
OLX2059110N/OLX2059124N
· SMART mode :
SMART mode automatically adjusts the driving mode (ECO COMFORT SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
5-59
Driving your vehicle
· SPORT mode :
SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding.
· ECO mode :
ECO mode helps improve fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
· COMFORT mode :
COMFORT mode provides smooth driving and comfortable riding.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the SMART proper driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT, and SPORT by judging the driver's driving habits (i.e. Economical or Aggressive) from the brake pedal depression or the steering wheel operation.
· Rotate the DRIVE/TERRAIN mode selection knob to activate SMART mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on the instrument cluster.
· The vehicle starts in SMART mode, when the engine was turned OFF in SMART mode.
· SMART mode automatically controls gear shifting patterns, engine torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
· SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as gear shifting patterns, engine torque, riding quality (if equipped with the electronic suspension system), and power distribution (if equipped with the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) system), in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
i Information
· When you mildly drive the vehicle in SMART mode, the driving mode changes to ECO mode to improve fuel efficiency. However, the actual fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations (i.e. upward/downward slope, vehicle deceleration/acceleration).
· When you dynamically drive the vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply turning the driving mode changes to SPORT mode. However, it may adversely affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which you may encounter in SMART mode
· The driving mode automatically changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently depress the accelerator pedal (Your driving is categorized to be economical.).
· The driving mode automatically changes from SMART ECO mode to SMART COMFORT mode after a certain period of time, when you sharply or repetitively depress the accelerator pedal.
· The driving mode automatically changes to SMART COMFORT mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO mode, when the vehicle enters a leveled road.
5-60
· The driving mode automatically Limitation of SMART mode
SPORT
changes to SMART SPORT, when The SMART mode may be limited in
SPORT mode manages
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle following situations. (The OFF indicaor repetitively operate the steering tor illuminates in those situations.)
SPORT the driving dynamics by automatically adjusting
wheel (Your driving is categorized to be aggressive.). In this mode, your vehicle drives in a lower gear for abrupt accelerating/decelerating and increases the engine brake performance.
· You may still sense the engine braking performance, even when
· The driver uses the paddle shifter (manual shift mode) :
It deactivates SMART mode. The vehicle drives, as the driver manually changes gear with the paddle shifter.
· The cruise control is activated :
the steering effort, and the engine and transmission control logic for enhanced driver performance.
· When SPORT mode is selected by rotating the DRIVE/TERRAIN mode selection knob, the SPORT indicator will illuminate.
you release the accelerator pedal in SMART SPORT mode. It is because your vehicle remains in lower gear over a certain period of time for next acceleration. Thus, it
The cruise control system may deactivate the SMART mode when the vehicle is controlled by the set speed of the smart cruise control system. (SMART mode is not
· Whenever the engine is restarted, the drive mode will revert back to COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode.
5
is a normal driving situation, not deactivated just by activating the · When SPORT mode is activated:
indicating any malfunction.
cruise control system.)
- The engine rpm will tend to
· The driving mode automatically changes to SMART SPORT mode only in harsh driving situations. In most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be either in SMART ECO mode or in SMART COMFORT mode.
· The transmission oil temperature is either extremely low or extremely high :
The SMART mode can be active in most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/ low transmission oil temperature
remain a little higher for a brief time even after releasing the accelerator. This is typical when the SPORT mode is activated.
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating
may temporarily deactivate the i Information
SMART mode, because the transmission condition is out of normal operation condition.
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may decrease.
Driving your vehicle
5-61
Driving your vehicle
ECO mode
ECO
When the drive mode is set to ECO mode, the engine and transmission control logic are changed to maximize fuel efficiency.
· When ECO mode is selected by rotating the DRIVE mode selection knob, the ECO indicator will illuminate.
· The vehicle starts in ECO mode, when the engine was turned OFF in ECO mode.
i Information
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's driving habit and road condition.
When ECO mode is activated: · The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator pedal is depressed moderately. · The air conditioner performance may be limited. · The shift pattern of the automatic transmission may change. · The engine noise may be louder at some automatic transmission shifts as down-shift requires pressing down more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal conditions when ECO mode is activated to help improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation: If the following conditions occur while ECO mode is operating, the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator.
· When the coolant temperature is low:
The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal.
· When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because engine torque is restricted.
· When driving the vehicle in manual shift mode using the paddle shifter.
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
5-62
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM
The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or help detect a pedestrian in the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system:
System Setting and Operation System setting
driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
· This system is only a supplemental system and it is not intended to, nor does it replace
the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are
limited. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
OTMA058186
· Setting Forward Safety function
5
· Drive at posted speed limits and accordance to road conditions.
The driver can activate the FCA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting:
· Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occur-
'User Settings Driver Assistance Forward Safety'
ring. The Forward Collision-
- If you select "Active Assist", the
Avoidance system may not
FCA system activates. The FCA
always stop the vehicle com-
produces warning messages and
pletely and is only intended to
warning alarms in accordance
help mitigate a collision that
with the collision risk levels.
is imminent.
Braking assist will be applied in
accordance with the collision risk.
Driving your vehicle
5-63
Driving your vehicle
- If you select 'Warning Only', the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. Braking assist will not be applied in this setting.
- If you select 'Off', the FCA system deactivates.
·
The warning light illu-
minates on the LCD
display, when you can-
cel the FCA system.
The driver can monitor the FCA
ON/OFF status on the LCD display.
Also, the warning light illuminates
when the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is turned off. If the warning
light remains ON when the FCA is
activated, have the system
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OTMA058089
· Setting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the LCD display.
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Warning Timing Normal/Later'.
The options for the initial Forward Collision Warning includes the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the initial Forward Collision Warning is activated sensitively. If you feel the warning activates too early, set the Forward Collision Warning to 'Later'.
Even though, 'Normal' is selected if the front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not seem fast.
5-64
- Later:
Prerequisite for activation
When this option is selected, the The FCA system is on and ready
WARNING
initial Forward Collision Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance between the vehicle, pedestrian ahead before the initial warning occurs.
Select 'Later' when traffic is light and when driving speed is slow.
when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' under Forward Safety is selected in the LCD display and when the following prerequisites are satisfied:
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is on.
- Vehicle speed is over 5 mph (8 km/h ) (The FCA is only activated
· To avoid driver distractions, do not attempt to set or cancel the FCA while driving the vehicle. Always completely stop the vehicle at a safe place before setting or canceling the system.
· FCA automatically activates
within a certain speed range.).
upon placing the ignition
i Information
- The system detects a pedestrian
switch to the ON position. The
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may
or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. However,
driver can deactivate FCA by
canceling the system setting
5
change. Always be aware before FCA may not be activated or may
in the cluster LCD display.
changing the warning timing.
only sound a warning alarm · FCA automatically deacti-
depending on the driving or vehicle
vates upon canceling ESC.
conditions.
When ESC is canceled, FCA
cannot be activated in the
cluster LCD display. In this sit-
uation, the FCA warning light
will illuminate which is nor-
mal.
Driving your vehicle
5-65
Driving your vehicle
FCA Warning Message and Brake Control
FCA produces warning messages, warning alarms, and emergency braking based on the level of risk of a frontal collision, such as when a vehicle ahead suddenly brakes, or when the system detects that a collision with a pedestrian is imminent.
Collision Warning (First and second warning)
OLX2059026N
· The warning message appears on the cluster LCD display with a warning chime.
· Your vehicle speed may decelerate moderately.
· If FCA detects a vehicle in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 5 mph (8 km/h) and 100 mph (160km/h). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings.
· If FCA detects a pedestrian in front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is between 5 mph (8 km/h) and 55 mph (90 km/h). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings.
· If you select 'Warning only' for the system setting, the FCA system activates and produces only warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system will not control the brake.
5-66
Emergency Braking
· If FCA detects a vehicle in front, Brake operation
(Third warning)
the system operates when your · In an urgent situation, the braking
vehicle speed is above 5 mph (8 system enters into the ready status
km/h) and 50 mph (80 km/h) or for prompt reaction against the dri-
under. Maximum vehicle speed ver's depressing the brake pedal.
may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and surroundings.
· The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depress-
· If FCA detects a pedestrian in es the brake pedal.
OLX2059027N
· The warning message appears on
front, the system operates when your vehicle speed is 5 mph (8 km/h) or above and under 45 mph (70 km/h). Maximum vehicle speed may decrease depending on the condition of the vehicle ahead and
· The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the steering wheel.
5
the cluster LCD display with a surroundings.
· The FCA braking control is auto-
warning chime.
· If you select 'Warning only' for the
· Additionally, some vehicle system system setting, the FCA system
matically canceled, when risk factors disappear.
intervention occurs by the engine activates and produces only warn-
management system to help decel- ing alarms in accordance with the
erate the vehicle.
collision risk levels. You should
· The brake control is maximized just before a collision, reducing impact when it strikes a forward
control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the brake.
vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
5-67
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
· The driver should always use extreme caution while operating the vehicle, whether or not there is a warning message or alarm from the FCA system.
· After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings. The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system warning may not sound.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds.
WARNING
The FCA braking control cannot completely stop the vehicle nor avoid all collisions. The driver should hold the responsibility to safely drive and control the vehicle.
FCA Sensor (Front Radar/Front Camera)
Front radar
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates within certain parameters, such as the distance from the vehicle, pedestrian ahead, the speed of the vehicle ahead, and the driver's vehicle speed. Certain conditions such as inclement weather and road conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
Front camera
OLX2059031N
OLX2059028L
In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the sensor cover or sensor is clean and free of dirt, snow, and debris.
5-68
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on · If the front bumper becomes · If the sensor is forcibly moved
the sensor cover or sensor may damaged in the area around the out of proper alignment, the FCA
adversely affect the sensing perform- sensor, the FCA system may not system may not operate correct-
ance of the sensor.
operate properly. Have the vehi- ly. In this case, a warning mes-
cle inspected by an authorized sage may not be displayed. Have
NOTICE
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sens-
HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
ing performance of the radar.
· Always keep the sensor and cover clean and free of dirt and
NOTICE · NEVER install any accessories
· The windshield glass is replaced.
· The radar sensor or cover gets damaged or replaced.
5
debris.
or stickers on the front wind-
· Use only a soft cloth to wash the vehicle. Do not spray pressur-
shield, or tint the front windshield.
ized water directly on the sensor · NEVER place any reflective
or sensor cover.
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is
over the crash pad. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly.
forcibly moved out of proper · Pay extreme caution to keep the
alignment, the FCA system may camera dry.
not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
· NEVER disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly.
HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
5-69
Driving your vehicle
Warning message and warning light
WARNING
The FCA system may not activate according to road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.
System Malfunction
OIK057090L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked
When the sensor cover is covered with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA system operation may not be able to detect other vehicles. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the LCD display.
The system will operate normally when such dirt, snow or debris is removed.
FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain) where any objects or vehicles are not detected after turning on the engine.
5-70
OIK057091L
Check Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system
· When FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light ( ) will illuminate and the warning message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light ( ) will illuminate. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The FCA warning message may appear along with the illumination of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light.
Both FCA warning light and warning message will disappear once the ESC warning light issue is resolved.
Also due to sensing limitations, in certain situations, the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not
· The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the brake pedal to avoid collision.
· The brake control may be
WARNING
detect the vehicle, pedestrian ahead. The FCA system may
insufficient, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front
· FCA is only a supplemental system for the driver's convenience. It is the driver's responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do not solely depend on the FCA system. Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed or to stop the vehicle.
· In certain instances and under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may
not activate and the warning message may not be displayed.
· If there is a malfunction with the FCA system, the Forward Collision avoidance assist system is not applied even though the braking system is operating normally.
· If the vehicle in front stops suddenly, you may have less control of the brake system. Therefore, always keep a safe distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
abruptly stops. Always pay extreme caution.
· The FCA system may not activate according to the road conditions, inclement weather, driving conditions or traffic conditions.
· Occupants may get injured, if the vehicle abruptly stops by the activated FCA system. Pay extreme caution.
· The FCA system operates only to detect vehicles, pedestrian in front of the vehicle.
5
activate prematurely. This initial warning message appears on the LCD display with a warning chime.
· The FCA system may activate during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the
passengers. Always keep
loose objects secured.
Driving your vehicle
5-71
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
· The FCA system operates only to help detect vehicles or pedestrians in front of the vehicle.
· The FCA system does not operate when the vehicle is in reverse.
· The FCA system is not designed to detect other objects on the road such as animals.
· The FCA system does not detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
· The FCA system does not detect cross traffic vehicles that are approaching.
· The FCA system cannot detect the cross traffic cyclist that are approaching.
· The FCA system cannot detect vehicles that are stopped vertically to your vehicle at a intersection or dead end street.
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance or to stop the vehicle.
Limitations of the System
The Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system is designed to monitor the vehicle ahead or a pedestrian on the roadway through radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able to detect the vehicle, pedestrian ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The driver must pay careful attention in the following situations where the FCA operation may be limited.
5-72
Detecting vehicles
· The vehicle in front is an oversize · The vehicle is on unpaved or
The sensor may be limited when:
· The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started or the camera is initialized
· The radar sensor or camera is covered with a foreign object or debris
· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
vehicle or trailer that is too big to be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor trailer, etc.)
· The camera's field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or too much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
· The vehicle in front does not have their rear lights properly turned ON or their rear lights are located
uneven rough surfaces, or road with sudden gradient changes
· The vehicle is driven near areas containing metal substances as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
· The vehicle drives inside a building, such as a basement parking lot
· The camera does not recognize the entire vehicle in front
· The camera is damaged
· The brightness outside is too low
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera
unusually
· The outside brightness changes suddenly, for example when enter-
such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is
5
going through a tunnel
· There is interference by electro- ing or exiting a tunnel
· The shadow is on the road by a
magnetic waves
· Light coming from a street light or median strip, trees, etc.
· There is severe irregular reflection an oncoming vehicle is reflected on · The vehicle drives through a toll-
from the radar sensor
a wet road surface such as a pud- gate.
· The radar/camera sensor recogni- dle in the road
· The rear part of the vehicle in front
tion is limited
· The field of view in front is obstruct- is not normally visible (the vehicle
· The vehicle in front is too small to ed by sun glare be detected (for example a motor- · The windshield glass is fogged up;
turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.)
cycle or a bicycle, etc.)
a clear view of the road is obstruct- · The adverse road conditions cause
ed
excessive vehicle vibrations while
· The vehicle in front is driving errati- driving
cally
Driving your vehicle
5-73
Driving your vehicle
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction
· The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
· The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing
· You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles
OTM058117
· Driving on a curve
The performance of the FCA system may be limited when driving on a curved road.
In certain instances on a curved road, the FCA system may activate prematurely.
Also, in certain instances the front radar sensor or camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle traveling on a curved road.
In these cases, the driver must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
OTM058073
The FCA system may recognize a vehicle in the next lane when driving on a curved road.
In this case, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply the brake.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. If necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
Also, when necessary depress the accelerator pedal to prevent the system from unnecessarily decelerating your vehicle.
5-74
OLX2058076
· Driving on a slope
The performance of the FCA decreases while driving upward or downward on a slope, not recognizing the vehicle in front in the same lane. It may unnecessarily produce the warning message and the warning alarm, or it may not produce the warning message and the warning alarm at all.
When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration.
Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
OTM058074
· Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in front of you, the FCA system may not immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
OTM058119
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately
5
detect the new vehicle that is now
in front of you. In this case, you
must maintain a safe braking dis-
tance, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
5-75
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
OLX2058077
· Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required. The FCA system may not be able to detect the cargo extending from the vehicle. In these instances, you must maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain distance.
Detecting pedestrians
The sensor may be limited when:
· The pedestrian is not fully detected by the camera recognition system, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully walking upright
· The pedestrian is moving very quickly or appears abruptly in the camera detection area
· The pedestrian is wearing clothing that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be detected by the camera recognition system
· The outside lighting is too bright (e.g. when driving in bright sunlight or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g. when driving on a dark rural road at night)
· It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian from other objects in the surroundings, for example, when there is a group of pedestrians or a large crowd
· There is an item similar to a person's body structure
· The pedestrian is small
· The pedestrian has impaired mobility
· The sensor recognition is limited
· The radar sensor or camera is covered with a foreign object or debris
· The camera lens is contaminated due to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, damaged glass, or stuck of foreign matter (sticker, bug, etc.) on the glass
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel
· Inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow obscures the field of view of the radar sensor or camera
· Light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed
5-76
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump
· You are on a roundabout
WARNING
· Do not use the Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) system when towing a vehicle. Application of the FCA system while towing may
· Never try to test the operation of the FCA system. Doing so may cause severe injury or death.
i Information
· When the pedestrian suddenly
adversely affect the safety of In some instances, the FCA system
interrupts in front of the vehicle
your vehicle or the towing may be canceled when subjected to
· When there is any other electro-
vehicle.
electromagnetic interference.
magnetic interference
· Use extreme caution when the
· When the construction area, rail or other metal object is near the cyclist
vehicle in front of you has i Information
cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when the vehicle in front of you has
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
5
higher ground clearance.
Operation is subject to the following
· The FCA system is designed two conditions:
to help detect and monitor the 1. This device may not cause harmful
vehicle ahead to help detect a
interference.
pedestrian in the roadway 2. This device must accept any inter-
through radar signals and
ference received, including interfer-
camera recognition. It is not
ence that may cause undesired
designed to detect bicycles,
operation.
motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects such as lug-
gage bags, shopping carts, or
strollers.
Driving your vehicle
5-77
Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING/BLIND-SPOT COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (IF EQUIPPED)
System Description
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
2) Closing at high speed
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system uses radar sensors in the rear bumper to monitor and warn the driver when it detects an approaching vehicle in the driver's blind spot area.
1) Blind-Spot Area
OTM058120L
The blind spot detection range varies relative to vehicle speed. Note that if your vehicle is traveling much faster than the vehicles around you, the warning will not occur.
OTM058121L
The Lane Change Assist feature will alert you when it detects a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent lane at a high rate of speed. If the driver activates the turn signal when the system detects an oncoming vehicle, the system sounds an audible alert.
OTM058108
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system helps detect the front lane through the camera installed on the upper front windshield and helps detect the side/rear areas through radar sensors.
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist system may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) if there is a possible collision with an approaching vehicle while changing lanes. It is to help mitigate the collision risk or collision damage.
5-78
WARNING
· Always be aware of road con-
ditions while driving and be
alert for unexpected situa-
tions even though the Blind-
Spot Collision Warning sys-
tem and Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist system are
operating.
· The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Blind-Spot
Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys-
tem are supplemental sys-
tems to assist you. Do not
entirely rely on the systems.
Always pay attention, while
driving, for your safety.
· The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Blind-Spot
Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys-
tem are not substitutes for
proper and safe driving.
Always drive safely and use
caution when changing lanes
or backing up the vehicle.
The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Blind-Spot
Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA) sys-
tem may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
System Setting and Operation System setting
OTMA058088
5
· Setting Blind-Spot Safety function
The driver can activate the system by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Blind-Spot Safety'
- BCA and BCW turn on and are ready to be operated when 'Active Assist' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds or braking power is applied.
5-79
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
- BCW turns on and is ready to be operated when 'Warning Only' is selected. Then, if a vehicle approaches the driver's blind spot area a warning sounds but braking is not applied.
- The system is deactivated and the indicator on the BCW/BCA button is turned off when 'Off' is selected.
OLX2059032L
· If you press the BCW/BCA switch while 'Active Assist' or 'Warning Only' is selected the indicator on the switch will turn off and the system will deactivate.
· If you press the BCW/BCA switch while the system is canceled the indicator on the button illuminates and the system activates.
When the system is initially turned on and when the engine is turned off then on again while the system is in activation, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the outer side view mirror.
· If the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting.
OTMA058089
· Selecting Warning Timing The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Warning Timing'.
5-80
· The options for the initial Blind-
Operating Conditions
Spot Collision Warning includes the following:
The system enters the ready status, when 'Active Assist' or 'Warning
- Normal:
Only' is selected and the following
When this option is selected, the
conditions are satisfied:
initial Blind-Spot Collision
· Active Assist
Warning is activated normally. If
1) The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
this setting feels sensitive,
Assist system will operate When:
change the option to 'Later'.
- Vehicle speed is between 40
The warning activation time may
OTMA058094
mph and 110 mph (60 km/h and
feel late if a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates.
- Later:
Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds.
· Setting Warning Volume
The driver can select the warning volume of Blind-Spot Collision Warning in the User Settings in the LCD display by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance
180 km/h).
- The system detects both of the lane lines.
- An approaching vehicle is 5
detected next to or behind your vehicle.
Warning Volume High/Medium/ 2) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
i Information
Low'.
system will operate When:
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 3.
The vehicle speed is above approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
· Warning Only
changing the warning timing.
1) The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
i Information
system will activate When:
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.
- The vehicle speed is approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
- The Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist system is not activated when "Warning Only" is
selected for the system setting.
Driving your vehicle
5-81
Driving your vehicle
Warning and System Control Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system
Left side
Left side
Right side
Right side
OLX2058033
First stage alert If a vehicle is detected within the boundary of the system, a warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror and the head up display (if equipped). If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
OLX2058034
OLX2058035
[A] : Warning sound
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system AND.
2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outer side view mirror and the head up display (if equipped) will also blink. And a warning chime will sound.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert will be deactivated.
If the detected vehicle is no longer within the blind spot area, the warning will turn off according to the driving conditions of the vehicle.
5-82
WARNING
· The warning light on the outer side view mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system.
To avoid accidents, do not focus only on the warning light and neglect to see the surroundings of the vehicle.
· Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surroundings before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up.
· The system may not alert the driver in some situations due to system limitations so always check your surroundings while driving.
CAUTION
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system
· Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
· Playing the vehicle audio sys-
tem at high volume may pre-
vent occupants from hearing
the Blind-Spot Collision
Warning system warning
OLX2059104N/OLX2059103N
sounds.
The Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance 5
· If any other warning sound Assist (BCA) system may apply brak-
such as seat belt warning ing power, when an approaching
chime is already generated, vehicle is detected within a certain
the Blind-Spot Collision distance next to or behind your vehi-
Warning (BCW) system warn- cle.
ing may not sound.
In this situation, the system gently
apply braking power on the tire,
which is located in the opposite side
of the possible-colliding point. The
instrument cluster will inform the
driver of the system activation.
Driving your vehicle
5-83
Driving your vehicle
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system is automatically deactivated when:
- The vehicle drives a certain distance away
- The vehicle direction is changed against the possible-colliding point
- The steering wheel is abruptly moved
- The brake pedal is depressed
- After a certain period of time
The driver should drive the vehicle in the middle of the vehicle lanes to keep the system in the ready status.
When the vehicle drives too close to one side of the vehicle lanes, the system may not properly operate.
In addition, the system may not properly control your vehicle in accordance with driving situations. Thus, always pay close attention to road conditions.
WARNING
· The driver is responsible for accurate steering.
· Do not unnecessarily operate the steering wheel, when the Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist System is in operation.
· Always pay attention to road
and traffic conditions while
driving. The Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may not operate or
unnecessarily
operate
depending on certain situa-
tions.
· The Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to road conditions at all times.
Detecting Sensor (Camera and Radar)
Front camera
Rear radar
OLX2059028N
OLX2058093L
5-84
Front camera
NOTICE
· Do not apply foreign objects
The front camera function as a sensor detecting the lane. If the sensor is covered with snow, rain or foreign substance, the system may temporarily be canceled and not work
· The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the
properly. Always keep the sensor · The sensing range differs some- sensor.
clean.
what according to the width of · NEVER install any accessories
Refer to Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) System for cautions for the front camera sensor.
the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect other vehicles in the next lane.
or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
· The system may turn off if inter- · Pay extreme caution to keep the
Rear radar
The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
fered by strong electromagnetic waves.
· Always keep the sensors clean.
· NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component.
camera sensor dry.
· NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly.
5
· Be careful not to apply unneces-
sary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the system may not
operate correctly.
In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
5-85
Driving your vehicle
Warning message
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked This warning message may appear When: - One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
If any of these conditions occur, the light on the BCW/BCA switch and the system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed, the system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle. If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
Turn off the BCW, BCA and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed.
- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off)
- Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting
'User Settings Driver Assistance Parking Safety Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning' (if equipped)
5-86
Limitations of the System
The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances:
· When a trailer or carrier is installed.
OTM058151L
OLX2049137N
· The vehicle driven in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system
Check Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist (BCA) system
· The sensor is polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc.
If there is a problem with the BCW If there is a problem with the BCA · The rear bumper where the sensor system, a warning message will system, a warning message will is located is covered with a foreign
5
appear and the light on the switch appear. The system will turn off auto- object such as a bumper sticker, a
will turn off. The system will turn off matically. BCW will still operate even bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
automatically. BCA will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
if the BCA system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to use BCA system.
· The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
· The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a
luggage compartment, abnormal
tire pressure, etc.
· When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
· When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
Driving your vehicle
5-87
Driving your vehicle
· The vehicle is driven on a curved road.
· The vehicle is driven through a tollgate.
· The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
· While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
· Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
· Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle or structure for an extended period of time.
· Driving on a wet road.
· Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
· A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
· When the other vehicle approaches very close.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
· While changing lanes.
· If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
· When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
· A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
· A flat trailer is near.
· If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
· If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
· The brake pedal is depressed.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions.
· The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
· The brake is reworked.
· The vehicle abruptly changes driving direction.
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The vehicle sharply stops.
· Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
· The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over an uneven//bumpy road, or concrete patch.
· The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
· The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) does not operate normally.
For more details refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.
5-88
OTM058109
· Driving on a curve
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a curved road. In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OTM058110
OTM058111
The BCW and BCA systems may · Driving where the road is merg-
not operate properly when driving ing/dividing
on a curved road. In certain instances, the system may recognize a vehicle in the same lane.
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving
5
where the road is merging/dividing.
Always pay attention to road and In certain instances, the system
driving conditions, while driving.
may not detect the vehicle in the
next lane.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
Driving your vehicle
5-89
Driving your vehicle
OLX2058040
· Driving on a slope
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving on a slope. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Also, in certain instances, the system may recognize the ground or structures.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OLX2059039N
· Driving where the heights of the lanes are different
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where the heights of the lanes are different.
In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle on a road with different lane heights (i.e. underpass joining section, grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
OLX2059041N
[A] : noise barrier, [B] : guardrail
· Driving where there is a structure beside the road
The BCW and BCA systems may not operate properly when driving where there is structure beside the road.
In certain instances, the system may recognize the structures (i.e. noise barriers, guardrail, double guardrail, median strip, bollard, street light, road sign, tunnel wall, etc.) beside the road.
Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving.
5-90
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5
5-91
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) / REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISIONAVOIDANCE ASSIST (RCCA)
System Description Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system
OTM058092
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system uses radar sensors to monitor the approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse. The blind spot detection range varies relative to the approaching vehicle speed.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system
The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right side of the vehicle when your vehicle is in reverse.
The Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist (RCCA) system may activate the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) in accordance with a possible collision with an approaching vehicle. It is to lower the possible collision risk or mitigate the possible collision damage.
WARNING
· Always be aware of road and
traffic conditions while driv-
ing and be alert for unexpect-
ed situations even though the
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning system and Rear
Cross-Traffic
Collision-
Avoidance Assist system are
operating.
· The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist system are supplemental systems to assist you. Do not entirely rely on the systems. Always pay attention, while driving, for your safety.
· The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist system are not substitutes for proper and safe driving. Always drive safely and use caution when backing up the vehicle.
5-92
System Setting and Operation System setting
· When the system is initially turned on and engine is turned off then on again, the warning light will illuminate for 3 seconds on the side view mirror.
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059108N
· Setting Parking Safety function
The driver can activate the systems by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Parking Safety Rear CrossTraffic Safety'. The RCCA and RCCW turn on and get ready to be activated when 'Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' is selected.
· When the engine is turned off then on again, the systems will be ready to be operated.
OTMA058089
· Setting Warning Timing
The driver can select the initial
warning activation time in the User Settings in the LCD display by
5
selecting 'User Settings Driver
Assistance Warning Timing'.
5-93
Driving your vehicle
The options for the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning includes the following:
- Normal:
When this option is selected, the initial Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning is activated normally. If this setting feels sensitive, change the option to 'Later'.
The warning activation time may feel late if the a vehicle at the side or rear abruptly accelerates.
- Later:
Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light and you are driving at low speeds.
i Information
If you change the warning timing, the warning time of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning timing.
OTMA058094
· Setting Warning Volume The driver can select the warning volume of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning by selecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Warning Volume High/ Medium/Low'.
For more details, refer to "LCD Display" in chapter 3.
i Information
If you change the warning volume, the warning volume of other systems may change. Always be aware before changing the warning volume.
Operating conditions
To operate:
Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Parking Safety Rear Cross-Traffic Safety' in the cluster LCD display. The system will turn on and standby to activate.
The system will operate when vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h) and with the gear in R (Reverse).
* The system will not operate when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h). The system will operate again when the speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
The system's detecting range is approximately 1 65 ft. (0.5 20 m). An approaching vehicle will be detected if the vehicle speed is within 5 22.5 mph (8 36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range may vary under certain conditions. As always, use caution and pay close attention to your surroundings when backing up your vehicle.
5-94
Warning and System Control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) system
Left
Right
Left
OLX2059042N
Right
If the vehicle detected by the sensors approaches from the rear left/right side of your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning light on the outer side view mirror will blink and a warning will appear on the LCD display. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a warning will also appear on the infotainment system screen.
The warning will stop when:
OLX2059043N - the detected vehicle moves out of
the sensing area or
5
- when the vehicle is right behind
your vehicle or
- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
OLX2058044L
OLX2058045L
Driving your vehicle
5-95
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) system
Left
Right
Left
OLX2059046N
Right
OLX2059047N
OLX2058044L
OLX2058045L
If the risk of collision is detected while the RCCW is generated, brake is controlled. The instrument cluster will inform the driver of the brake control. If the rear view monitor system is in activation, a message will also appear on the infotainment screen.
After the brake control is activated, the driver must immediately depress the brake pedal and check the surroundings.
- The brake activation by the system lasts for about 2 seconds.
The driver must pay attention as the brake is disengaged after 2 seconds.
- The brake control by the system is canceled if the driver depresses the brake pedal with sufficient power.
- Brake control is activated once for each right/left approach after shifting the gear to R (Reverse).
5-96
The brake control may not operate properly according to the status of the ESC (Electronic Stability Control). The same warning message is displayed on the instrument cluster when :
- the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) warning light is on.
- the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is engaged in a different function.
CAUTION
· When the operation condition of the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system is satisfied, the warning will occur every time a vehicle approaches the side or rear of your stopped (0 mph vehicle speed) vehicle.
· The system's warning may not operate properly if the left or right of your vehicle's rear bumper is blocked by a vehicle or obstacle.
· Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions while driving, whether or not the warning light on the outer side view mirror illuminates or there is a warning alarm.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system's warning sounds.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system warning may not sound.
WARNING
· Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system. Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding when backing the vehicle up.
· The driver is responsible for accurate brake control.
· Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist system may not operate properly or unnecessarily operate depending on traffic and driving conditions.
· The Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
system is not a substitute for
5
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It
is the responsibility of the
driver to always drive cau-
tiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
5-97
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Detecting Sensor
OLX2058093L
The rear radars are located inside the rear bumper for detecting the side and rear areas. Always keep the rear bumper clean for proper operation of the system.
NOTICE
· The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear bumper has been replaced or repaired.
· The system may turn off if interfered by electromagnetic waves.
· Always keep the sensors clean.
· NEVER disassemble the sensor component or apply any impact on the sensor component.
· Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the performance of the sensor.
Warning message
OIK057092L
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system disabled. Radar blocked This warning message may appear when: - One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or snow or a foreign object. - Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time. - When there is inclement weather such as heavy snow or rain.
5-98
If any of these conditions occur, the
Limitations of the System
light on the BCW/BCA switch and the system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW canceled warning message is displayed in the cluster, check to make sure that the rear bumper is free from any dirt or snow in the areas where the sensor is located. Remove any dirt, snow, or foreign material that could interfere
The driver must be cautious in the below situations because the system may not detect other vehicles or objects in certain circumstances:
· When a trailer or carrier is installed.
· The vehicle drives in inclement weather such as heavy rain or snow.
with the radar sensors.
OTM058151L · The sensor is polluted with rain,
After any dirt or debris is removed, Check Blind-Spot Collision the system should operate normally Warning (BCW) system
snow, mud, etc. · The rear bumper where the sensor
after about 10 minutes of driving the If there is a problem with the BCW
vehicle.
system, a warning message will
is located is covered with a foreign object such as a bumper sticker, a
5
If the system still does not operate normally have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
Turn off the BCW and RCCW system when a trailer or carrier is installed.
- Press the BCW/BCA switch (the indicator on the switch will turn off)
- Deactivate the RCCW system by deselecting 'User Settings Driver Assistance Parking Safety Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning'
appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off automatically. RCCW and RCCA will not operate also if the BCW system turns off due to malfunction. Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
· The rear bumper is damaged, or the sensor is out of the original default position.
· The vehicle height gets lower or higher due to heavy loading in a trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
· When the temperature of the rear bumper is high.
· When the sensors are blocked by other vehicles, walls or parking-lot pillars.
· The vehicle drives on a curved road.
Driving your vehicle
5-99
Driving your vehicle
· The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains metallic components (i.e. possibly due to subway construction).
· There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail.
· While going down or up a steep road where the height of the lane is different.
· Driving on a narrow road where trees or grass or overgrown.
· Driving in rural areas where the sensor does not detect another vehicle for an extended period of time.
· Driving on a wet road.
· Driving on a road where the guardrail or wall is in double structure.
· A big vehicle is near such as a bus or truck.
· When the other vehicle approaches very close.
· When the other vehicle passes at a very fast speed.
· While changing lanes.
· If the vehicle has started at the same time as the vehicle next to you and has accelerated.
5-100
· When the vehicle in the next lane moves two lanes away from you OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from you.
· A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
· A flat trailer is near.
· If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller.
· If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car.
· The brake pedal is depressed.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) malfunctions.
· The tire pressure is low or a tire is damaged.
· The brake is reworked.
· The vehicle sharply stops.
· Temperature is extremely low around the vehicle.
· The vehicle severely vibrates while driving over an uneven/bumpy road, or concrete patch.
· The vehicle drives on a slippery surface due to snow, water puddle, or ice.
OTM058102L
[A] : Structure
· Driving where there is a vehicle or structure near
The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near.
In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from behind and the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
Driving your vehicle
OTM058103
OTM058104L
OLX2058048
· When the vehicle is in a complex [A] : Vehicle
· When the vehicle is on/near a
parking environment
· When the vehicle is parked diago- slope
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment.
nally
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is parked
The system may not operate properly when the vehicle is on/near a
5
slope.
In certain instances, the system diagonally.
In certain instances, the system
may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.).
If this occurs, the warning or brake may not operate properly.
In certain instances, when the diagonally parked vehicle is pulled out of the parking space, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
may not detect the vehicle approaching from the rear left/right and the warning or brake may not operate properly.
Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving.
5-101
Driving your vehicle
OTM058106L
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall
· Pulling into the parking space where there is a structure
The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle.
In certain instances, when backing into the parking space, the system may falsely detect the vehicle moving in front of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may operate.
Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
OTM058107
· When the vehicle is parked rearward
If the vehicle is parked rearward and the sensor detects the another vehicle in the rear area of the parking space, the system can warn or control braking. Always pay attention to the parking space while driving.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
5-102
LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) SYSTEM
WARNING
· Do not disassemble the LFA
system camera temporarily to
Take the following precautions
tint the window or attach any
when using the Lane Following
types of coatings and acces-
Assist (LFA) system:
sories. If you disassemble the
· Do not turn the steering wheel
camera and assemble it again,
suddenly when the steering
take your vehicle to an author-
wheel is being assisted by the
ized HYUNDAI dealer and
system.
have the system checked for
OLX2059028N
The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes.
· LFA system helps the driver to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.
calibration.
· When you replace the windshield glass, LFA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibra-
5
WARNING
· The operation of the LFA system can be canceled or not
tion. · The system helps detect lane
The Lane Following Assist (LFA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to
work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
markers and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane markers are hard to detect, the system may not work properly.
always be aware of the sur-
Please refer to "Limitations of
roundings and steer the vehi-
the System".
cle.
· Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LFA system.
Driving your vehicle
5-103
Driving your vehicle
· You may not hear a warning sound of LFA system if the audio volume is high.
· Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LFA system from functioning properly.
· Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LFA system is activated.
· The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher rate when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly.
· When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LFA system.
LFA Setting and Operation
System setting
· With the ignition switch in the ON position, the Lane Following Assist can be activated by selecting 'User settings Driver Assistance Driving Assist Lane Following Assist' in the cluster LCD display. Deselect the setting to turn off the system.
· If the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the last setting.
Operating conditions
Select 'Lane Following Assist' from the Settings menu in the cluster LCD display and satisfy the following conditions for the system to operate.
- The Smart Cruise Control is operating
- Vehicle speed is lower than 95 mph (153 km/h)
When the system is activated, the indicator ( ) on the cluster will illuminate. The color of the indicator will change depending on the condition of the LFA system.
- Green : Steering assist mode is ON.
- White : Steering assist mode is OFF.
5-104
LFA operation
Warning Message
WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059099N
· If the vehicle is inside the lane with both lanes detected by the system (lane color changes from gray to white), and there is no abrupt steering made by the driver, the LFA system changes to steering assist mode.
· The indicator light will come on green, and the system helps the vehicle stay in line by controlling the steering wheel.
When the steering wheel is not controlled temporarily, the indicator light will flash green and change to white.
OLX2059062N
Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LFA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.
i Information
Hold the steering wheel tight. Otherwise, the LFA system could misjudge that the driver's hands are off the steering wheel, and the above warning may occur.
5
5-105
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OLX2059126N
Driving Convenience systems canceled
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the system will not control the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the lane markers.
However, if the driver has their hands on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering wheel.
· The LFA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane.
· Turn off the LFA system and drive without using the system in the following situations:
- In bad weather
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.
- When towing a vehicle or trailer
i Information
· Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver may control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.
OLX2059065N
Check Lane Following Assist (LFA) system
If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-106
The LFA system will not be in the · The lane is very wide or narrow. Limitations of the System
ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when:
· There are more than two lane markers on the road (e.g. construc-
The LFA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not
· The turn signal is turned on before tion area).
depart from the intended lane, OR,
changing a lane. If you change · Radius of a curve is too small.
the LFA system may not assist your
lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
· The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.
· The vehicle is driven on a steep incline.
· The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
· The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started
steering or warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:
When the lane and road conditions are poor
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.
or the camera is initialized.
· It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or the lane marking is faded or not
5
clearly marked.
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
· It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.
· Vehicle speed is over 95 mph (153 km/h).
· There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker
· The vehicle makes sharp lane
that is inadvertently being detected
changes.
by the camera.
· The vehicle brakes suddenly. · Only one lane marker is detected.
· The lane marker is indistinct or damaged.
· The lane marker is merged or divided. (e.g. tollgate)
· The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are crossing complicatedly.
Driving your vehicle
5-107
Driving your vehicle
· There are more than two lane markers on the road in front of you.
· The lane marker is very thick or thin.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.
· The shadow is on the lane marker by a median strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
· The lane markers are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
· There are crosswalk signs or other symbols on the road.
· The lane marker in a tunnel is stained with oil, etc.
· The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.
When external condition is intervened
· The brightness outside changes suddenly such as when entering or exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.
· The brightness outside is too low such as when the headlamps are not on at night or the vehicle is going through a tunnel.
· There is a boundary structure in the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is reflected on a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road.
· The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare.
· There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in front to be able to detect the lane marker or the vehicle ahead is driving on the lane marker.
· Driving on a steep grade, over a hill, or when driving on a curved road.
· The adverse road conditions cause excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
· The surrounding of the inside rear view mirror temperature is high due to direct sunlight, etc.
· The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump or driving on a steep up/down or right/left grade
When front visibility is poor
· The windshield or the camera lens is covered with dirt or debris.
· The windshield glass is fogged up; a clear view of the road is obstructed.
· Placing objects on the dashboard, etc.
· The sensor cannot detect the lane because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
5-108
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
OLX2059028N
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system helps detect lane markers on the road with a front view camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a counter-steering torque, trying to help prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane.
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of the surroundings and steer the vehicle.
WARNING
Take the following precautions when using the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system:
· Do not turn the steering wheel suddenly when the steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
· LKA system helps to prevent the driver from moving out of the lane unintentionally by assisting the driver's steering. However, the driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention on the steering wheel to stay in the lane.
· The operation of the LKA system can be canceled or not work properly according to road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious when driving.
· Do not disassemble the LKA
system camera temporarily to
tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and acces-
sories. If you disassemble the
camera and assemble it again,
take your vehicle to an author-
ized HYUNDAI dealer and
5
have the system checked for
calibration.
· When you replace the windshield glass, LKA system camera or related parts of the steering wheel, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
5-109
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
· The system helps detect lane lines and controls the steering wheel by a camera, therefore, if the lane lines are hard to detect, the system may not work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of the System".
· Do not remove or damage the related parts of LKA system.
· You may not hear a warning sound of LKA system if the audio volume is high.
· If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system warning may not sound.
· Do not place objects on the dashboard that reflects light such as mirrors, white paper, etc. This may prevent the LKA system from functioning properly.
· Always have your hands on the steering wheel while the LKA system is activated.
· The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the vehicle speed is at a higher speed when leaving a lane the vehicle may not be able to be controlled by the system. The driver must always follow the speed limit when using the system.
· If you attach objects to the steering wheel, the system may not assist steering or the hands off alarm may not work properly. When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.
· When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off the LKA system.
LKA System Operation
OLX2059057L
To activate/deactivate the LKA system: With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the LKA system switch located on the instrument panel on the left hand side of the steering wheel. The indicator in the cluster display will initially illuminate white. This indicates the LKA system is in the READY but NOT ENABLED state. If you press the LKA button again, the indicator on the cluster display will go off.
5-110
Note that the vehicle speed must be at least approximately 40 mph (64 km/h) to ENABLE the LKA system. The indicator in the cluster will illuminate green.
The color of indicator will change depending on the condition of LKA system.
LKA system operation
Lane marker undetected Lane marker detected
- White : Sensor does not detect
OLX2059058N/OLX2059059N
lane markers or vehicle speed is under 40 mph (64
OLX2059058N · If vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h) and the system detects lane
km/h).
· To see the LKA system screen on
- Green : Sensor detects lane mark- the LCD display in the cluster,
markers, the color changes from gray to white.
5
ers and the system is able select Assist mode ( ). For more
to control vehicle steering. details, refer to "LCD Display
Modes" in chapter 3.
i Information
If the indicator (white) is activated from the previous ignition cycle, the system will turn ON without any additional control. If you press the LKA switch again, the indicator on the cluster goes off.
Driving your vehicle
5-111
Driving your vehicle
· If your vehicle departs from the projected lane in front of you, the LKA system operates as follows:
Left lane marker
Right lane marker
OLX2059061N/OLX2059060N
1. A visual warning appears on the cluster LCD display. Either the left lane marker or the right lane marker in the cluster LCD display will blink depending on which direction the vehicle is veering. Also, the steering wheel will vibrate.
2. The LKA system will help control the vehicle's steering to prevent the vehicle from crossing the lane maker in below conditions.
- Vehicle speed is over 40 mph (64 km/h)
- When driving, the vehicle is located between both lanes normally.
- The steering wheel is not turned suddenly.
When lanes are detected and all the conditions to activate the LKA system are satisfied, a LKA system indicator light ( ) will change from white to green. This indicates that the LKA system is in the ENABLED state and the steering wheel will be controlled.
Warning Light and Message Keep hands on steering wheel
OLX2059062N
If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the LKA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.
i Information
If the steering wheel is held very lightly, the message may still appear because the LKA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the wheel.
5-112
WARNING
WARNING
Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
· The LKA system is a supplemental system only. It is the responsibility of the driver to safely steer the vehicle and to maintain it in its lane.
· Turn off the LKA system and drive without using the system in the following situations:
Type A
Type B
- In bad weather
OIK057121N/OIK057122N
- In bad road conditions
- When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently.
If there is a problem with the system a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the LKA system failure indicator will illu-
5
minate.
i Information
· Even though the steering is assisted by the system, the driver can still steer to control the steering wheel.
· The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not.
Driving your vehicle
5-113
Driving your vehicle
LKA system indicator The LKA system indicator (yellow) will illuminate if the LKA system is not working properly. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When there is a problem with the system do one of the following: · Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again. · Check if the ignition switch is in the
ON position. · Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain, etc.) · Check if there is foreign matter on the camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LKA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when:
· The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
· The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
· Vehicle speed is below 35 mph (56 km/h) and over 110 mph (177 km/h).
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The vehicle brakes suddenly.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane lines on the road. (e.g. construction area)
· Radius of a curve is too small.
· The vehicle is driven on a steep incline.
· The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
· The system may not operate for 15 seconds after the engine is started or the camera is initialized.
Limitations of the System
The LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not depart from the intended lane, OR, the LKA system may not warn you if the vehicle leaves the intended lane under the following circumstances:
When the lane and road conditions are poor
· It is difficult to distinguish the lane marker from the road because the lane marker is covered with dust or sand.
· It is difficult to distinguish the color of the lane marker from the road.
· There are markings on the road surface that look like a lane marker that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
5-114
· The lane marker is indistinct or When external condition is inter- · Driving on a steep grade, over a
damaged.
vened
hill, or when driving on a curved
· The lane marker is merged or · The brightness outside changes road.
divided (e.g. tollgate).
suddenly such as when entering or · The adverse road conditions cause
· The lane number increases or decreases or the lane marker are
exiting a tunnel, or when passing under a bridge.
excessive vehicle vibrations while driving.
crossing complicatedly.
· The brightness outside is too low · The surrounding of the inside rear
· There are more than two lane such as when the headlamps are view mirror temperature is high
markers on the road in front of you. not on at night or the vehicle is due to direct sunlight, etc.
· The lane marker is very thick or going through a tunnel.
thin.
· There is a boundary structure in When front visibility is poor
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· The lane marker ahead is not visible due to rain, snow, water on the
the roadway such as a concrete barrier, guardrail and reflector post that is inadvertently being detected by the camera.
· The windshield or the camera lens is blocked with dirt or debris.
· The windshield glass is fogged up;
5
road, damaged or stained road surface, or other factors.
· When light coming from a street light or an oncoming vehicle is
a clear view of the road is obstructed.
· The shadow is on the lane marker reflected on a wet road surface · Placing objects on the dashboard,
by a median strip, trees, guardrail, such as a puddle in the road.
etc.
noise barriers, etc.
· The field of view in front is · The sensor cannot detect the lane
· The lane markers are complicated obstructed by sun glare.
because of fog, heavy rain or snow.
or a structure substitutes for the lines such as a construction area.
· There is not enough distance between you and the vehicle in
· There are crosswalk signs or other front to be able to detect the lane
symbols on the road.
marker or the vehicle ahead is driv-
· The lane marker in a tunnel is ing on the lane marker.
stained with oil, etc.
· The lane suddenly disappears such as at the intersection.
Driving your vehicle
5-115
Driving your vehicle
LKA System Function Change
The driver can change LKA to Lane Departure Warning from the LCD display. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance Lane Safety Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)/Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Off'.
The system is automatically set to Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) if a function is not selected.
- Lane Keeping Assist
Lane Keeping Assist guides the driver to help keep the vehicle within the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives well inside the lanes. However, it starts to control the steering wheel, when the vehicle is about to deviate out of the lane.
- Lane Departure Warning
Lane Departure Warning alerts the driver with a visual warning and a warning alarm when the system detects the vehicle departing the lane. The steering wheel will not be controlled.
- Off
If you select 'off', the LKA system is deactivated.
5-116
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system is designed as a safety feature to help reduce drowsy or inattentive driving. The DAW displays a bar graph that is intended to represent the driver's attention and fatigue level while driving.
Driver's attention level
System off - Type A
- Type B
Inattentive driving - Type A
- Type B
Driving your vehicle
System Setting and Operation
System setting
OIK057131N/OLX2059115N
The Driver Attention Warning can be activated from the User Settings
Attentive driving
OIK057129N/OLX2059113N
· The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the cluster LCD
menu in the cluster LCD display by - Type A following the procedure below.
- Type B
display. The DAW screen will appear when
5
1. Set the ignition switch to the ON
you select the Assist mode tab ( )
position.
on the LCD display if the system is
2. Select 'User Settings Driver Assistance Driver Attention
activated. For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
Warning' in the cluster LCD dis-
· The driver's attention level is dis-
play.
played on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inat-
The system stops operation when the setting is deactivated. However, if the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the pre-
OIK057130N/OLX2059114N
tentive the driver is.
· The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
vious state.
· The level increases when the driv-
er attentively drives for a certain
period of time.
5-117
Driving your vehicle
· When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last Break time' and level.
Take a break
OIK057132L
· The "Consider taking a break" message appears on the cluster LCD display and a warning sounds to suggest that the driver take a break, when the driver's attention level is below 1.
· The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system will not suggest a break, when the total driving time is shorter than 10 minutes.
CAUTION
If any other warning sound such as seat belt warning chime is already generated, the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning may not sound.
Resetting the System
· The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver's attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system.
· The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system resets in the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver's door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more than 10 minutes.
· The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system operates again, when the driver restarts driving.
5-118
System Standby
System Malfunction
WARNING
OIK057133N
OIK057134N
· The Driver Attention Warning system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. Pay attention to the road conditions at all times.
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system enters the ready status and displays the 'Standby' screen in the following situations.
Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
When the warning message appears, the system is not working
· The driver who feels fatigued should take a break, even though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention Warning system.
5
- The system is unable to collect properly. In this case, have the vehi-
data to monitor the driver's driving cle inspected by an authorized
conditions.
HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
- Driving speed remains under 40 mph (64 km/h) or over 110 mph (180 km/h).
The system may suggest a break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits even if the driver does-
n't feel fatigue.
Driving your vehicle
5-119
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning system utilizes the camera sensor on the front windshield for its operation. To keep the camera sensor in the best condition, you should observe the followings:
· NEVER install any accessories or stickers on the front windshield, or tint the front windshield.
· NEVER place any reflective objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) over the crash pad. Any light reflection may prevent the system from functioning properly.
· Pay extreme caution to keep the camera sensor dry.
· Never disassemble the camera assembly, or apply any impact on the camera assembly.
If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system may not operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked for calibration.
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system may not provide alerts in the following situations:
· The lane detection performance is limited. (For more details, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in this chapter.)
· The vehicle is erratically driven or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles, fallen objects, bumpy road).
· Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined (possibly due to wide variation in tire pressures, uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out alignment).
· The vehicle drives on a curvy road.
5-120
· The vehicle drives on a bumpy road.
· The vehicle drives through a windy area.
· The vehicle is controlled by the following driving assist systems:
- Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
- Lane Following Assist (LFA)
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
- Blind-Spot
Collision-
Avoidance Assist (BCA)
- Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
CAUTION
Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system warning sounds.
HIGHWAY DRIVING ASSIST (HDA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system helps keep the vehicle between lanes, maintain a distance
i Information
· The Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
System Setting and Operation System setting
with the vehicle ahead, and automatically adjusts the vehicle speed to the speed limit while driving on the highway.
WARNING
· The Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function. It is the responsibility of the driver to always be aware of
system is available only on con- · With the Engine Start/Stop button
trolled access road of certain high- in the ON or START position, the
ways.
Highway Driving Assist can be acti-
Controlled access road indicates roads with limited entrances and exits that allow uninterrupted high speed traffic flow. Only passenger cars and motorcycles are allowed on controlled access roads.
vated by selecting 'All menus Setup Vehicle Driver Assistance Highway Driving Assist' from the Settings menu in
the infotainment system screen.
Deselect the setting to turn off the
system.
Available highway
· If the engine is turned off then on
again, the system maintains the 5
(Controlled access road)
last setting.
the surroundings and drive safely.
USA
Interstate Highway
· The Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system relies entirely
Canada
Select Provincial and Territorial Highways
on the road information provided by the navigation system. It is the responsibility of
· Additional highways may be expanded by navigation updates.
the driver to follow traffic laws
and avoid accidents.
· For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the system.
Driving your vehicle
5-121
Driving your vehicle
Operating conditions
Select 'Highway Driving Assist' from the Settings menu in the infotainment system screen and satisfy the following conditions for the system to operate.
· Driving on the highway main line
· Smart Cruise Control is operating
- If the Smart Cruise Control is in
the READY state the Highway
Driving Assist will be in the
READY state. The
indi-
cator on the cluster will illuminate
white.
· Vehicle speed is under 95 mph (153 km/h)
If all the mentioned conditions are
satisfied, the system is ENABLED
and the
indicator on the
cluster will illuminate green.
Steering wheel control
OLX2059116N
Steering control If the vehicle detects both lane markers (lane color white), the indicator light will change from white to green. This indicates that the steering wheel is being controlled.
OLX2059117N
Temporary deactivation
The indicator light changes from green to white when the steering wheel control is temporarily deactivated. Even if the steering wheel is not controlled, the distance between the vehicle ahead will be maintained.
5-122
Speed setting
When the highway speed limit changes, the set speed automatically changes to the changed speed limit.
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059118N
Automatic speed setting mode
The system enters the automatic speed setting mode when:
1. The operating conditions are satisfied
-
indicator will illuminate
green
2. The Smart Cruise Control set speed and the highway speed limit matches
If the system changes to the auto-
matic speed mode, the
symbol
will turn green and a chime will
sound.
OLX2059125N
Manual speed setting mode
If the speed is set manually using the
RES+ or SET- toggle switch on the steering wheel, the set speed on the
5
cluster will turn white and the 'AUTO'
symbol will disappear.
5-123
Driving your vehicle
Warning Message Hands-off warning
WARNING
The warning message may appear late according to road conditions. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
OHI058274L
Keep hands on steering wheel If the driver takes their hands off the steering wheel for several seconds while the HDA system is activated, the system will warn the driver.
i Information
If the steering wheel is held with a light grip, the message may appear because the HDA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands on the steering wheel.
OHI058296L
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system canceled
If the driver still does not have their hands on the steering wheel after the message "Keep hands on steering wheel", the HDA system will be canceled. However, if the Smart Cruise Control is reactivated manually by the driver, the Highway Driving Assist System will reactivate.
To activate Smart Cruise control, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop and Go" in chapter 5.
5-124
The HDA system will not be in the ENABLED state and/or the steering wheel will not be assisted when:
· The turn signal is turned on before changing a lane. If you change lanes without the turn signal on, the steering wheel might be controlled.
· Radius of a curve is too small.
· The vehicle is driven on a steep incline.
· The steering wheel is turned suddenly.
System malfunction
· The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is turned on or right after changing a lane.
· ESC (Electronic Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle Stability Management) is activated.
· The vehicle is driven on a sharp curve.
· Vehicle speed is over 95 mph (153 km/h).
OHI049140N
Check Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system
5
If there is a problem with the system, a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· The vehicle makes sharp lane changes.
· The vehicle brakes suddenly.
· Only one lane marker is detected.
· The lane is very wide or narrow.
· There are more than two lane markers on the road (e.g. construction area).
Driving your vehicle
5-125
Driving your vehicle
i Information
· Highway Driving Assist is limited in other countries.
· Highway Driving Assist only operates based on the speed limits of the highway but it does not work with the speed cameras.
· The time gap could occur between the navigation speed warning and system operation.
· The system is not designed to work on highways other than mentioned as a controlled access road. The system automatically cancels when you leave the highway.
· If there is a problem with Highway Driving Assist, the system cannot be activated in the infotainment system screen.
· If your vehicle is 1640 ft. (500 m) ahead and behind of an open tollgate, the system is automatically canceled. Also, it is converted to Smart Cruise Control automatically with a pop-up message on the navigation.
· In the automatic speed setting mode, the vehicle automatically accelerates or decelerates when the highway speed limit changes.
· If your vehicle speed exceeds 95 mph (153 km/h), Highway Driving Assist is automatically canceled. Also, it is converted to Smart Cruise Control automatically with a popup message on the navigation.
· If you enter a rest area on the highway or a IC/JC (intersection/junction) without a destination set, the system is canceled later than when the vehicle actually leaves the highway.
CAUTION
The Highway Driving Assist system may not function properly in the following situations:
· The navigation is not working properly.
· The navigation is not updated.
· The real-time GPS or map information provided has errors.
· The navigation is overloaded by performing functions such as route search, video playback, voice recognition, etc. are performing simultaneously.
· GPS signals are blocked in areas such as a tunnel.
· The driver goes off course or the route to the destination is changed or canceled by resetting the navigation.
· The vehicle enters a service station or rest area
· Android Auto or Car Play is operating.
5-126
· The navigation cannot detect
i Information
i Information
the current vehicle position This device complies with Part 15 of Radio frequency radiation exposure
(ex: elevated roads including the FCC rules.
information:
overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby roads exist in a parallel way).
· The navigation is being updated while driving.
· The navigation is being reset while driving.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
· The road is slippery due to
operation.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
bad weather such as rain or snow.
3. Changes or modifications not ed or operating in conjunction with expressly approved by the party any other antenna or transmitter.
5
responsible for compliance could
i Information
· For information's on vehicle to vehi-
void the user's authority to operate the device.
cle distance control and the front
radar, refer to "Smart Cruise
Control (Stop & Go)" in this chap-
ter.
· For information's on steering control and distance control and the front camera, refer to "Lane Following Assist (LFA)" in this chapter.
Driving your vehicle
5-127
Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL WITH STOP & GO SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
OLX2059049N
Cruise indicator Set speed Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD display in the cluster, select Assist mode ( ). For more details, refer to "LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
The Smart Cruise Control system allows you to program the vehicle to help maintain the desired speed and minimum distance between the vehicle ahead. The Smart Cruise Control system will automatically adjust your vehicle speed to maintain your programmed speed and following distance without requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals.
WARNING
For your safety, please read the owner's manual before using the Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
WARNING
Take the following precautions :
· Always set the vehicle speed under the speed limit.
· If the Smart Cruise Control is left on, (cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated) the Smart Cruise Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light OFF) when the Smart Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
· Use the Smart Cruise Control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather.
The Smart Cruise Control system is not a substitute for safe driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and distance to the vehicle ahead.
· Do not use the Smart Cruise Control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed.
· Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed
5-128
- Driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads
Smart Cruise Control Switch
Adjusting the Sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control
- Driving on a steep downhill or uphill
- Driving in windy areas
- Driving in parking lots
- Driving near crash barriers
- Driving on a sharp curve
- Driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weath-
er, such as fog, snow, rain or
OTM058149L
sandstorm) - The vehicle's sensing ability
CRUISE: Turns cruise control sys-
OIK057097N
tem on or off.
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
5
decreases due to vehicle modification, resulting in a level difference of the vehicle's front and rear
· Unexpected situations may lead to possible accidents.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings Driver Assistance SCC Reaction Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD display. You may select one of the
Pay attention continuously to CANCEL: Cancels cruise control three stages you prefer.
road conditions and driving
operation.
· Fast:
even when the smart cruise control system is being operated.
Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is faster than normal speed.
Driving your vehicle
5-129
Driving your vehicle
· Normal: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is normal.
· Slow: Vehicle speed following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance is slower than normal speed.
i Information
The last selected speed sensitivity of the smart cruise control is remained in the system.
To Convert to Cruise Control Mode
The driver may choose to switch to use the conventional Cruise Control mode (speed only control function) by following these steps:
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise (
) indi-
cator will illuminate.
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise Control" and "Cruise Control".
When the system is canceled using the CRUISE button or the CRUISE button is used after the engine is turned on, the Smart Cruise Control mode will turn on.
WARNING
When using the conventional Cruise Control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to other vehicles by depressing the brake pedal. The system does not automatically adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.
5-130
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control speed
i Information
· Vehicle speed may decrease on an upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
OTM058038
· When you are setting the cruise control speed, with a vehicle in front and your vehicle speed is between 0 ~ 20 mph (0 ~ 30 km/h ), the speed will set to 20 mph (30 km/h).
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-). The Set Speed and
OTM058037
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the LCD display will illuminate.
5
1. Push the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed can be set as follows:
· 5 100 mph (10 - 160 km/h) : when there is no vehicle in front
4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going uphill or downhill.
· 0 100 mph (0 - 160 km/h) : when there is a vehicle in front
Driving your vehicle
5-131
Driving your vehicle
To increase Smart Cruise Control set speed
CAUTION
Check the traffic and driving conditions before using the toggle switch. Driving speed may sharply increase, when you push up and hold the toggle switch.
To decrease the Smart Cruise Control set speed
OTM058039
Follow either of these procedures: · Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner. · Push the toggle switch up (RES+), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want. You can set the speed to 100 mph (160 km/h).
5-132
OTM058038
Follow either of these procedures:
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 mph (1 km/h) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner.
· Push the toggle switch down (SET-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h). Release the toggle switch at the speed you want.
· You can set the speed to 20 mph (30 km/h).
To temporarily accelerate with Smart Cruise Control set speed Canceled automatically
the Smart Cruise Control on
will be temporarily canceled
· The driver's door is opened.
If you want to speed up temporarily when the Smart Cruise Control is on, depress the accelerator pedal. Increased speed will not interfere with Smart Cruise Control operation or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
when:
· The vehicle is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
· The EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is applied.
· The vehicle speed is over 110 mph (170 km/h).
· The vehicle stops on a steep incline.
If you push the toggle switch down (SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again corresponding to the pedal position.
· The ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS (Traction Control System) or ABS is operating.
OTM058040 · The ESC is turned off.
5
CAUTION
Be careful when accelerating temporarily, because the speed is not controlled automatically at this time even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
Canceled manually
· Depressing the brake pedal.
· Pushing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
The Smart Cruise Control turns off temporarily when the Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator on the cluster LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator is illuminated continuously.
· The sensor or the cover is dirty or blocked with foreign matter.
· The vehicle is stopped for a certain period of time.
· The vehicle stops and goes repeatedly for a long period of time.
· The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period of time.
· The engine stops or the engine performance is abnormal.
· Engine rpm is in the red zone.
Driving your vehicle
5-133
Driving your vehicle
· The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after the vehicle is stopped by the Smart Cruise Control system with no other vehicle ahead.
· The driver starts driving by pushing the toggle switch up (RES+)/down (SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle with a vehicle stopped far away in front.
· The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) is activated.
· The engine is stopped by ISG (Idle Stop & Go) (if equipped).
Each of these actions will cancel the Smart Cruise Control operation. The Set Speed and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance on the cluster LCD display will go off.
In a condition the Smart Cruise Control is cancelled automatically, the Smart Cruise Control will not resume even though the RES+ or SET- toggle switch is pushed.
Also, if the Smart Cruise Control is canceled automatically while the vehicle is at a standstill, EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) will be applied.
i Information
If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled during a situation that is not described above, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OIK057096N
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is canceled, the warning chime will sound and a message will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road and driving conditions.
Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime.
5-134
To resume Smart Cruise Control To turn Cruise Control off set speed
Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
If any method other than the cruise toggle switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when you push the toggle switch up (RES+) or down (SET-).
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
If you push the toggle switch up
(RES+), the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if vehi-
OTM058037
cle speed drops below 20 mph (30
km/h), it will resume when there is a · Push the CRUISE button (the
vehicle in front of your vehicle.
cruise indicator light will go off).
5
If you wish not to use the cruise
OTM058041
WARNING · To avoid collisions, always be
control system, always turn the system off by pushing the CRUISE button.
When the Smart Cruise Control system is ON, you can set and maintain the distance from the vehicle ahead
aware of the selected speed
of you without pressing the accelera-
and vehicle to vehicle dis-
tor or brake pedal.
tance settings when activat-
ing your smart cruise control
system.
· Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
Driving your vehicle
5-135
Driving your vehicle
Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
When the lane ahead is clear:
When there is a vehicle ahead of you in your lane:
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h), the distance is maintained as follows:
Distance 4 - approximately 172 feet Distance 3 - approximately 130 feet Distance 2 - approximately 106 feet Distance 1 - approximately 82 feet
i Information
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine.
OIK057104N
The vehicle speed will maintain the set speed.
Distance 4
Distance 3
Distance 2
Distance 1
OLX2059078N/OLX2059053N/ OLX2059052N/OLX2059051N
· Your vehicle speed will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance.
· If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising speed after accelerating to the set speed.
· If distance from the front vehicle has changed due to accelerating or decelerating of the front vehicle, the distance on the cluster LCD display may change.
5-136
WARNING
· Even if the warning message does not appear and warning chime does not sound, always pay attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous situations from occurring.
· Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may prevent occupants from hearing the system warning sounds.
CAUTION
OLX2059026N
When using the Smart Cruise Control system:
· The warning message appears and warning chime sounds if the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.
· If the warning message appears and warning chime sounds, depress the brake pedal or use the steering wheel toggle switch to actively adjust the vehicle speed, and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
OLX2059054N
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
5
speed: less than 20 mph (30
km/h)) moves to the next lane,
the warning chime will sound
and a message "Watch for sur-
rounding vehicles" will appear.
Adjust your vehicle speed for
vehicles or objects that can
suddenly appear in front of you
by depressing the brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road condition ahead.
Driving your vehicle
5-137
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
· If you push the smart cruise control toggle switch (RES+ or SET-) while Auto Hold and smart cruise control is operating the Auto Hold will be released regardless of accelerator pedal operation and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO HOLD indicator changes from green to white.
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead
OIK057107L
Use switch or pedal to accelerate
· In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. However, if the vehicle stops for more than 3 seconds, you must depress the accelerator pedal or push up the toggle switch (RES+) or push down the toggle switch (SET-) to start driving.
OLX2059031N
The Smart Cruise Control uses a sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or other foreign matter, the vehicle to vehicle distance control may not operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
5-138
Warning message
i Information
· Be careful not to apply unnec-
For the SCC operation is temporarily stopped if the radar is blocked, but you wish to use conventional cruise control mode (speed only control function), you must convert to the cruise control mode (refer to "To convert to Cruise Control mode" in the following page).
essary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the Smart Cruise Control system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an
OTM058061L
CAUTION
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. · If the front bumper becomes
Smart Cruise Control disabled. Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the Smart Cruise Control system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message will appear on the cluster LCD display. Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and clean the radar sensor lens cover before operating the Smart Cruise
· Do not apply license plate frame or foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor. Doing so may adversely affect the sensing performance of the radar.
· Always keep the radar sensor and lens cover clean and free of dirt and debris.
· Use only a soft cloth to wash
damaged in the area around the radar sensor, the Smart Cruise Control System may not operate properly. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Use only genuine HYUNDAI parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do not apply paint to the sensor cover.
5
Control system. The Smart Cruise
the vehicle. Do not spray pres-
Control system may not properly
surized water directly on the
activate, if the radar is totally con-
sensor or sensor cover.
taminated, or if any substance is not
detected after turning on the engine
(e.g. in an open terrain).
Driving your vehicle
5-139
Driving your vehicle
Type A
Type B
Limitations of the System
The Smart Cruise Control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions.
On curves
OIK057109L/OIK057110L
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the vehicle to vehicle distance control system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
OTM058117
· The Smart Cruise Control system may not detect a moving vehicle in your lane, and then your vehicle could accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will decrease when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly.
· Select the appropriate set speed on curves and apply the brakes or accelerator pedal if necessary.
5-140
On inclines
Lane changing
Driving your vehicle
OTM058073
Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
OLX2058076
OTM058074
Apply the accelerator pedal and · During uphill or downhill driving, · A vehicle which moves into your select the appropriate set speed. the Smart Cruise Control system lane from an adjacent lane cannot
5
Check to be sure that the road con- may not detect a moving vehicle in be recognized by the sensor until it
ditions permit safe operation of the your lane, and cause your vehicle is in the sensor's detection range.
Smart Cruise Control.
to accelerate to the set speed. · The radar may not detect immedi-
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly ately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
decrease when the vehicle ahead denly. Always pay attention to the
is recognized suddenly.
traffic, road and driving conditions.
· Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
· If a slower vehicle moves into your lane, your speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
· If a faster vehicle which moves into your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed.
5-141
Driving your vehicle
Detecting vehicles
OTM058128
Some vehicles in your lane cannot be recognized by the sensor: - Narrow vehicles such as motorcy-
cles or bicycles - Vehicles offset to one side - Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles - Stopped vehicles - Vehicles with small rear profile
such as trailers with no loads
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal if necessary.
OTM058129
· Your vehicle may accelerate when a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
· When you are warned that the vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
5-142
Driving your vehicle
OTM058119
OTM058124
OLX2058077
· When driving in stop-and-go traffic, · Always look out for pedestrians · Always be cautious for vehicles
and a vehicle in front of you when your vehicle is maintaining a with higher height or vehicles car-
merges out of the lane, the system may not immediately detect the
distance with the vehicle ahead.
rying loads that sticks out from the back of the vehicle.
5
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must main-
tain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe dis-
tance.
5-143
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
When using the Smart Cruise Control take the following precautions:
· If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the brakes. The smart cruise control system cannot guarantee the stop for every emergency situation.
· Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result.
· Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary.
· The Smart Cruise Control system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Vehicles moving in front of you with a frequent lane change may cause a delay in the system's reaction or may cause the system to react to a vehicle actually in an adjacent lane. Always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
· Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance. The driver should not solely rely on the system but always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
· The Smart Cruise Control system may not recognize complex driving situations so always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed.
· The Smart Cruise Control system may recognize a pedestrian, bicycle, motorcycle, etc. as a vehicle. Always, look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
i Information
The Smart Cruise Control system may not operate temporarily due to: · Electrical interference · A modified suspension · Differences of tire abrasion or tire
pressure · Installing different type of tires
5-144
i Information
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of Radio frequency radiation exposure
the FCC rules.
information:
Operation is subject to the following This equipment complies with FCC
three conditions:
radiation exposure limits set forth for
1. This device may not cause harmful an uncontrolled environment.
interference, and
This equipment should be installed
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
and operated with minimum distance of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator (antenna) and your body.
operation.
This transmitter must not be co-locat-
3. Changes or modifications not
ed or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
expressly approved by the party
5
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Driving your vehicle
5-145
Driving your vehicle
LEADING VEHICLE DEPARTURE ALERT (IF EQUIPPED)
The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system alerts the driver of the departure of the vehicle in front when the vehicle is stopped and the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is operating.
System Setting and Operation
System setting
The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert can be activated from the User Settings menu in the cluster LCD display by following the procedure below.
1. Set the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Select 'User Settings Driver Assistance Leading Vehicle Departure Alert' in the cluster LCD
display.
The system stops operation when the setting is deactivated. However, if the engine is turned off then on again, the system maintains the previous state.
System standby
OIK057107L
Use switch or pedal to accelerate While the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is operating, your vehicle stops behind the vehicle in front when it stops. The message shown above is displayed on the cluster within 3 seconds after the stop and the system will be in the standby position.
5-146
System operation
WARNING
Always check the front of the vehicle and road conditions before departure.
OTM058091L
Leading vehicle is driving away
If the driver does not take action for a certain period of time after the vehicle in front departs, the message shown above is displayed on the cluster.
The vehicle departs automatically if the accelerator pedal is depressed or RES + or SET - toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is a vehicle in front.
The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is deactivated if the accelerator pedal is depressed or RES + or SET - toggle switch is pushed up or down when there is no vehicle in front.
5
5-147
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions Rocking the Vehicle
When hazardous driving elements are encountered such as water, snow, ice, mud and sand, take the below suggestions:
· Drive cautiously and keep a longer braking distance.
· Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
· When your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
· Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other non-slip materials under the wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
WARNING
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
Downshifting with an automatic transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an accident. The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and excessive wheel spin occurs, the temperature in the tires can increase very quickly. If the tires become damaged, a tire blow out or tire explosion can occur. This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle, the vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly causing an engine compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the wheels as much as possible to prevent overheating of either the tires or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle to spin the wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).
5-148
i Information
Driving at Night
Driving in the Rain
The ESC system must be turned OFF Night driving presents more hazards Rain and wet roads can make driving
before rocking the vehicle.
than driving in the daylight. Here are dangerous. Here are a few things to
some important tips to remember: consider when driving in the rain or
NOTICE
· Slow down and keep more dis- on slick pavement: tance between you and other vehi- · Slow down and allow extra follow-
If you are still stuck after rocking cles, as it may be more difficult to ing distance. A heavy rainfall
the vehicle a few times, have the see at night, especially in areas makes it harder to see and increas-
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle where there may not be any street es the distance needed to stop
to avoid engine overheating, pos- lights.
your vehicle.
sible damage to the transmission, and tire damage. See "Towing" in chapter 6.
· Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver's headlamps.
· Keep your headlamps clean and
· Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
· Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the
5
Smooth Cornering
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly windshield.
Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are
aimed headlamps will make it · Tires should be properly mainmuch more difficult to see at night. tained with at least 2/32nds of an
wet. Ideally, corners should always · Avoid staring directly at the head- inch of tread depth. If your tires do
be taken under gentle acceleration.
lamps of oncoming vehicles. You not have enough tread, making a
could be temporarily blinded, and it quick stop on wet pavement can
will take several seconds for your cause a skid and possibly lead to
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
an accident. See "Tire replace-
ment" in chapter 7.
· Turn on your headlamps to make it easier for others to see you.
Driving your vehicle
5-149
Driving your vehicle
· Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you must go through puddles, try to drive through them slowly.
· If you believe your brakes may be wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns.
Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the water. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to "Tire replacement " in chapter 7.
5-150
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. Under-inflation may overheat or damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, which may reduce traction or adversely affect vehicle handling. This could lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less efficient than driving at a slower, more moderate speed. Maintain a moderate speed in order to conserve fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine coolant level and the engine oil before driving.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine.
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road applications. The specific design characteristics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles making them more likely to roll over if you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, do not load your vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof, and never modify your vehicle in any way.
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
· Take corners at slower speeds than you would with a passenger vehicle.
· Avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers.
· Do not modify your vehicle in any way that you would raise the center of gravity.
· Keep tires properly inflated. · Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
5
5-151
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter quickly wear out tires and cause other problems. To minimize winter driving problems, you should take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications, and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices. During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle's handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
i Information
Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Tire chains
OLX2058096L
The mounting of some types of tire chains may cause damage to the tire. Therefore the use of snow tires is preferred over the use of tire chains. If the road and weather conditions require the use of tire chains, be sure to use tire chains that have been properly selected for the size of tire on your HYUNDAI vehicle. Be sure to follow the guidelines and installation instructions provided from the tire chain manufacturer.
5-152
Damage to your vehicle caused by improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
When using tire chains, attach them to the drive wheels as follows.
2WD : Front wheels
AWD : Front wheels
Tire chains should be installed on the front wheels. This also applied an AWD vehicle.
i Information
· Install tire chains on both left and right front tires. It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tires will provide a greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
· Do not install studded tires without first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the manufacturer's instructions and mount them as tightly possible. Drive slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h)) with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads.
WARNING
The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling: · Drive less than 20 mph
(30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
5
Hazard Warning Flasher and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing snow
chains.
· Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause the vehicle to bounce.
· Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking.
Driving your vehicle
5-153
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
- When using tire chains:
· Wrong size chains or improperly installed chains can damage your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
· Use SAE "S" class or wire chains.
· If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body, retighten the chain to prevent contact with the vehicle body.
· To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
· Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels. If unavoidable, use a wire type chain.
· Use wire chains less than 0.59 inch (15 mm) wide to prevent damage to the chain's connection.
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if necessary
In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used during cold weather. See chapter 8 for recommendations. If you aren't sure what weight oil you should use, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in chapter 7. The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a service station.
5-154
Check spark plugs and ignition Do not let your parking brake
Don't place foreign objects or
system
freeze
materials in the engine com-
Inspect your spark plugs as Under some conditions your parking partment
described in chapter 7 and replace brake can freeze in the engaged Placement of foreign object or mate-
them if necessary. Also check all position. This is most likely to happen rials which prevent cooling of the
ignition wiring and components to be when there is an accumulation of engine, in the engine compartment,
sure they are not cracked, worn or snow or ice around or near the rear may cause a failure or combustion.
damaged in any way.
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If The manufacturer is not responsible
there is a risk the parking brake may for the damage caused by such
Use approved window washer anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the gear in P and block the rear wheels so the car cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.
placement. To keep locks from freezing
washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window wash-
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
To keep the locks from freezing, squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
5
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
er anti-freeze is available from an Under some conditions, snow and an approved de-icing fluid to remove
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and ice can build up under the fenders the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
most auto parts outlets. Do not use and interfere with the steering. When you may be able to thaw it out by
engine coolant or other types of anti- driving in severe winter conditions using a heated key. Handle the heat-
freeze as these may damage the where this may happen, you should ed key with care to avoid injury.
paint finish.
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering com-
ponents is not obstructed.
Driving your vehicle
5-155
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering to tow with your vehicle, you should first check with your state's Department of Motor Vehicles to determine legal requirements. Since laws vary from state to state the requirements for towing trailers, vehicles, or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further details before towing. Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper trailer towing is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty. This section contains many timetested, important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer.
5-156
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· If you don't use the correct towing equipment, or if you drive improperly while towing, you can lose control of the vehicle when pulling a trailer. For example, if the trailer is too heavy, the braking performance may be reduced. You and your passengers could be seriously or fatally injured. Pull a trailer only if you have followed all the steps in this section.
· Before towing, make sure the total trailer weight, GCW (Gross Combination Weight), GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle Weight ) and trailer tongue load are all within the limits.
· When you tow a trailer, make sure to turn off the Idle Stop and Go system.
If you decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if you decide to pull a trailer:
· Consider using a sway control. You can ask a trailer hitch dealer about sway control.
· Do not do any towing with your vehicle during its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order to allow the engine to properly break in. Failure to heed this caution may result in serious engine or transmission damage.
· When towing a trailer, be sure to consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further information on additional requirements such as a towing kit, etc.
· Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph (100 km/h)) or posted towing speed limit.
· On a long uphill grade, do not exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the posted towing speed limit, whichever is lower.
· Carefully observe the weight and load limits provided in the following pages.
Total trailer weight
Tongue load
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
· Never load a trailer with more
weight in the rear than in the
front. The front should be
loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load;
the rear should be loaded with
approximately 40% of the total
Tongue Load
Total Trailer Weight
Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
trailer load.
· Never exceed the maximum
OLMB053047
OLMB053048
What is the maximum safe weight of The tongue load is an important
weight limits of the trailer or trailer towing equipment.
5
a trailer? It should never weigh more weight to measure because it affects
Improper loading can result in
than the maximum trailer weight with the total Gross Vehicle Weight
damage to your vehicle and/or
trailer brakes. But even that can be (GVW) of your vehicle. The trailer
personal injury. Check weights
too heavy. It depends on how you tongue should weigh a maximum of
and loading at a commercial
plan to use your trailer. For example, 10% of the total loaded trailer weight,
scale or highway patrol office
speed, altitude, road grades, outside within the limits of the maximum trail-
equipped with scales.
temperature and how often your vehi- er tongue load permissible.
cle is used to pull a trailer are all important. The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
After you've loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and then the tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. If they aren't, you may be
able to correct them simply by mov-
ing some items around in the trailer.
Driving your vehicle
5-157
Driving your vehicle
Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer
Item
7 seater
lbs (kg) 8 seater
Maximum trailer Without brake system
weight
With brake system
1,653 (750) 1,653 (750) 5000 (2267) 5000 (2267)
Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device
350 (159) 350 (159)
Trailer towing equipment
Hitches
It's important to have the correct hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks going by, and rough roads are a few reasons why you'll need the right hitch. Here are some rules to follow:
· The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches. Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper-type hitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper.
· A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-158
Safety chains
Trailer brakes
Driving with a trailer
You should always attach chains If your trailer is equipped with a brak- Towing a trailer requires a certain
between your vehicle and your trail- ing system, make sure it conforms to amount of experience. Before setting
er. Cross the safety chains under the federal and/or local regulations and out for the open road, you must get
tongue of the trailer so that the that it is properly installed and oper- to know your trailer. Acquaint your-
tongue will not drop to the road if it ating correctly.
self with the feel of handling and
becomes separated from the hitch. If your trailer weighs more than the braking with the added weight of the
Instructions about safety chains may maximum trailer weight without trail- trailer. And always keep in mind that
be provided by the hitch manufactur- er brakes loaded, then it needs its the vehicle you are driving is now
er or trailer manufacturer. Follow the own brakes and they must be ade- longer and not nearly as responsive
manufacturer's recommendation for quate. Be sure to read and follow the as your vehicle is by itself.
attaching safety chains. Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with your trailer. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.
instructions for the trailer brakes so you'll be able to install, adjust and maintain them properly. Do not tap into your vehicle's brake system.
Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform, safety chains, electrical connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.
5
Trailer brakes must be applied separately from your vehicle's brake system.
During your trip, occasionally check to be sure that the load is secure, and that the lights and trailer brakes
WARNING
are still working.
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly set up the brake system. Use an experienced, competent trailer shop for this work.
Driving your vehicle
5-159
Driving your vehicle
Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer. This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns.
Making turns
When you're turning with a trailer, make wider turns than normal. Do this so your trailer won't strike soft shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Passing
You will need more passing distance up ahead when you're towing a trailer. And, because of the increased vehicle length, you'll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Then, to move the trailer to the left, move your hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move your hand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.
Turn signals
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring. The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change. Properly connected, the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you're about to turn, change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when, in fact, they are not. It's important to check periodically to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working. You must also check the lights every time you disconnect and then reconnect the wires.
WARNING
Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle's lighting system. Use an approved trailer wiring harness. Failure to do so could result in damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal injury. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
5-160
Driving on hills
NOTICE
Parking on hills
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade. If you don't shift
To prevent engine and/or transmission overheating:
Generally, if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle, you should not park your vehicle on a hill.
down, you might have to use your · When towing a trailer on steep
brakes so much that they would get overheated and may not operate efficiently.
grades (in excess of 6%) pay close attention to the engine However, if you ever have to park your coolant temperature gauge to trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce your speed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
ensure the engine does not 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking
overheat. If the needle of the area.
coolant temperature gauge
Turn the steering wheel in the
moves towards "H" (HOT), pull
direction of the curb (right if head-
over and stop as soon as it is
ed down hill, left if headed up hill).
safe to do so, and allow the engine to idle until it cools
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).
5
maximum trailer weight without trailer down.You may proceed once the 3. Set the parking brake and shut off
brakes, you should drive in D (Drive) engine has cooled sufficiently.
the vehicle.
when towing a trailer. Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a trailer will minimize heat build-up and extend the life of your transmission.
· When towing a trailer, your vehicle speed may be much slower than the general flow of traffic, especially when climbing an
4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels.
uphill grade. Use the right hand
lane when towing a trailer on an
uphill grade. Choose your vehi-
cle speed according to the max-
imum posted speed limit for
vehicles with trailers, the steep-
ness of the grade, and your trail-
er weight.
Driving your vehicle
5-161
Driving your vehicle
5. Start the vehicle, apply the brakes, shift to neutral, release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes and parking brakes.
7. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
8. Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set.
WARNING
· Do not get out of the vehicle without the parking brake firmly set. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move suddenly. You and others could be seriously or fatally injured.
· Do not apply the accelerator pedal to hold the vehicle on an uphill.
Driving the vehicle after it has been parked on a hill
1. With the gear shift lever in P (Park), apply the brakes and hold the brake pedal down while performing the following:
· Start your engine;
· Shift into gear; and
· Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks.
Maintenance when trailer towing
Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake condition is another important item to frequently check. If you're trailering, it's a good idea to review these items before you start your trip. Don't forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically. Preferably, inspect the vehicle and trailer at the start of each day's driving. Inspect the hitch mounting to make sure the hitch is properly secured to the vehicle. Inspect the trailer electrical wiring to make sure brake lights, turn signal lights, running lights, and hazard lights are working properly.
5-162
NOTICE
To prevent vehicle damage:
· Due to higher load during trailer usage, overheating might occur on hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off the air conditioner and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine.
· When towing check the automatic transmission fluid more frequently.
5
5-163
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill show how much weight your vehicle was designed to carry: the Tire and Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the driver's door sill.
5-164
Tire Loading Information Label
Type A
Type C
Vehicle capacity weight
1. 7 persons : 1173 lbs. (532 kg)
2. 8 persons : 1323 lbs. (600 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer, the combined weight includes the tongue load.
Driving your vehicle
Type B
OLX2079056N
Type D
OLX2079058N Seating capacity
1. Total : 7 persons (Front seat : 2 persons,
5
Rear seat : 5 persons)
2. Total : 8 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 6 persons)
OLX2079057N
OLX2079059N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver, your vehicle may carry. However, the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants, and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed. Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry.
5-165
Driving your vehicle
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load, if your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight, or load limit, including occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can shorten the life of the vehicle. If the GVWR or the GAWR is exceeded, parts on the vehicle can break, and it can change the handling of your vehicle. These could cause you to lose control and result in an accident.
5-166
Example 1 Example 2 Example 3
+
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight (1100 lbs.) (499 kg)
+
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Passenger Weight (150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
5
Cargo Weight (650 lbs.) (295 kg)
+
Maximum Load (1400 lbs.) (635 kg)
Passenger Weight (172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight (540 lbs.) (245 kg)
5-167
Driving your vehicle
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
OBH059070
The certification label is located on the driver's door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel and cargo. This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
The total weight of the vehicle, including all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles, you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING
Overloading
· Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle, the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight. Exceeding these ratings can affect your vehicle's handling and braking ability, and cause an accident.
· Do not overload your vehicle. Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may result in a crash.
5-168
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools, packages, or anything else), they are moving as fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
· Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle. Try to spread the weight evenly.
· Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats.
· Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle.
· When you carry something inside the vehicle, secure it.
5
5-169
Driving your vehicle
What to do in an emergency
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2 Towing ...................................................................6-22
In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2 If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2 If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ........6-2
Towing Service.................................................................6-22 Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-23 Emergency Towing..........................................................6-24
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3
If the Engine Will Not Start..................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but
Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3
Jump Starting..........................................................6-4
If the Engine Overheats........................................6-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8
Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .................................6-9
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10
6
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator ............................................................6-10
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12
If You Have a Flat Tire........................................6-14
Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14
Removing and Storing the Spare Tire .......................6-15
Changing Tires .................................................................6-16
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OLX2068001
The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on or off, press the hazard warning flasher button. The button is located in the center fascia panel. Both the left and right turn signal lights will flash simultaneously.
· The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
· The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While Driving
· Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
· Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
· Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift button to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a safe location.
6-2
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or Turns Over Slowly
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but Doesn't Start
What to do in an emergency
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: · Be sure the shift button is in N Check the fuel level and add fuel if
· Take your foot off the accelerator (Neutral) or P (Park). The engine necessary.
pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead. Do not
starts only when the shift button is If the engine still does not start, have
in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
your vehicle checked by an author-
apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
· Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight.
· Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is drained.
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
the road as far as possible and Do not push or pull the vehicle to
park on firm, level ground. If you start it. This could cause damage to
are on a divided highway, do not your vehicle. See instructions for
park in the median area between "Jump Starting" provided in this
the two traffic lanes.
chapter.
6
· When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, move the shift button into P (Park), and apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
· Have all passengers get out of the vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic.
CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can lead to damage to the emission control system.
· When changing a flat tire, follow the instructions provided later in this chapter.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious injury or damage to your vehicle. If in doubt about how to properly jump start your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH to you or bystanders, always follow these precautions when working near or handling the battery:
Always read and follow instructions carefully when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to contact your eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is frozen.
· NEVER attempt to recharge the battery when the vehicle's battery cables are connected to the battery.
6-4
What to do in an emergency
· The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. NEVER touch these components with the engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
i Information
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that the jumper cables will reach, but do not allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the engine compartment at all times, even when the vehicles are turned off.
An inappropriately disposed 3. Turn off all electrical devices such
1VQA4001
battery can be harmful to the Pb environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s)
as radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park) and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper cable to the red, positive (+)
or regulations.
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle: · Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to jump start your vehicle. · Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle by push-starting.
5. Connect the other end of the jumper cable to the red, positive
6
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
6-5
What to do in an emergency
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or the correct ground. Do not lean over the battery when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
9. Operate your vehicle for at least 30 minutes of driving or at least 60 minutes of engine running at idle before shutting off the engine. Without sufficient time to charge the battery, another no-start will occur. You can also visit your nearest dealer to request the battery be charged and tested.
If your vehicle will not start after a few attempts, it probably requires servicing. In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, have your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-6
Disconnect the jumper cables in the exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable from the red, positive (+) battery/jumper terminal of the assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gage indicates overheating, you experience a loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Put the vehicle in P (Park) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
WARNING
6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine
While the engine is running, keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving parts such as the cooling fan and drive belt to prevent serious injury.
Your vehicle is
equipped with a pres-
surized
coolant
reserve tank. NEVER
remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are HOT.
Hot coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure, caus-
ing serious injury.
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
4. Check for coolant leaking from the radiator, hoses or under the vehi-
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down.
CAUTION
cle. (If the air conditioning had Use extreme care when remov-
been in use, it is normal for cold ing the radiator cap. Wrap a
Serious loss of coolant indi-
water to be draining from it when you stop.)
towel or thick rag around it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly
cates a leak in the cooling system and should be checked as
6
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, to release some of the pressure
soon as possible by an author-
stop the engine immediately and from the system. Step back
ized HYUNDAI dealer.
call the nearest authorized while the pressure is released.
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
When you are sure all the pres-
sure has been released, contin-
ue turning the cap counter-
clockwise to remove it.
6-7
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Check Tire Pressure
OLX2068003
OLX2068004L
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure / Tire Pressure Monitor / TPMS Malfunction Display (shown on the cluster LCD display)
OLX2048120L
· You can check the tire pressure in the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode" section in chapter 3.
· A "Drive to display" message will appear for the first few minutes of driving after initial engine start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed after a few minutes of driving, check the tire pressures.
· The displayed tire pressure values may differ from those measured with a tire pressure gage.
· You can change the tire pressure unit in the User Settings mode on the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User Settings Mode" section in chapter 3).
6-8
What to do in an emergency
Tire Pressure Monitoring
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been equipped
System
vehicle has been equipped with a tire with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) indicate when the system is not
WARNING
that illuminates a low tire pressure operating properly. The TPMS maltelltale when one or more of your function indicator is combined with
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is
when cold and inflated to the inflation Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- illuminated, the system may not be
pressure recommended by the vehi- ciency and tire tread life, and may able to detect or signal low tire pres-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- affect the vehicle's handling and sure as intended. TPMS malfunc-
ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If stopping ability.
tions may occur for a variety of rea-
6
your vehicle has tires of a different Please note that the TPMS is not a sons, including the installation of
size than the size indicated on the substitute for proper tire mainte- replacement or alternate tires or
vehicle placard or tire inflation pres- nance, and it is the driver's responsi- wheels on the vehicle that prevent
sure label, you should determine the bility to maintain correct tire pres- the TPMS from functioning properly.
proper tire inflation pressure for sure, even if under-inflation has not Always check the TPMS malfunction
those tires.)
reached the level to trigger illumina- telltale after replacing one or more
tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tires or wheels on your vehicle to
telltale.
ensure that the replacement or alter-
nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
6-9
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1.The Low Tire Pressure TPMS Malfunction Indicator does not illuminate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is placed to the ON position or engine is running.
2.The TPMS Malfunction Indicator remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated
Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position Indicator
OLX2068004L
When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is displayed on the cluster LCD display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.
If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased stopping distances. You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle's placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure sensor.
6-10
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the Low Tire Pressure Telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather. It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area, or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower, you should check the tire inflation pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pressure.
WARNING
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances. Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
TPMS Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the individual tire pres-
sures in the cluster LCD display 6
will not be available. Have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
6-11
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is near electric power supply cables or radio transmitters such as police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations, airports, transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may illuminate if snow chains are used or electronic devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation, etc. This may interfere with normal operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire Pressure and LCD position indicator will come on. Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing agent not approved by HYUNDAI dealer to repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire. Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a tire pressure monitoring sensor. When the low pressure tire or the flat tire is replaced with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator will remain on. Also, the TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if the vehicle is driven at speed above 15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.
Once the original tire equipped with a tire pressure monitoring sensor is reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle, the Low Tire Pressure LCD position indicator and TPMS Malfunction Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear after a few minutes, please visit an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem (except for the spare tire). You must use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-12
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able identify a tire with low pressure by simply looking
WARNING
i Information
at it. Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire's inflation pressure. Please note that a tire that is hot (from being driven) will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
· The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris.
· If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot off the accelerator, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.
WARNING
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
6
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure con-
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-
tions. Tampering with, modify-
ing, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
6-13
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this section when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
Jack and Tools
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to stay clear of the flat end. The flat end has sharp edges that could cause cuts.
Screwdriver Towing hook
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut wrench and socket are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover. The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.
OLX2069024N
6-14
OLX2069025N
Jack handle Jack Wheel lug nut wrench Socket Wheel cap removing tool
Removing and Storing the Spare Tire
What to do in an emergency
OLX2068027L
OLX2069028N
3. Connect the socket (A) and wheel 6. Draw out the retainer guide (1)
OLX2068026L
lug nut wrench (B).
4. Loosen the bolt enough to lower
through the center hole of the spare tire.
Your spare tire is stored underneath
the spare tire.
your vehicle, directly below the cargo
Turn the wrench counterclockwise
area. To remove the spare tire:
until the spare tire reaches the ground.
6
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and remove the cover with a coin or flat-blade screwdriver.
5. After the spare tire reaches the ground, continue to turn the wrench counterclockwise, and draw the spare tire outside. Never rotate the wrench excessively, otherwise the spare tire carrier may be damaged.
6-15
What to do in an emergency
To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the valve stem facing up.
2. Place the wheel under the vehicle and install the retainer guide and chain through the wheel center.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it clicks.
CAUTION
Ensure the spare tire retainer guide is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the spare tire to fall off the carrier and lead to an accident.
Changing Tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack causing serious injury or death to you or those nearby. Take the following safety precautions:
· Never place any portion of your body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
· NEVER attempt to change a tire in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the vehicle completely off the road on level, firm ground away from traffic before trying to change a tire. If you cannot find a level, firm place off the road, call a towing service for assistance.
· Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
· ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support.
· Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack.
· Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack.
· Keep children away from the road and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift button into P (Park), apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, jack, jack handle, wheel cap remover (big cap only) and spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the tire diagonally opposite of the tire you are changing.
6-16
What to do in an emergency
Rear
Front
OLX2069034N
OLX2068030L
OLX2068031L
6. Insert the tool (1, if equipped) into 7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun- 8. Place the jack at the designated
the hole and pull out the wheel
terclockwise one turn each in the
jacking position under the frame
cover.
order shown above, but do not
closest to the tire you are chang-
remove any lug nuts until the tire
ing. The jacking positions are
NOTICE
When removing the wheel cover, if you use any other tool except the tool (1) provided, the wheel cover may be damaged.
has been raised off of the ground.
plates welded to the frame with two notches. Never jack at any
other position or part of the vehi- 6
cle. Doing so may damage the side seal molding or other parts of the vehicle.
6-17
What to do in an emergency
OLX2068032L
9. Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack.
10. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Remove any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
11. Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub.
12. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
13. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
OLX2068033L
14. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tires, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible. The wheel lug nut should be tightened to 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
6-18
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire pressure (see "Tires and
CAUTION
Use of compact spare tires Compact spare tires are designed for
Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or higher than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest service station
Your vehicle has metric threads on the studs and lug nuts. Make certain during tire changing that
emergency use only. Drive carefully on the compact spare tire and always follow the safety precautions.
and adjust it to the recommended the same nuts that were
pressure. Always reinstall the valve removed are reinstalled. If you
WARNING
cap after checking or adjusting tire have to replace your lug nuts
pressure. If the cap is not replaced, make sure they have metric
To prevent compact spare tire
air may leak from the tire. If you lose threads to avoid damaging the
failure and loss of control pos-
a valve cap, buy another and install it studs and ensure the wheel is
sibly resulting in an accident:
as soon as possible. After changing tires, secure the flat tire and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. If it is hard to secure the flat tire, put the flat tire in the luggage compartment.
properly secured to the hub. Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-
· Use the compact spare tire only in an emergency.
· NEVER operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h).
· Do not exceed the vehicle's maximum load rating or the
6
NOTICE
ment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the
load carrying capacity shown on the sidewall of the com-
· Check the tire pressure as soon tire and call for assistance.
pact spare tire.
as possible after installing a
· Do not use the compact spare
spare tire. Adjust it to the rec-
tire continuously. Repair or
ommended pressure.
replace the original tire as
· Check and tighten the wheel lug
soon as possible to avoid fail-
nuts after driving over 30 mile
ure of the compact spare tire.
(50 km) if tires are replaced.
Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts
after driving over 600 mile (1,000
km).
6-19
What to do in an emergency
When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle:
· Check the tire pressure after installing the compact spare tire. The compact spare tire should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
· Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle.
· The compact spare tire's tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your compact spare tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel.
· Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
· Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
NOTICE
When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
· Drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards, such as a potholes or debris.
· Avoid driving over obstacles. The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
· Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly.
· Do not use the compact spare tire on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel.
6-20
Jack label
Example
OOS067043
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift button to the P (Park) position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10.Jack manufacture
11.Production date
12.Representative company and address
6
6-21
What to do in an emergency
What to do in an emergency
TOWING Towing Service
OLX2068011L [A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended.
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground. If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.
If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it must be towed with a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground.
NOTICE
An AWD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels on the ground. This can cause serious damage to the transaxle or the AWD system.
NOTICE · Do not tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.
OLX2068014
· Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed equipment.
OLX2068013
6-22
WARNING
Removable Towing Hook
Front
What to do in an emergency
If your vehicle is equipped with a rollover sensor, place the ignition switch in the OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being towed. The side impact and curtain air bag may deploy if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position.
2. Place the shift button in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
OLX2068015
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.
Rear
OLX2069016N
6
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift button in N (Neutral) when being towed with the front wheels on the ground can cause internal damage to the transmission.
OLX2068017
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use.
6-23
What to do in an emergency
Emergency Towing
OLX2069018N
OLX2068019
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
If towing service is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.
CAUTION
The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking operations when the vehicle is being towed. Passengers other than the driver must not be in the vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
· While depressing the brake pedal shift to the N (Neutral) position and turn the vehicle off. The POWER button will be in the ACC position.
· Release the parking brake.
· Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking performance.
· More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled.
· Use a vehicle heavier than your own to tow your vehicle.
· The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequently.
· Before emergency towing, check that the hook is not broken or damaged.
· Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook.
· Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force.
6-24
NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner while maintaining tension on the tow rope or chain to start or drive the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle may be damaged.
OFE068022
· Use a towing cable or chain less than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a white or red cloth (about 12 inch (30 cm) wide) in the middle of the cable or chain for easy visibility.
· Drive carefully so the towing cable or chain remains tight during towing.
· Before towing, check the reduction gear for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the reduction gear is leaking, flatbed equipment or a towing dolly must be used.
NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing:
· Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
· Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power.
· Limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing to avoid serious damage to the reduction gear.
6
6-25
What to do in an emergency
Maintenance
Engine compartment .............................................7-3 Climate control air filter .....................................7-24
Maintenance services ...........................................7-4
Filter Inspection...............................................................7-24
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4
Wiper blades .........................................................7-26
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-26
Owner maintenance...............................................7-5
Blade Replacement .........................................................7-26
Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6
Battery...................................................................7-29
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7
For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-30
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI) ....................7-8
Battery Recharging ........................................................7-31
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
Reset Features.................................................................7-32
(3.8 GDI) .............................................................................7-11
Tires and wheels ..................................................7-33
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.7-13
Tire Care............................................................................7-33
Engine oil ..............................................................7-16 Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-16 Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-17
Engine coolant......................................................7-18 Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-18 Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-20
Brake fluid ............................................................7-21 Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-21
Washer fluid .........................................................7-22 Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-22
Air cleaner ............................................................7-22 Filter Replacement..........................................................7-22
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-34
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-35
Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-35
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-36
Tire Replacement ...........................................................7-37
Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-38
Tire Traction .....................................................................7-38
Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-39 Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-39
7
Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-43
All Season Tires...............................................................7-46
Snow Tires ........................................................................7-46
Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-46
Maintenance
Fuses......................................................................7-48
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-49
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-50
Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-51
Light bulbs.............................................................7-61
Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light,
Turn signal lamp and Side marker ..............................7-61
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-64
Rear combination lamp light replacement ................7-64
High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement ..........7-66
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement .....................7-66
Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-67
Appearance care ..................................................7-69
Exterior Care ....................................................................7-69
Interior Care .....................................................................7-74
Emission control system .....................................7-77
Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-77
Evaporative Emission Control System Including
7
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-77
Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-78
California perchlorate notice .............................7-81
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
3.8 GDI
Maintenance
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Radiator cap 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Engine oil dipstick 6. Engine oil filler cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8. Fuse box 9. Battery terminal [+] 10. Battery terminal [-]
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
7
OLX2078002L
7-3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets HYUNDAI's high service quality standards and receives technical support from HYUNDAI in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered.
Owner Maintenance Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury. This chapter provides instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform. Several procedures can be done only by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your vehicle and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-4
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
· Park your vehicle on level ground, move the shift button into the P (Park) position, place the ignition switch in the OFF position.
· Block the tires (front and back) to prevent the vehicle from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
· If you must run the engine during maintenance, do so out doors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery and fuel-related parts.
The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor, parts and lubricants used.
7
Maintenance
7-5
Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule When you stop for fuel: · Check the engine oil level. · Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir. · Check the windshield washer fluid
level. · Check the tire for low or under-
inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your engine coolant level when the engine is hot. This may result in coolant being blown out of the opening and cause serious burns and other injuries.
7-6
While operating your vehicle:
· Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
· Check for vibrations in the steering wheel. Notice if there is any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straight-ahead position.
· Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or "pulls" to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
· When stopping, listen and check for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
· If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transmission occurs, check the transmission fluid level.
· Check the automatic transmission P (Park) function.
· Check the parking brake. · Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
At least monthly: · Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir. · Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers. · Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. · Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year: (i.e., every Spring and Autumn) · Check radiator, heater and air con-
ditioning hoses for leaks or damage. · Check windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer a fluid.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
· Check headlamp alignment. · Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps. · Check seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year: · Clean body and door drain holes. · Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges. · Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
SERVICES
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions.
· Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
· Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
· Towing a trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
· Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
· Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
· Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Lubricate door rubber weather · Extensive engine idling or low
strips.
speed driving for long distances
· Lubricate door checker.
· Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
· Check the air conditioning system. · Inspect and lubricate automatic
unpaved, graveled or salt- spread roads
transmission linkage and controls. · Clean the battery and terminals.
· Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
7
· Check the brake fluid level.
· Driving in heavy dust conditions
· Driving in heavy traffic area
Maintenance
7-7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI)
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Drive belts *1
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months, after that, inspect every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months
Engine oil and engine oil filter
RRRRRRRRRRRRRR R
Fuel additives *2
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter
I IRI IRI IRI IRI IR
Spark plugs
Replace every 97,500 miles (156,000 km)
Valve clearance *3
Inspect every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months
Rotate tires
Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced. *2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives. *3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized authorized HYUNDAI
dealer perform the operation.
7-8
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Climate control air filter (if equipped)
RRRRRRRRRRRRRR R
Vacuum hose
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Engine coolant
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years : after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
Battery condition
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Disc brakes and pads
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension mounting bolts Air conditioner refrigerant
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
7
Air conditioner compressor
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
Propeller shaft (AWD)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Exhaust pipe and muffler
IIIIIIIIIIIIII I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
7-9
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Months
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Miles×1,000 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5 105 112.5 Km×1,000 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156 168 180
Automatic transmission fluid
No check, No service required
Rear differential oil (AWD) *4
I
I
I
Transfer case oil (AWD) *4
I
I
I
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank air filter *5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
Parking brake
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change. *4 : Rear differential oil and transfer case oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water. *5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this mainte-
nance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
7-10
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (3.8 GDI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals. R : Replace or change. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
MAINTENANCE ITEM
MAINTENANCE OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING CONDITION
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transaxle fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km) A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers Rear brake disc/pads
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
7
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Maintenance
7-11
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE ITEM Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
Drive shafts and boots
Rear differential oil
MAINTENANCE OPERATION I
I
R
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
More frequently
Every 3,750 miles (6,000 km) or 6 months
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
DRIVING CONDITION C, D, E, F, G, H, I
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
Propeller shaft
R
More frequently
C, E
I
Every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months
C, E
Severe driving conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E - Driving in heavy dust condition
F - Driving in heavy traffic area G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h) K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7-12
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine Oil and Filter
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation
The engine oil and filter should be Connections
Hoses
changed at the intervals specified in Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-
the maintenance schedule. If the connections for leakage and dam- dence of heat and/or mechanical
vehicle is being driven in severe con- age. Have an authorized HYUNDAI damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
ditions, more frequent oil and filter dealer replace any damaged or leak- cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
changes are required.
ing parts immediately.
excessive swelling indicate deterio-
ration. Particular attention should be
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler Cap
paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
saturation and replace if necessary. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect the hose routing to ensure
Drive belts should be checked peri- should be inspected at those inter- that the hoses do not come in con-
odically for proper tension and vals specified in the maintenance tact with any heat source, sharp
adjusted as necessary.
schedule. Make sure a new vapor edges or moving component which
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly might cause heat damage or
Fuel Filter
replaced.
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, such as clamps and
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the
couplings, to make sure they are
vehicle driving speed, damage the emission system, and cause the
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
7
hard starting. When a considerable
immediately if there is any evidence
amount of foreign substances are
of deterioration or damage.
accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel
filter should be replaced.
Maintenance
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes, and check the connections for any leakages. Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-13
Maintenance
Air Cleaner Filter A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced.
Spark Plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Automatic transmission fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions. But in severe conditions, the fluid should be changed at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid could result in transmission malfunction and failure. Use only the specified automatic transmission fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
Cooling System
Check cooling system components, such as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and connections for leakage and damage. Replace any damaged parts.
Engine Coolant
The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
i Information
Automatic transmission fluid color is red when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker. This is a normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color.
7-14
Brake Hoses and Lines
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Drive Shafts and Boots
Visually check for proper installation, chafing, cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between the MIN and the MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.
Parking Brake
Steering Gear Box, Linkage & Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
Inspect the parking brake system.
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive free-
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers and Rotors
play in the steering wheel. Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball joints for
7
Check the pads for excessive wear, deterioration, cracks, or damage.
discs for run out and wear, and Replace any damaged parts. calipers for fluid leakage.
Maintenance
7-15
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about five minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully.
OLX2079005N
6. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F and L.
OLX2078006
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil. (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-16
NOTICE
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
To prevent damage to your
WARNING
engine:
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
· Do not overfill with engine oil.
WARNING
Add oil in small quantities and
Engine oil contains chemicals
recheck level to ensure engine
known to the State of California
is not overfilled.
to cause cancer, birth defects
· Do not spill engine oil when
and reproductive harm. Used
adding or changing engine oil.
engine oil may cause irritation
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
or cancer of the skin if left in
from being spilled on engine
contact with the skin for pro-
components. Wipe off spilled oil
longed periods of time. Always
immediately.
protect your skin by washing
Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this
your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil.
chapter.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
v/passenger-vehicle
7
Maintenance
7-17
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the Engine Coolant Level
OLX2078007
Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses. The coolant level should be filled between the F and the L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water to bring the level to the F mark, but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
· When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory.
· An improper coolant mixture can result in severe malfunction or engine damage.
· The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
· Do not use alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
7-18
Maintenance
· Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the following table:
Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
Ambient Temperature
5°F (-15°C)
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Antifreeze
Water
35
65
OLX2078008
WARNING
WARNING
The electric motor for
-13°F (-25°C)
40
60
-31°F (-35°C)
50
50
-49°F (-45°C)
60
40
i Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50% water and 50% antifreeze mix is the easiest to mix together as it will be the same quantity of each. It is suitable to
Never remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot. Hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until the engine cools down.
the cooling fan may continue to operate or start up when the engine is not running and can cause serious injury. Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the rotating fan blades of the cooling fan.
Always turn off the engine unless the vehicle has to be inspected with the engine on.
7
use for most temperature ranges of Use extreme care when remov-
Be cautious as the cooling fan
- 31°F and higher.
ing the radiator cap. Wrap a may operate if the negative (-)
thick towel around it, and turn it battery terminal is not discon-
counterclockwise slowly to the nected.
first stop.
7-19
Maintenance
Changing Engine Coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine parts, put a thick towel around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts, such as the alternator.
Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause damage to paint and body trim.
7-20
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the Brake Fluid Level
If the level is low, add the specified brake fluid to the MAX level. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings. If the fluid level is excessively low, have the brake system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NOTICE
· Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as paint damage will result.
· Brake fluid, which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should NEVER be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
OLX2078009
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be
If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this could indicate a leak in the brake system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
· Do not use the incorrect brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake system can damage brake system parts.
between MAX and MIN marks on the HYUNDAI dealer.
side of the reservoir.
i Information
Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake fluid, clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come in contact with your eyes. If brake fluid comes in contact
Use only the specified brake fluid (refer to "Recommended Lubricants and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
Maintenance
7-21
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID Checking the Washer Fluid Level
OLX2078010
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or death, take the following safety precautions when using washer fluid:
· Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.
· Do not allow sparks or flames to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable.
· Do not drink washer fluid and avoid contact with skin. Washer fluid is harmful to humans and animals.
· Keep washer fluid away from children and animals.
AIR CLEANER Filter Replacement
OLX2078011
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for inspection using compressed air. Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as water will damage the filter. If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be replaced. Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule.
7-22
Maintenance
OLX2078012
1. Pull down the air cleaner filter cover (1).
OLX2078013
2. Pull down the lever (2) to the UNLOCK position.
OLX2078014
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Reassemble the air cleaner cover in the reverse order.
5. Check that the cover is firmly installed.
7
7-23
Maintenance
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the air cleaner filter more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to "Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions" in this chapter).
NOTICE
· Do not drive with the air cleaner filter removed. This will result in excessive engine wear.
· When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake, or damage may result.
· Use HYUNDAI genuine parts. Use of non-genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor.
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period and/or if transporting pets or occupants smoke inside the vehicle, then it should be inspected more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the climate control air filter by following the procedure below and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
OLX2078017
1. With the glove box open, remove the stoppers on both sides to allow the glove box to hang freely on the hinges.
7-24
Maintenance
OLX2078016
2. Remove the support rod (1).
OLX2078015
3. Remove the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on right side of the cover.
OPD076026
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol () facing down- 7
wards, to prevent noise and reduce effectiveness.
7-25
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wiper functionality. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer fluid.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, arms or other components, do not: · Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near them. · Attempt to move the wipers manually. · Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
Blade Replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
NOTICE
· In order to prevent damage to the hood and the wiper arms, the wiper arms should only be lifted when in the top wiping position.
· Always return the wiper arms to the windshield before driving.
7-26
Front windshield wiper service positions
Blade replacement
Maintenance
OGSR076068
OLX2078018
This vehicle has a "hidden" wiper design which means that the wipers cannot be lifted when they are in their bottom resting position.
OGSR076067
3. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm.
4. Install a new wiper blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off
the engine, lift and hold the wiper
lever up to the MIST position for
7
about 2 seconds until the wipers
move to the top wipe position.
OGSR076066
2. At this time you can lift the wipers off the windshield.
3. Gently put the wipers back down onto the windshield.
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position to return the wipers to the bottom resting position.
1. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then lift up the wiper blade.
2. While pushing the lock (1), pull down the wiper blade (2).
7-27
Maintenance Rear window wiper blade
OTM078057
1. Raise the wiper arm and then rotate the wiper blade assembly (1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly (2).
OTM078058
3. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place (1).
4. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
5. Rotate back the blade assembly so that it aligns with the wiper arm (2).
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, we recommend that the wiper blades be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-28
BATTERY
WARNING
Batteries contain sulfu- · NEVER attempt to recharge
ric acid which is highly
the battery when the vehicle's
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
corrosive. Do not allow
battery cables are connected
DEATH to you or bystanders,
acid to contact your
to the battery.
always follow these precautions
eyes, skin or clothing.
· The electrical ignition system
when working near or handling
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
works with high voltage.
the battery:
your eyes with clean water for at
NEVER touch these compo-
Always read and follow
least 15 minutes and get imme-
nents with the engine running
instructions carefully
diate medical attention. If acid
or when the ignition switch is
when handling a battery.
gets on your skin, thoroughly
in the ON position.
Wear eye protection designed to protect the eyes from acid splashes.
wash the area. If you feel pain or a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery
Hydrogen is always pres-
carrier or with your hands on
ent in battery cells, is
opposite corners.
highly combustible, and may explode if ignited.
· Do not attempt to jump start your vehicle if your battery is
7
Keep batteries out of
frozen.
reach of children.
Maintenance
7-29
Maintenance
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth defects and reproductive harm. Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer. Wash hands after handling.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go v/passenger-vehicle
NOTICE
· When you do not use the vehicle for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery and keep it indoors.
· Always charge the battery fully to prevent battery case damage in low temperature areas.
For Best Battery Service
OLX2078019
· Keep the battery securely mounted.
· Keep the battery top clean and dry. · Keep the terminals and connec-
tions clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. · Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda.
7-30
Battery Recharging
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your vehicle's battery to avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
· Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and place the ignition switch to the LOCK/OFF position.
· Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the battery.
· Always work outdoors or in an area with plenty of ventilation.
· Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
· The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in a well ventilated area.
· Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin boiling violently.
· The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected. Disconnect the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.
NOTICE
AGM battery
· Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) batteries are maintenance-free and we recommend that the AGM battery be serviced by an authorized retailer of HYUNDAI dealer. For charging your AGM battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries.
(2) Unhook the negative clamp · When replacing the AGM bat-
from the negative battery
tery, we recommend that you
terminal.
use parts for replacement from
(3) Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery
an authorized retailer of HYUNDAI dealer.
terminal.
· Do not open or remove the cap
· Always use a genuine HYUNDAI approved battery when you replace the battery.
on top of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal elec- 7
trolyte that could result in severe injury.
Maintenance
7-31
Maintenance
By jump starting
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for at least 30 minutes or operate at idle for at least 60 minutes before it is shutoff. Alternatively you may visit a dealer for charge and battery test.
The vehicle may not restart if you shut it off before the battery had a chance to adequately recharge. See "Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose of the battery according to your local law(s) or regulations.
Reset Features
The following items may need to be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for: · Power Windows · Driver Position Memory System · Trip Computer · Climate Control System · Clock · Audio System · Sunroof
7-32
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. To reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
· Inspect your tires monthly for proper inflation as well as wear and damage.
· The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always use a tire pressure gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
· Check the pressure of the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or traction.
· ALWAYS replace tires with the same size as each tire that was originally supplied with this vehicle. Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious accident.
Tire Care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle.
OLX2088003L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
7
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
Maintenance
7-33
Maintenance
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or has been driven for less than one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in chapter 8.
WARNING
Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation can reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle handling, and lead to sudden tire failure that could result in loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead to severe heat build-up, causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that can result in the loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
CAUTION
· Under-inflation results in excessive wear, poor handling and reduced fuel economy. Wheel deformation is also possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a tire frequently needs refilling, have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
7-34
Maintenance
Check Tire Inflation Pressure If you overfill the tire, release air by Tire Rotation
Check your tires, including the spare tire, once a month or more.
How to check Use a good quality tire pressure gauge to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires are properly
pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI recommends that the tires be rotated according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for correct balance.
inflated simply by looking at them. one as soon as possible.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
Radial tires may look properly inflat- A cold tire means the vehicle has wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
ed when they are under-inflated.
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar or in this manual. No further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is low, add air until you reach the recommended pressure. Make sure to put the valve
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure.
sure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or severe cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of the tire. Replace the tire if you find any of these conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. After rotation, be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness (proper torque is 79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
7
caps back on the valve stems.
Without the valve cap, dirt or mois-
ture could get into the valve core and
cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
7-35
Maintenance
Without a spare tire
Directional tires (if equipped)
S2BLA790A
CBGQ0707A
Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated.
i Information
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the wheel in one direction. The outside and inside of an asymmetrical tire is not easily distinguishable. Pay careful attention to the markings on the sidewalls of the tires, noting the "outside" marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the vehicle.
WARNING
· Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation.
· Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other, the alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel weights.
7-36
Tire Replacement
CAUTION
WARNING
Tread wear indicator
When replacing the tires, To reduce the risk of DEATH or
recheck and tighten the wheel SERIOUS INJURY:
OLMB073027
nuts after driving about 600 miles (1,000 km). If the steering wheel shakes or the vehicle vibrates while driving, the tire is out of balance. Align the tire balance. If the problem is not solved, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and traction.
· Always replace tires with the same size as each tire that
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread. This shows there is less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when this happens.
Do not wait for the tread surface to become level with the tread wear indicators before replacing the tire.
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recom-
mended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteris-
tics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehi-
cle's Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) resulting in a serious
7
accident.
Maintenance
7-37
Maintenance
· Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used. Regardless of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI recommends that tires be replaced after six (6) years of normal service.
· When replacing tires (or wheels), it is recommended to replace the two front or two rear tires (or wheels) as a pair. Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle's handling. If only replacing one pair of tires, it is recommended to install the pair of new tires on the rear axle.
· Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire. Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire. The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel. The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
WARNING
The original tire should be repaired or replaced as soon as possible to avoid failure of the spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate your vehicle over 50 mph (80 km/h) when using the compact spare tire.
Wheel Replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for any reason, make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter, rim width and offset.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires, tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces. Tires should be replaced when the tread depth is at least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce the possibility of losing control, slow down whenever there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
7-38
Tire Maintenance
1
Example tire size designation:
In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment.
5,6
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designa-
7
tor could vary depending on your
4
vehicle.)
245/60R18 105H
When you have new tires installed, make sure they are balanced. This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life. Additionally, a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel.
2
3
1
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
245 - Tire width in millimeters.
60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section height as a percentage of its width.
Manufacturer or brand name is R - Tire construction code (Radial).
Tire Sidewall Labeling
shown.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
2. Tire size designation A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
105 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry.
the tire identification number (TIN) size designation. You will need this H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
for safety standard certification. The information when selecting replace-
speed rating chart in this section
TIN can be used to identify the tire in ment tires for your car. The following
for additional information.
7
case of a recall.
explains what the letters and num-
bers in the tire size designation
mean.
Maintenance
7-39
Maintenance
Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designation mean. Example wheel size designation: 7.5J x 18
7.5 - Rim width in inches. J - Rim contour designation. 18 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicle tires. The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to that tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed Rating Symbol
S T H V W Y
Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h) 118 mph (190 km/h) 130 mph (210 km/h) 149 mph (240 km/h) 168 mph (270 km/h) 186 mph (300 km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old, based on the manufacturing date, (including the spare tire) should be replaced by new ones. You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a plant code number, tire size and tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1419 represents that the tire was produced in the 14th week of 2019.
7-40
4. Tire ply composition and
6. Maximum load rating
Tread wear
material
This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara-
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that tive rating based on the wear rate of
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire can be carried by the tire. When the tire when tested under controlled
manufacturers also must indicate the replacing the tires on the vehicle, conditions on a specified govern-
materials in the tire, which include always use a tire that has the same ment test course. For example, a tire
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. load rating as the factory installed graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
The letter "R" means radial ply con- tire.
half times (1½) as well on the gov-
struction; the letter "D" means diago-
ernment course as a tire graded 100.
nal or bias ply construction; and the letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure. Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation
TREAD WEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.
7
pressure.
Maintenance
7-41
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible sudden tire failure. This may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
7-42
Tire Terminology and
Bead
DOT Markings
Definitions
The tire bead contains steel wires A code molded into the sidewall of a
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire. Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies
tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards. The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which
are laid at alternate angles less than can also identify the tire manufactur-
Accessory Weight
90 degrees to the centerline of the er, production plant, brand and date
This means the combined weight of tread.
of production.
optional accessories. Some exam-
ples of optional accessories are Cold Tire Pressure
GVWR
automatic transmission, seats, and air conditioning.
power
The amount of air pressure in a tire, measured in pounds per square inch
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
Aspect Ratio
has built up heat from driving.
GAWR FRT
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Curb Weight
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle.
This means the weight of a motor
7
Belt
vehicle with standard and optional GAWR RR
A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread. Cords may be made from steel
equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but without passengers and cargo.
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle.
or other reinforcing materials.
Maintenance
7-43
Maintenance
Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire, that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa) The metric unit for air pressure.
Light truck(LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight; and production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall An asymmetrical tire has a particular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
7-44
Pneumatic tire
Radial Ply Tire
Traction
A mechanical device made of rubber, A pneumatic tire in which the ply The friction between the tire and the
chemicals, fabric and steel or other cords that extend to the beads are road surface. The amount of grip pro-
materials, that, when mounted on an laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of vided.
automotive wheel provides the trac- the tread.
tion and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
Rim
Tread The portion of a tire that comes into
Pneumatic options weight
A metal support for a tire and upon contact with the road. which the tire beads are seated.
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
Sidewall
Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands, sometimes called
standard items which they replace, The portion of a tire between the "wear bars", that show across the
not previously considered in curb tread and the bead.
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
weight or accessory weight, includ-
tread remains.
ing heavy duty breaks, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at
UTQGS Uniform Tire
Quality
Grading
Recommended Inflation
which a tire can operate.
Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with
7
Pressure
ratings for a tire's traction, tempera-
Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-
ture and treadwear. Ratings are
ed tire inflation pressure as shown
determined by tire manufacturers
on the tire placard.
using government testing proce-
dures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
Maintenance
7-45
Maintenance
Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
All Season Tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance for use all year round, including snowy road conditions. All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires, they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires. Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall, whichever is less. Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h) when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires.
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved tread life, road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction, and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tires of the same size, and use the same recommended inflation pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply or bias belted tires is not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply tires should always be used as a set for the front tires and a set for the rear tires.
7-46
Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear. It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval in this chapter to achieve the tread life potential of these tires. Cuts and punctures in radial-ply tires are repairable only in the tread area, because of sidewall flexing. Consult your tire dealer for radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
· When driving on a rough road or off road, drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
· When passing over a pothole, speed bump, manhole, or curb stone, drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not damaged.
· If the tire is subjected to a severe impact, have the tire and wheel inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· It is not easy to recognize tire damage with your own eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
· If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road, pothole, manhole, or curb stone, it will not be covered by the warranty.
7
7-47
Maintenance
Maintenance
FUSES
Blade type
Normal Cartridge type
Normal Multi fuse
Normal
Blown
Blown
Blown OTM078035
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one located in the driver's side panel bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has blown, the element inside the fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver's side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the engine and all switches off, and then disconnect the negative battery cable. Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the same rating. · A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly cause a fire. · Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause extensive wiring damage and possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system.
7-48
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement
In an emergency, if you do not have a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle.
OLX2078021
If the headlamps or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are undamaged, check the fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be replaced with the same rating.
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
OLX2079020L
out. Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse
1. Turn the engine off.
panel cover.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
fuse panels (or in the engine com-
the fuse panel cover to locate the
partment fuse panel).
suspected fuse location.
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
7
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
7-49
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement
Blade type fuse
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Multi fuse
Cartridge type fuse
OLX2078024
OLX2078025
1. Turn the engine off. 2. Turn all other switches OFF.
7-50
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely close the fuse box cover inside the engine compartment, until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed properly, water may leak in side, possibly causing a malfunction with the electrical system.
OLX2078023
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
i Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Fuse/Relay Panel Description Instrument panel fuse panel
OLX2079027L
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to the fuse box label.
7
OLX2079054N
7-51
Maintenance
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating
Protected Component
MODULE 4
7.5A
Data Link Connector, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door Module
AIR BAG 1 BRAKE SWITCH
MODULE 9
MODULE 10 AIR BAG IND
15A 7.5A 15A 10A 10A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
Front A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio), Power Tail Gate Unit, Driver IMS Control Module, Head-up Display, Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Security Indicator, Rain Sensor, Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) Sensor, 3RD Seat Folding Control Module Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Front Console Switch, Rear A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Data Link Connector, Front Wireless Charger
Seat Belt Indicator, Instrument Cluster
IBU 1
MODULE 2
MODULE 8 S/HEATER
FRT AIR BAG 2
7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 20A 15A
IBU
1ST Seat Warmer Control Module, 1ST Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 2ND Air Ventilation Seat LH/RH Control Module, 2ND Seat LH/RH Warmer Control Module, 3RD Seat Folding Control Module, AC Inverter Outlet, Inverter Unit, Surround View Monitor Unit Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Driver/Passenger Outside Mirror, Key Solenoid, Center Fascia Keyboard (Hazard Switch)
1ST Air Ventilation Control Module, 1ST Seat Warmer Control Module
SRS Control Module
E-SHIFTER 2
10A
Electronic ATM Shift Lever Switch (SBW), SCU
7-52
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name MODULE 5
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
7.5A
Crash Pad Switch, IBU, Smart Cruise Control Radar, 4WD ECM, Front Console Switch, Lane Keeping Assist Unit (Line)
IBU 2
15A
IBU, Ignition Switch
SUNROOF 2
20A
Panoramic Sunroof
MODULE 1
7.5A
IBU
P/SEAT (3rd)
20A
3RD Seat Folding Control Module
P/WINDOW RH
25A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch RH
RR SEAT (LH)
25A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat LH Control Module, 2ND Seat LH Warmer, Control Module, 2ND Seat LH Reclining Folding Actuator
CLUSTER
7.5A
Instrument Cluster, Head Up Display
MDPS
10A
MDPS Unit
7
A/C
7.5A
E/R Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay, PTC Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module
CHILD LOCK
15A
ICM Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
DOOR LOCK
20A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Liftgate Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay
Maintenance
7-53
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name Fuse Rating
SUNROOF 1
20A
Sunroof
Protected Component
E-SHIFTER 1 P/WINDOW
LH MODULE 3
MODULE 6
WASHER RR SEAT (RH)
WIPER (REAR)
AMP
10A 25A 7.5A
7.5A
15A 25A 15A 25A
Electronic ATM Shift Lever Switch (SBW), SCU, E/R Junction Block (FUSE -E-SHIFTER 2)
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH
IBU
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Front/Rear A/C Control Module Driver IMS Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Center Facia Keyboard, 1ST Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 1ST Seat Warmer Control Module, 2ND Air Ventilation Seat LH/RH Control Module, 2ND Seat LH/RH Warmer Control Module, 3RD Seat Folding Control Module
Multifunction Switch 2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 2ND Seat RH Warmer Control Module, 2ND Seat RH Reclining Folding Actuator Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
AMP, Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
ACC P/SEAT (PASS) P/SEAT (DRV)
7-54
7.5A 30A 30A
IBU, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP) Passenger Seat Manual Switch Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
Engine compartment fuse panel
OLX2078022
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle; the information is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
7
OLX2079055N
7-55
Maintenance
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
MDPS
80A
MDPS Unit
Protected Component
COOLING FAN 1
80A
Cooling Fan Relay (600W)
MULTI FUSE (10P)
EPB B+4 B+3 B+2
60A
ESC Module
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER FRT, P/WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF)
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT (PASS))
50A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS 14/IPS 15)
REAR HEATED
40A
Rear Heated Relay
ESC 1
40A
ESC Module
BLOWER
40A
Blower Relay
ESC 2
40A
ESC Module
MULTI FUSE (2P)
PTC HEATER 1 PTC HEATER 2
50A
PTC Heater 1 Relay
50A
PTC Heater 2 Relay
7-56
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name B+1 B+5
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
50A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/Short Term Load Latch Relay)
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU 1, IBU 2, BRAKE SWITCH, CHILD LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
INVERTER
30A
AC Inverter Unit
POWER LIFTGATE
30A
Power Tail Gate Module
FUSE
TRAILER 1 IG2
OIL PUMP
40A
Trailer Lamp
40A
Start Relay, ICU Junction Block (Fuse - A/C, WASHER, WIPER (REAR), MODULE 1, MODULE 2, REAR A/C)
40A
Electronic Oil Pump Module
COOLING FAN 2
50A
Cooling Fan Relay
HEATED MIRROR
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module
7
A/C 2
10A
A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT 2
10A
Wiper (LO) Relay, Front Wiper Motor
ECU 6
15A
PCM
Maintenance
7-57
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
AMS
10A
Battery Sensor
Protected Component
E-SHIFTER 1
20A
Electronic Transmission
4WD
20A
AWD ECM
FUSE
E-SHIFTER2
10A
Electronic Transmission
BLOWER 2
10A
A/C Control Module
BLOWER 1
40A
Rear Blower Relay
TCU 1
15A
Transmission Range Switch
SENSOR 6
15A
Glow Relay Unit
ECU 3
10A
ESC Module
PCB Block
ICU
10A
ICU Junction Block
SENSOR 5
10A
Oxygen Sensor Up #1/#2
IGN COIL
20A
Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
7-58
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
SENSOR 1
10A
Fuel Pump Relay
Protected Component
A/C 1
10A
[2.4 GDI] A/CON Relay
WIPER FRT 1
30A
Wiper Main Relay
TCU 2
10A
TCM, SBW Controller
ECU 3
20A
PCM
PCB Block
B/ALARM HORN HORN
15A
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
15A
Horn Relay
FUEL PUMP ECU 1
SENSOR 2 ECU 2
20A
Fuel Pump Relay
20A
PCM
7
A/C Comp Relay, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Oxygen
10A
Sensor Down, Oil Control Valve, Electronic Thermostat Heater, Purge Control Solenoid
Valve
20A
PCM
POWER OUTLET 1
20A
Rear Power Outlet 1
7-59
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
POWER OUTLET 2
20A
Rear Power Outlet 2
Protected Component
ACC 3
10A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
ECU 4
10A
PCM
IG 1
40A
PDM (IG1) Relay
PCB Block
ACC 1 ACC 2
40A
ACC 1 Relay
40A
ACC 2 Relay
ECU 5
30A
Main Relay
POWER OUTLET 3
20A
Luggage Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET 4
20A
Front Power Outlet
SENSOR 4
15A
Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6, Cooling Fan Controller
7-60
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed before you can get to the bulb. This is especially true for removing the headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp assembly can result in damage to the vehicle.
i Information
WARNING
· Prior to replacing a lamp, depress the brake pedal, move the shift button into P (Park) apply the parking brake, place the ignition switch to the OFF position, and take the key with you when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric shock.
Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light, Turn signal lamp and Side marker
Type A
After heavy driving, rain or washing, · Be aware the bulbs may be
headlamp and trunk lenses could
hot and may burn your fin-
OLX2079029N
appear frosty. This condition is caused by the temperature difference
gers.
(1) Turn signal lamp
between the lamp inside and the out-
(2) Daytime running light /
side temperature. This is similar to the
Parking lamp
condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn't indicate a problem with your vehi-
(3) Side marker lamp
7
(4) Headlamp (Low)
cle. If the water leaks into the lamp
(5) Headlamp (High)
bulb circuitry, have your vehicle
(6) Side reflex reflector
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Maintenance
7-61
Maintenance
Daytime running light (DRL), parking lamp, turn signal lamp and side marker lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Low beam High beam
OLX2078031L
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
5. Remove the bulb socket from the headlamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise.
6. Install a new headlamp bulb.
7. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise.
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be adjusted after an accident or after the headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OLX2078032
Headlamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
7-62
WARNING
· Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids.
Type B
· Never touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
· A bulb should be operated only when installed in a headlamp.
· If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
OLMB073042L
and carefully dispose of it.
OLX2079029N
· Handle halogen bulbs with care. Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will pro-
(1) Turn signal lamp
(2) Daytime running light / Parking lamp
duce flying pieces of glass
(3) Side marker lamp
that could cause injuries if broken.
· Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the
(4) Headlamp (Low/High)
(5) Headlamp (High)
(6) Side reflex reflector
7
bulb to cool down before han-
dling it.
Maintenance
7-63
Maintenance
Headlamp, parking lamp, daytime running light, turn signal lamp and side marker lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement
OLX2078033
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Rear combination lamp light replacement
Type A (Standard)
Type B (LED)
OLX2079037N
OLX2079053N
7-64
Type A (1) Tail lamp (2) Tail/Stop lamp (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Side marker lamp (5) Backup lamp
Type B (1) Tail lamp, Side marker (2) Stop lamp (3) Turn signal lamp (4) Side marker lamp (5) Backup lamp (6) Garnish lamp
OLX2078035
OLX2078036
Stop/Tail lamp and turn signal lamp 6. Remove the bulb from the socket
(Type A)
by pressing it in and rotating it
1. Turn off the engine. 2. Open the liftgate.
counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the
3. Loosen the lamp assembly retain-
socket.
ing screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until
4. Remove the rear combination
it locks into place.
lamp assembly from the body of the vehicle.
8. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the
7
5. Remove the socket from the
socket with the slots in the assem-
assembly by turning the socket
bly. Push the socket into the
counterclockwise until the tabs on
assembly and turn the socket
the socket align with the slots on
clockwise.
the assembly.
9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
7-65
Maintenance
Maintenance
Side maker lamp (Type A,B), tail/stop lamp, turn signal lamp (Type B), garnish lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Back up lamp
If the light bulb does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDI dealer.
High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement
OLX2078038
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement
OLX2078039
1. Loosen the lens retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from the lamp housing.
3. Remove the socket by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
5. Install a new bulb. 6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
7-66
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp (Bulb type)
Map lamp
Glove box lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
Maintenance
Room lamp
OLX2078050L
Vanity mirror lamp
OLX2078051L
OLX2078043
OLX2078052L
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens from the interior lamp housing.
WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
7
Lights, ensure that the "OFF"
button is depressed to avoid
OLF074069
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
7-67
Maintenance
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior lamp housing notches and snap the lens into place.
Map lamp / Room lamp / Luggage compartment lamp (LED Type)
Map lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
Room lamp
OLX2078040 OLX2078041
OLX2078042
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate, have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle
7-68
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, NOTICE
Exterior general caution
industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle's · Do not use strong soap, chemi-
It is very important to follow the label finish if not removed immediately.
cal detergents or hot water, and
directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label.
Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, should be
do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm.
· Be careful when washing the
used.
side windows of your vehicle.
Protecting your vehicle's finish After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- Especially, with high-pressure
Washing
To help protect your vehicle's finish from rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior.
· To prevent damage to the plastic parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
driving, you should wash it after each the brakes while driving slowly
off-road trip. Pay special attention to to see if they have been affected
the removal of any accumulation of by water before getting on the salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign road. If braking performance is
7
materials. Make sure the drain holes impaired, dry the brakes by
in the lower edges of the doors and applying them lightly while
rocker panels are kept clear and maintaining a slow forward
clean.
speed.
Maintenance
7-69
Maintenance
High-pressure washing
· When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component damage or water penetration.
· Do not spray the camera, sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure water may cause the device to not operate normally.
· Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers)or connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with high pressure water.
· Do not use any high-pressure nozzles, which induce either one-direct water stream or water swirling.
OLX2078045
NOTICE
· Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which washes the vehicle surface at high temperature may result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel or sponge) when washing your vehicle and dry with a microfiber towel. When you hand wash your vehicle, you should not use a cleaner that finishes with wax. If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with water before washing the car.
7-70
Maintenance
Waxing
NOTICE
Repairing your vehicle's finish
A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint.
· Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
· Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome-plat-
Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense.
NOTICE
Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manufacturer's instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
ed or anodized aluminum parts. This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement, be sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- NOTICE
als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax-
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
ing.
such as a detergent, an abrasive In case of matte paint finish vehi- 7
and a polish. In case wax is cles, it is impossible to modify
applied, remove the wax immedi- only the damaged area and repair
ately using a silicon remover and of the whole part is necessary. If
if any tar or tar contaminant is on the vehicle is damaged and paint-
the surface use a tar remover to ing is required, we recommend
clean. However, be careful not to that you have your vehicle main-
apply too much pressure on the tained and repaired by an author-
painted area.
ized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to
restore the quality after the repair.
7-71
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance
· To remove road tar and insects, use a tar remover, not a scraper or other sharp object.
· To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
· During winter weather or in coastal areas, cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust system, even though they have been treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water. If braking performance is impaired, dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish.
NOTICE
· Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
· Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
· Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water. Also, clean the wheels after driving on salted roads.
· Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.
· Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
7-72
Maintenance
Corrosion protection
High-corrosion areas
High temperatures can also acceler-
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However, this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean air and industrial pollution.
ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle.
cooperation and assistance is also required.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to
To help prevent corrosion Keep your vehicle clean
Common causes of corrosion
occur. For example, corrosion is The best way to prevent corrosion is
The most common causes of corro- accelerated by high humidity, partic- to keep your vehicle clean and free
sion on your vehicle are:
ularly when temperatures are just of corrosive materials. Attention to
· Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle.
· Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
above freezing. In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slow to dry and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, it can still retain the moisture and
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
· If you live in a high-corrosion area -- where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.--, you should take extra care to prevent corrosion. In winter, hose off the
7
promote corrosion.
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
7-73
Maintenance
· When cleaning underneath the vehicle, pay particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view. Do a thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials.
· When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours. Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior parts, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.
NOTICE
· Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
· When cleaning leather products (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off.
7-74
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Leather (if equipped) · Features of seat leather
CAUTION
Vinyl (if equipped)
- Leather is made from the outer · Wrinkles or abrasions which
Remove dust and loose dirt from
skin of an animal, which goes
appear naturally from usage
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
through a special process to be
are not covered by warranty.
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in thickness or density.
· Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage
Fabric (if equipped)
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
the seat fabric.
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu-
result of stretching and shrinking depending on the temperature and humidity.
· Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natural leather.
tion recommended for upholstery or carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention, the fabric can be stained
- The seat is made of stretchable fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are curved and the side supporting area is high which provides driv-
· Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fabric.
and its color can be affected. Also, its
ing comfort and stability.
fire-resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally from usage. It is not a fault of the products.
7
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric's appearance and fire-resistant properties.
7-75
Maintenance
· Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to remove dust and sand on the seat. It will prevent abrasion or damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector may prevent abrasion of the cover and helps maintain the color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist when using leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may cause the surface to crack.
· Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen, foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated spot. Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with absorbable cloth and wipe with stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and remove gradually.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid.
7-76
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Owner's Handbook & Warranty Information booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations. There are three emission control systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
NOTICE
For the Inspection and Maintenance Test (with Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system)
· To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off by pressing the ESC switch (ESC OFF light illuminated).
· After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control System
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control System Including Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)
In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmos- 7
phere. The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere.
Maintenance
7-77
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module (ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine.
3. Exhaust Emission Control System
The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission system.
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions · Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you smell exhaust fumes of any kind in your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous and could be lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
7-78
Maintenance
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
· Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as garages) any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area.
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide vari- · When the vehicle is stopped in an The exhaust system and cat-
ety of automobile components
open area for more than a short alytic converter are very hot
and parts, including compo-
time with the engine running, during and immediately after
nents found in the interior fur-
adjust the ventilation system (as the engine has been running. To
nishings in a vehicle, contain or
needed) to draw outside air into the avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
emit chemicals known to the
vehicle.
DEATH:
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and
· Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running.
· When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.
· Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass, vegetation, paper, leaves, etc. A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle.
birth defects or other reproduc-
· Keep away from the exhaust
tive harm. For more information go to
system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
7
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
Also, Do not remove the heat
v/passenger-vehicle
sink around the exhaust sys-
tem, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion con-
trol. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
7-79
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device. To prevent damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:
· Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines.
· Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
· Do not misuse or abuse the engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the engine off and descending steep grades in gear with the engine off.
· Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods (5 minutes or more).
· Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
· Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level. If you run out of gasoline, it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter.
7-80
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7
7-81
Specifications & Consumer information
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2 Engine ......................................................................8-2 Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3 Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-5 Volume and Weight................................................8-6 Air Conditioning System........................................8-6 Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-7
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .........................8-9 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10 Vehicle Ccertification Label................................8-10 Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11 Engine Number .....................................................8-11 Refrigerant Label.................................................8-11 Consumer Information.........................................8-12 Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS
Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread
Rear tread Wheelbase
Items
245/60 R18 245/50 R20 245/60 R18 245/50 R20
ENGINE
Displacement Bore x Stroke Firing order No. of cylinders
8-2
Item
cu. in (cc) in. (mm)
in (mm) 196.06 (4,980) 77.75 (1,975) 68.89 (1,750) 67.24 (1,708) 67.24 (1,708) 67.56 (1,716) 67.56 (1,716) 114.17 (2,900)
Gasoline 3.8 GDI 230.55 (3,778)
3.78 x 3.43 (96 x 87) 1-2-3-4-5-6 6, V-type
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Headlamp
Low High
Front
Daytime running lamp(DRL) & Parking lamp
Turn signal lamp Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) Side marker lamp
Tail lamp
Tail/Stop lamp
Rear
Turn signal lamp
Side marker lamp
Back up lamp Rear fog lamp High mounted stop lamp License plate lamp
Type A Type B Type A Type B Type A Type B
Type A Type B Type A Type B Type A Type B Type A Type B
Bulb Type HB3 LED H7 LED LED LED LED LED LED
P28/8W LED
P28/8W LED
P28/8W LED LED LED P21W LED LED W5W
Wattage
60
LED
55
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
LED
28/8
LED
28/8
LED
28/8
LED
LED
LED
8
21
LED
LED
5
8-3
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Interior
Light Bulb Map lamp
Room lamp Luggage compartment lamp Vanity mirror lamp Grove box lamp
Type A Type B Type A Type B Type A Type B Type A Type B
Bulb Type W8W LED W8W LED
FESTOON LED 5W LED
FESTOON
Wattage 8
LED 28/8 LED
8 LED
5 LED
5
8-4
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
Item
Tire Size
Wheel Size
Full size tire Compact spare tire
245/60 R18 245/50 R20 T155/90 R18
7.5J X 18 7.5J X 20 4.0T X 18
Cold tire inflation pressure, kPa (psi)
Front
Rear
240 (35)
240 (35)
420 (60)
Wheel Lug Nut Torque
kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)
11~13 (79~94,107~127)
NOTICE
· It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
· An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
8
8-5
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Items
Gross vehicle weight
7 Seater 8 Seater
Luggage volume (SAE)
lbs. (kg) lbs. (kg) cu. ft (l)
2WD
3.8 GDI
AWD
5,732 (2,600)
5,871 (2,663)
5,732 (2,600)
5,871 (2,663)
Behind 1st row : 86.4 (2447) Behind 2st row : 45.8 (1297)
Behind 3st row : 18 (509)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
Compressor lubricant
oz. (cc)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
Weight of Volume 31.75 (900) ± 0.88 (25)
6.35 (180)
8-6
Classification R134a PAG
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Lubricant Engine oil *1 *2 (drain and refill)
Volume
Classification
Recommends
6.87 US qt. (6.5 l)
ACEA A5 or above *3 / 5W-30 /(SAE Viscosity Number)
Automatic transmission fluid
7.4 US qt. (7.0 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co.
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the 9 page. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) or ACEA A3.
8
8-7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Lubricant Transfer case oil (AWD) Rear differential oil (AWD) Coolant Brake fluid Fuel
Volume 0.74 US qt. (0.7 l) 0.74 US qt. (0.7 l) 9.4 US qt. (8.9 l)
As required
Classification
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/85 (SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or EQUIVALENT)
Mixture of antifreeze and water (Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator) FMVSS116 DOT-4
18.75 US gal. (71 l) Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.
8-8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100
50 120
Engine Oil *1
10W-30 5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30. However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8
8-9
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VIN label
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL
OLX2089002N
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the engine compartment frame and back side of the engine.
OLX2088008L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard. The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside.
OLX2088003
The vehicle certification label attached on the driver's side center pillar gives the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
8-10
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
Gasoline engine 3.8 GDI
REFRIGERANT LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)
OLX2088003L
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
OLX2088006L
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.
OTM088005
The refrigerant label provides information such as refrigerant type and amount.
8
8-11
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont. Eastern Region 1122 Cranbury South River Road Jamesburg, NJ 08831 (800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
South Central Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas. South Central Region 1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019 (800) 633-5151
Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri. Central Region 2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook Terrace, IL 60181 (800) 633-5151
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington, Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box 20850 Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
8-12
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; download the SaferCar mobile application; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE, West Building Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
8
8-13
Index
I
Index
A
AC inverter ...................................................................3-198 Air bag warning labels....................................................2-79 Air bags...........................................................................2-57
Additional safety precautions.....................................2-79 Air bag collision sensors ............................................2-73 Air bag inflation conditions .......................................2-75 Air bag non-inflation conditions ................................2-76 Air bag warning labels ...............................................2-79 Curtain air bags ..........................................................2-62 Do not install a child restraint on the front
passenger seat..........................................................2-72 Driver's air bag ...........................................................2-59 Driver's knee air bag ..................................................2-59 How does the air bags system operate? .....................2-63 Occupant classification system (OCS).......................2-68 Passenger's front air bag.............................................2-59 Side air bags ...............................................................2-60 SRS Care ....................................................................2-78 SRS components and functions..................................2-63 SRS warning light ......................................................2-63 What to expect after an air bag inflates .....................2-67 Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision ...............2-73 Air cleaner filter replacement .........................................7-22 Air conditioning refrigerant label .................................3-185 Air conditioning system specification ..............................8-6 All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-43
Antenna .............................................................................4-2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ......................................5-33 Appearance care..............................................................7-69
Exterior care ...............................................................7-69 Interior care ................................................................7-74 Armrest ...........................................................................2-20 Audio/Video/Navigation system.......................................4-4 Auto defogging system .................................................3-188 Auto headlamp position ................................................3-132 Automatic climate control system ................................3-171 Air conditioning .......................................................3-178 Air intake control .....................................................3-176 Automatic heating and air conditioning...................3-172 Fan speed control .....................................................3-177 Manual heating and air conditioning .......................3-173 Mode selection .........................................................3-174 OFF mode.................................................................3-178 Rear climate control button......................................3-178 System maintenance .................................................3-184 Temperature control .................................................3-175 Automatic transmission ..................................................5-15 Good driving practices ...............................................5-20 Paddle shifter..............................................................5-22 Parking........................................................................5-18 Shift lock system ........................................................5-17 Automatic ventilation ...................................................3-191
I-2
B
Battery.............................................................................7-29 Battery recharging ......................................................7-31
Battery saver function...................................................3-138 Before driving ...................................................................5-5 Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...............5-78 Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) system ..5-78 Blind-spot view monitor system...................................3-150 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ......................................4-4 Brake fluid ......................................................................7-21 Brake system...................................................................5-23
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-33 Auto hold....................................................................5-29 Disc brakes wear indicator .........................................5-24 Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .................................5-39 Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-24 Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-35 Good braking practices ..............................................5-42 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) .................................5-39 Power brakes ..............................................................5-23 Trailer Stability Assist (TSA).....................................5-42 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-38
Bulb replacement ............................................................7-61 Daytime running light (DRL) ...........................7-61, 7-63 Front parking lamp ...........................................7-61, 7-63 Front turn signal lamp.......................................7-61, 7-63 Headlamp ..........................................................7-61, 7-63 High mounted stop lamp ............................................7-66 Interior light................................................................7-67 License plate light ......................................................7-66 Rear combination light bulb.......................................7-64 Side marker lamp ..............................................7-61, 7-63 Side repeater lamp......................................................7-64
Bulb wattage .....................................................................8-3
C
Capacities (Lubricants) .....................................................8-7 Care
Exterior care ...............................................................7-69 Interior care ................................................................7-74 Tire care......................................................................7-33 Cargo security screen....................................................3-205 Center console storage ..................................................3-192 Central door lock/unlock switch.....................................3-17 Certification label ...........................................................8-10 Check tire inflation pressure...........................................7-35
I
Index
I-3
Index
Child restraint system (CRS) ..........................................2-46 Booster seats...............................................................2-48 Forward-facing child restraints ..................................2-48 Installing a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-49 Lower anchors and tether for children (LATCH system) .....................................................2-50 Securing a child restraint seat with "Tether Anchor" system......................................................................2-52 Securing a child restraint with lap/shoulder belt .......2-53 Securing a child restraint with the LATCH anchors system......................................................................2-51 Selecting a child restraint system (CRS) ...................2-47
Child-protector rear door lock ........................................3-20 Climate control air filter .................................................7-24 Clock .............................................................................3-203 Cluster ionizer...............................................................3-191 Coat hanger ...................................................................3-203 Crankcase emission control system ................................7-77 Cup holder.....................................................................3-194 Curtain air bags...............................................................2-62
I-4
D
Day/night rearview mirror ..............................................3-33 Daytime running light (DRL) .......................................3-132 Defroster .......................................................................3-190
Rear window defroster .............................................3-190 Dimensions .......................................................................8-2 Door locks.......................................................................3-15
Auto door lock/unlock features..................................3-19 Central door lock/unlock switch ................................3-17 Child-protector rear door lock....................................3-20 Electronic child safety lock system............................3-20 Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .....................................5-39 Drive Mode............................................................5-55, 5-59 Drive mode integrated control system Drive Mode ................................................................5-55 Drive mode integrated control system (AWD) Drive Mode ................................................................5-59 Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ....................5-117 Driver position memory system .....................................3-27 Easy access function ..................................................3-29 Recalling positions from memory..............................3-28 Resetting the driver's seat memory system ................3-28 Storing positions into memory ...................................3-27 Driver's air bag................................................................2-59 Driver's knee air bag .......................................................2-59 Driving at night.............................................................5-149 Driving in flooded areas ...............................................5-150 Driving in the rain.........................................................5-149
E
Exterior overview .............................................................1-2
Front view ....................................................................1-2
Electric power steering (EPS).........................................3-30
Rear view......................................................................1-3
Electrochromatic mirror (ECM) .....................................3-34 Electronic child safety lock system ................................3-20
F
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB).....................................5-24 Flat tire............................................................................6-14
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .................................5-35
Changing a tire ...........................................................6-16
Emergency towing ..........................................................6-24 Floor mat anchor(s).......................................................3-204
Emission control system .................................................7-77 Fluid
Crankcase emission control system ...........................7-77
Brake fluid..................................................................7-21
Evaporative emission control System ........................7-77
Washer fluid ...............................................................7-22
Exhaust emission control system ...............................7-78 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system ......5-63
Engine compartment..................................................1-6, 7-3 Front air ventilation seat .................................................2-27
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.................7-50 Front seat head restraints ................................................2-22
Engine coolant ................................................................7-18 Front seats .........................................................................2-6
Engine coolant temperature gauge .................................3-72
Manual adjustment .......................................................2-7
Engine number ................................................................8-11
Power adjustment .........................................................2-9
Engine oil........................................................................7-16
Reclining seatback ..............................................2-8, 2-10
Engine specification..........................................................8-2
Seatback pocket..........................................................2-12
Engine Start/Stop button .................................................5-10 Front windshield washers .............................................3-146
Evaporative emission control System.............................7-77 Front windshield wipers ...............................................3-144
Exhaust emission control system....................................7-78 Fuel filler door ................................................................3-66
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-13 Fuel gauge.......................................................................3-73
Exterior care....................................................................7-69 Fuel requirements
Exterior features............................................................3-209 Roof side rails ..........................................................3-209
Fuel additives ................................................................F8 Unleaded ........................................................................F7
I
Index
I-5
Index
Fuses ...............................................................................7-48 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ............7-50 Fuse/relay panel description.......................................7-51 Instrument panel fuse replacement.............................7-49 Multi fuse ...................................................................7-50
G
Gauges and meters ..........................................................3-71 Glove box......................................................................3-192 Grove box lamp ............................................................3-141
H
Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2 Hazardous driving conditions .......................................5-148 Head Restraints ...............................................................2-21
Front seat head restraints............................................2-22 Rear seat head restraints.............................................2-24 Head up display ............................................................3-130 Headlamp delay function ..............................................3-138 Headlamp position ........................................................3-133 Heated steering wheel.....................................................3-32 High Beam Assist (HBA) .............................................3-134 High beam operation.....................................................3-134 Highway driving ...........................................................5-150 Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system .......................5-121 Hill-start Assist Control (HAC) ......................................5-39 Hood................................................................................3-53
I-6
Horn ................................................................................3-31 How to use this manual .....................................................F6
I
Idle Stop and Go (ISG) System ......................................5-50 If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly.........6-3 If the engine overheats......................................................6-6 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...................6-2 If the engine stalls while driving ......................................6-2 If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start...........6-3 If the engine will not start.................................................6-3 If you have a flat tire while driving..................................6-3 Immobilizer system.........................................................3-14 Important safety precautions.............................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2 Always Wear Your Seat Belt........................................2-2 Control Your Speed ......................................................2-3 Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2 Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-3 Restrain All Children....................................................2-2 In case of emergency while driving..................................6-2
Infotainment system..........................................................4-2
Cup holder ................................................................3-194
Antenna ........................................................................4-2
Floor mat anchor(s) ..................................................3-204
Audio/Video/Navigation system ..................................4-4
Luggage net (holder) ................................................3-205
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology..................................4-4
Power outlet..............................................................3-197
Steering wheel audio controls ......................................4-3
Side curtain...............................................................3-207
USB port.......................................................................4-2
Sunvisor ....................................................................3-196
Inside rearview mirror ....................................................3-33
USB charger .............................................................3-200
Instrument cluster ...........................................................3-69
Wireless cellular phone charging system .................3-201
Assist mode ................................................................3-98 Interior lamp AUTO cut................................................3-139
Adjusting instrument cluster illumination..................3-69 Interior lights.................................................................3-139
Gauges and meters .....................................................3-71
Front lamps...............................................................3-139
LCD display control ...................................................3-96
Grove box lamp........................................................3-141
LCD display messages ...............................................3-90
Interior lamp AUTO cut ...........................................3-139
LCD display modes....................................................3-97
Luggage compartment lamp.....................................3-140
Option menu .............................................................3-119
Puddle lamp..............................................................3-141
Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-76
Rear lamps................................................................3-140
Trip computer mode .................................................3-110
Vanity mirror lamp ...................................................3-141
User settings mode ...................................................3-100 Interior overview...............................................................1-4
Warning and indicator lights ......................................3-76
Instrument panel fuse replacement .................................7-49
J
Instrument panel overview ...............................................1-5 Interior care.....................................................................7-74
Jump starting.....................................................................6-4
Interior features AC inverter ...............................................................3-198
K
Cargo security screen ...............................................3-205 Key ignition switch...........................................................5-7
Clock ........................................................................3-203
I
Coat hanger ..............................................................3-203
Conversation mirror .................................................3-196
Index
I-7
Index
L
Label Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-39 Tire specification and pressure label ..........................8-11 Vehicle certification label...........................................8-10
Lane change signals ......................................................3-137 Lane Following Assist (LFA) system ...........................5-103 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system .............................5-109 LCD display
Assist mode ................................................................3-98 Driving assist view mode .........................................3-117 LCD display modes....................................................3-97 Master warning mode.................................................3-99 Other information display ........................................3-118 Parking assist view mode .........................................3-117 Trip computer mode ...................................................3-98 Turn By Turn (TBT) mode.......................................3-117 User settings mode ...................................................3-100 Utility view mode.....................................................3-116 View modes ..............................................................3-115
I-8
LCD display messages Battery discharging due to external electrical devices.....................................................................3-91 Check Blind-Spot Collision Warning system ............3-94 Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse ...................................3-91 Check Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ......3-95 Check Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system ..3-94 Check headlight..........................................................3-94 Check headlight LED .................................................3-94 Check High Beam Assist (HBA) system ...................3-94 Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............3-95 Check Smart Cruise Control system ..........................3-95 Door, Hood, Trunk open indicator .............................3-91 Engine has overheated................................................3-93 Heated steering wheel turned off ...............................3-93 Key not detected.........................................................3-90 Key not in vehicle ......................................................3-90 Lights mode................................................................3-93 Low fuel .....................................................................3-93 Low key battery..........................................................3-90 Low pressure ..............................................................3-92 Low washer fluid........................................................3-93 Press brake pedal to start engine................................3-90 Press START button again .........................................3-90 Press START button with key ....................................3-91 Shift to P or N to start engine ....................................3-90 Sunroof open indicator ...............................................3-92 Window open indicator ..............................................3-92 Wiper mode ................................................................3-93
LCD display modes ........................................................3-97 Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system ......................5-146 Liftgate ............................................................................3-54
Emergency liftgate safety release...............................3-62 How to reset the power liftgate..................................3-61 Power liftgate .............................................................3-56 Power liftgate opening height user setting.................3-61 Smart liftgate ..............................................................3-62 Light bulbs ......................................................................7-61 Lighting.........................................................................3-132 Auto headlamp position ...........................................3-132 Battery saver function ..............................................3-138 Daytime running light (DRL) ..................................3-132 Headlamp delay function .........................................3-138 Headlamp position....................................................3-133 High Beam Assist (HBA).........................................3-134 High beam operation ................................................3-134 Lane change signals .................................................3-137 Parking lamp position ..............................................3-133 Turn signals ..............................................................3-137 Lubricants and capacities..................................................8-7 Luggage compartment lamp .........................................3-140 Luggage net (holder).....................................................3-205 Luggage tray .................................................................3-193
M
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............7-13 Maintenance services ...................................................7-4 Maintenance under severe usage conditions (3.8 GDI) .................................................................7-11 Normal maintenance schedule (3.8 GDI) ....................7-8 Owner maintenance......................................................7-5 Scheduled maintenance services ..................................7-7 Tire maintenance ........................................................7-39
Maintenance services ........................................................7-4 Manual climate control system.....................................3-159
Air conditioning .......................................................3-163 Air intake control .....................................................3-162 Fan speed control .....................................................3-163 Heating and air conditioning....................................3-160 Mode selection .........................................................3-160 Rear climate control .................................................3-164 Rear climate control button......................................3-163 System maintenance .................................................3-169 Temperature control .................................................3-162 Mechanical key........................................................3-6, 3-12
I
Index
I-9
Index
Mirrors ............................................................................3-33 Day/night rearview mirror..........................................3-33 Electrochromatic mirror (ECM).................................3-34 Folding/Unfolding the outside rearview mirror .........3-40 Inside rearview mirror................................................3-33 Reverse parking aid function .....................................3-41 Side view mirror.........................................................3-39 Side view mirror adjustment ......................................3-40
Multi fuse........................................................................7-50
O
Occupant classification system (OCS) ...........................2-68 Odometer.........................................................................3-75 Outside temperature ........................................................3-74 Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5
P
Paddle shifter ..................................................................5-22 Parking distance warning (reverse) system ..................3-152
Turn OFF the parking distance warning (reverse) system....................................................................3-153
Parking distance warning (reverse/forward) system ....3-155 Parking lamp position ...................................................3-133 Passenger's front air bag .................................................2-59 Power brakes...................................................................5-23 Power outlet ..................................................................3-197
Power window lock switch.............................................3-45 Puddle lamp ..................................................................3-141
R
Range ..............................................................................3-75 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)
system ..........................................................................5-92 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)
system ..........................................................................5-92 Rear occupant alert system....................................2-20, 3-23 Rear seat head restraints .................................................2-24 Rear seats ........................................................................2-13
2nd row seat folding (from outside)............................2-18 3rd row seat remote folding/unfolding........................2-18 Armrest (2nd row, 7 passengers vehicle) ....................2-20 Armrest (2nd row, 8 passengers vehicle) ....................2-20 Folding the rear seat ...................................................2-15 Rear occupant alert system ...............................2-20, 3-23 Rear seat adjustment ..................................................2-13 Walk-in seat (2nd row seat).........................................2-14 Rear view monitor ........................................................3-148 Rear window wiper and washer ...................................3-147 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...................7-34 Recommended lubricants and capacities ..........................8-7 Reducing the risk of a rollover .....................................5-151
I-10
Remote key .......................................................................3-4
Seat belt use during pregnancy ..................................2-41
Battery replacement......................................................3-7
Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-30
Liftgate unlocking ........................................................3-5
Stowing the rear seat belt ...........................................2-38
Locking.........................................................................3-4
Transporting an injured person ..................................2-43
Mechanical key ............................................................3-6
When to replace seat belts..........................................2-44
Start-up .........................................................................3-6 Seat Warmers ..................................................................2-25
Unlocking .....................................................................3-5 Seats ..................................................................................2-4
Removable towing hook .................................................6-23
Front air ventilation seat ............................................2-27
Replacement light bulb ...................................................7-61
Front Seats....................................................................2-6
Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-148
Head Restraints ..........................................................2-21
Rotation (Tire) ................................................................7-35
Rear Seats ...................................................................2-13
Safety Precautions ........................................................2-5
S
Seat Warmers..............................................................2-25
Side air bags....................................................................2-60
Safe exit assist (SEA) system .........................................3-21
Side curtain ...................................................................3-207
Safety messages .................................................................F6
Side view mirror .............................................................3-39
Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7
Smart Cruise Control system ........................................5-128
Seat Belts ........................................................................2-29
Smart key ..........................................................................3-8
Do not lie down..........................................................2-43
Battery replacement....................................................3-13
Keep belts clean and dry ............................................2-44
Locking.........................................................................3-8
One person per belt ....................................................2-43
Mechanical key ..........................................................3-12
Periodic inspection .....................................................2-44
Opening the liftgate ....................................................3-11
Pre-tensioner seat belt ................................................2-39
Panic button ................................................................3-11
Rear center seatbelt (3rd row).....................................2-36
Remote start................................................................3-10
Rear passenger's seat belt warning.............................2-32
Start-up .......................................................................3-11
Seat Belt Restraint System .........................................2-33 Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-29
Unlocking .....................................................................3-9
I
Seat belt use and children...........................................2-42
Index
I-11
Index
Smart liftgate...................................................................3-62 Smooth cornering..........................................................5-149 Snow tires .....................................................................5-152 Spare tire
Use of compact spare tires .........................................6-19 Special driving conditions
Driving at night ........................................................5-149 Driving in flooded areas...........................................5-150 Driving in the rain ....................................................5-149 Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-148 Highway driving.......................................................5-150 Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................5-151 Rocking the vehicle..................................................5-148 Smooth cornering .....................................................5-149 Speedometer....................................................................3-71 Steering wheel Electric power steering (EPS) ....................................3-30 Heated steering wheel ................................................3-32 Horn ............................................................................3-31 Tilt steering/telescopic steering..................................3-31 Steering wheel audio controls...........................................4-3 Storage compartment ....................................................3-192 Center console storage .............................................3-192 Glove box .................................................................3-192 Luggage tray.............................................................3-193
I-12
Sunroof............................................................................3-46 Dual wide sunroof ......................................................3-46 Resetting the sunroof..................................................3-50 Sliding the sunroof .....................................................3-48 Sunroof open warning ................................................3-52 Sunroof opening and closing......................................3-48 Sunshade.....................................................................3-47 Tilting the sunroof ......................................................3-49
Sunroof inside air recirculation ....................................3-191 Sunshade .........................................................................3-47
Resetting the rear sunshade........................................3-51 Sunvisor ........................................................................3-196 Surround view monitoring ............................................3-149
T
Tachometer......................................................................3-72 Theft-alarm system .........................................................3-26 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ........................6-8 Tire rotation ....................................................................7-35 Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-11 Tires and wheels ......................................................7-33, 8-5
Check tire inflation pressure ......................................7-35 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...............7-34 Tire care......................................................................7-33 Tire maintenance ........................................................7-39 Tire replacement.........................................................7-37 Tire rotation ................................................................7-35 Tire sidewall labeling .................................................7-39
Tire traction ................................................................7-38 Use of compact spare tires .........................................6-19
V
Wheel alignment and tire balance..............................7-36 Wheel replacement .....................................................7-38 Towing ............................................................................6-22 Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) .........................................5-42 Trailer towing................................................................5-156 Trip computer................................................................3-110 Accumulated Info display ........................................3-112 Average fuel economy ..............................................3-111 Digital speedometer..................................................3-113 Driving Info display .................................................3-112
Vanity mirror lamp........................................................3-141 Vehicle break-in process ....................................................F9 Vehicle certification label ...............................................8-10 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-10 Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-164 Vehicle modification ..........................................................F9 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)............................5-38 Vehicle weight and luggage volume.................................8-6 View modes...................................................................3-115
Instant fuel economy ................................................3-111
W
Smart shift ................................................................3-113
Turn signals...................................................................3-137 Warning and indicator lights...........................................3-76
Air bag warning light .................................................3-77
U
All Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light......................3-83
USB charger..................................................................3-200 USB port ...........................................................................4-2 Use of compact spare tires..............................................6-19 User settings mode........................................................3-100
All wheel drive lock indicator light ...........................3-89 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) warning light ...........3-78 Auto hold ON indicator light .....................................3-88 Auto stop indicator light ............................................3-85 Charging system warning light .................................3-81
Cruise indicator light..................................................3-88
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) indicator light .........3-89
Electric Power Steering (EPS) warning light.............3-79
Electronic brake force warning light..........................3-78
I
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) warning light..........3-80
Electronic stability control (ESC) indicator light ......3-85
Index
I-13
Index
Electronic stability control (ESC) OFF indicator light .........................................................................3-86
Engine oil pressure warning light .............................3-81 Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system
warning light ...........................................................3-84 High Beam Assist (HBA) indicator light ...................3-88 High beam indicator light ..........................................3-87 Icy road warning light ................................................3-85 Immobilizer indicator light ........................................3-86 Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system indicator light...3-84 LED headlight warning light......................................3-84 Light ON indicator light.............................................3-87 Low fuel level warning light......................................3-82 Low tire pressure warning light .................................3-83 Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL).............................3-80 Master warning light ..................................................3-82 Parking brake & brake fluid warning light ................3-77 Seat belt warning light ...............................................3-76 SMART mode indicator light.....................................3-89 Turn signal indicator light ..........................................3-87 Washer fluid ....................................................................7-22 Welcome system ...........................................................3-142 Headlamp and parking lamp ....................................3-142 Interior lamp .............................................................3-143 Puddle lamp and door handle lamp..........................3-142 Wheel alignment and tire balance ..................................7-36 Wheel replacement .........................................................7-38
Windows .........................................................................3-42 Auto up/down window ...............................................3-44 Automatic reversal .....................................................3-44 Power window lock switch ........................................3-45 Power windows ..........................................................3-43 Resetting the windows ...............................................3-44
Windshield defrosting and defogging...........................3-186 Winter driving ...............................................................5-152
Snow tires .................................................................5-152 Tire chains ................................................................5-152 Winter Precautions........................................................5-154 Wiper blades replacement...............................................7-26 Wipers and washers ......................................................3-144 Front windshield washers.........................................3-146 Front windshield wipers ...........................................3-144 Rear window wiper and washer ...............................3-147 Wireless cellular phone charging system......................3-201
I-14
Acrobat Distiller 9.3.0 (Windows)